How Much Discomfort Can I Tolerate?!

Siberian Express

Previous YearRecent EntriesHomeJoin Fast Running Blog Community!PredictorHealthy RecipesWill's RacesFind BlogsMileage BoardTop Ten Excuses for Missing a RunTop Ten Training MistakesDiscussion ForumRace Reports Send A Private MessageWeek ViewMonth View
Graph View
Next Year
JanFebMarAprMayJunJulAugSepOctNovDec
2007200820092010201120122013
15% off for Fast Running Blog members at St. George Running Center!

Location:

Eugene,OR,USA

Member Since:

Nov 09, 2007

Gender:

Male

Goal Type:

Other

Running Accomplishments:

  • 5k PR - 18:48 (7/04/08)
  • 8K PR - 33:46 (5/19/07, on trails)
  • 10k PR - I have not run a competitive 10K yet.
  • 12K PR - 50:10 (8/09/08)
  • 15K PR - 1:04:52 (3/22/08)
  • Marathon - Have run 1 trail marathon, (Grand Island) 3:55 (July 2007)
  • Ultra Marathons -
  • Farmdale 33.5 miles, 10/08 - 6:08
  • Riddle Run 28 Miles, 01/09 - 5:35 (run in 2-3 inches of snow)
  • Devil's Lake 50k, 07/09 - 6:22
  • Howl at the Moon 8 hour, 08/09 - 39.98 miles
  • North Country Trail Run 50 miles, 09/09 - 9:44
  • Farmdale 32 miles, 10/09 - 5:45
  • McNotAgain 30 Miles, 10/09 - 5:50
  • Red Rock Canyon Half, Las Vegas, 06/12 - 2:15


Short-Term Running Goals:

Keep running in the winter - 1st year in Eugene - fun!

Long-Term Running Goals:

Keep on Keeping on..

Personal:

Moved to Eugene in Autumn, 2012 - Track city USA!

Click to donate
to Ukraine's Armed Forces
Miles:This week: 0.00 Month: 0.00 Year: 0.00
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2269.401.50289.1574.452634.50
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.000.000.000.008.00

Weather - 18 degrees, windy, clouds and snow. Ran 1 mile in the cold and wind to Brookens gym, then ran 7 more miles around the basketball court. I was planning on running 4 miles in the gym, but I fell into a hypnotic-type trance and just kept going. I felt I could have run 11 or 12 miles but decided against it, because it was supposed to be an easy run, and tomorrow will be plenty tough, as I am planning to do hill repeats. After the run I did 8 sets of strength exercises and stretching, then 15 minute walk home. 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.750.002.500.757.00

Weather - 11 degrees, windy, sunny. Very cold, with the wind it felt about -10. I wore about 5 pounds of clothing and ran to the arboretum to do some hill repeats. When I got to the hill my toes were numb, and so I started the hills without a break. I was planning to run up and walk down for a recovery, but I thought I would be too cold so I decided to run down instead. My endurance held up, I ran 10 x 125m hills, with about a 275m recovery jog between each. After the 10 hills my, ummm, "groin" region felt ice cold and painful - yow! I decided to run a hard 2.5 miles at threshold pace to finish off the run, and I was hoping to get home quick to warm up. I felt good overall during the threshold run, I recovered nicely from the hills and my legs still had some strength to push. Overall a pretty good session.

The Siberian Express 7.3 mile trail race is this Saturday, so I plan on running short and easy for the next two days so that I will feel fresh on race day. It is suppose to be in the 40's by Saturday, if it is I should have a pretty good day, as I run better in warmer temperatures. It will probably be quite muddy, so I am not going to set a low goal time. I will try for something modest, say, an 8:00 per mile pace, which should equal about a 1 hour run. My fitness and strength seem to have improved since the 5 mile X-country race last month, although I am not sure if I am ready to run a hard 7.3 miles.  It should be a fun one.

  

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 23 degrees, cloudy. Ran an easy 3 miles, felt ok. I can't run comfortably in cold weather, I don't have much lung power most of the time. Because of that I have no confidence about racing in 2 days. I will just have to swallow my pride and wait for spring to arrive.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 35 degrees, windy, cloudy. Easy run of 4 miles to the rental car agency. Tomorrow is the Siberian race and I am feeling excited and energetic. I am not going to worry about my time and will just try to enjoy the feeling of pushing myself to the edge. Weather is supposed to be wet and about 40 degrees, which is not bad for January. 

Race: Siberian Express (7.45 Miles) 00:59:35, Place overall: 62, Place in age division: 6
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.007.450.0011.45

Race Day Weather – 40 degrees, cloudy, windy. I woke to gray skies, but mild January weather. I ate a banana, oatmeal, kiwi, and drank 2 glasses of water 3 hours before race time, then drove to Kickapoo State Park near Danville and arrived about 75 minutes before race time. After registering I started my warm-up at 10:00am. I ran to the Mountain Goat Hill course and traversed 2 of the larger hills. I felt comfortable and strong, and was confident that I could put in a good race effort. I was surprised that nobody else was using the Goat hills as a warm-up, but I always seem to seek out the places which afford the most solitude, so I was happy to run alone, focusing my thoughts on the upcoming battle of wills. Although it was 40 degrees, the stiff wind made it seem colder, it felt about 30, so I needed to wear gloves, and was uncertain if I should wear a hat for the race. I did not wear a hat during the warm-up, and I felt ok without it. After 30 minutes of easy running I did 4x150m strides, then stretched in a dry picnic shelter with 10-12 other runners. When I returned to my car it was 15 minutes to race time. I was jumpy and energetic, which was a good sign. At the last minute I decided to wear a hat, and I emerged from the car wearing shorts, 3 light shirts, hat and gloves. I made my way to the start line, listening to the muffled voices of the 476 assembled runners. I stayed at the edge of the large group, focusing my eyes not on the faces or landscape, but upon my emotional reaction to the minutes leading up to the start. I saw the group moving towards the start line, and as I began to follow, a young runner kicked mud at his friend, missed, and it splattered on my shorts and legs. I looked at him, and then said, “well, by races end it is going to be a lot worse than this.” Relieved, he laughed and resumed his mud play. I inserted myself into the middle of the throng, for the first time feeling warm because the wind could not reach me. People talked, stretched, and I jumped up and down continuously, feeling a solid mass of energy which needed to be spent. The starter finally sent us on our way, and we circled a large field which would also be the finish, and made our way into the woods. Upon reaching the single track path, mud began flying in the air. My shoes sunk into it and sprayed the runners behind me. At a narrow, steep descent a line of runners came to a complete stop, and each runner in turn had to stop, then resume running. I found myself muttering “come on” as I waited to resume. My pace during this initial mud slog was quite slow, I was in no particular hurry, because I knew 56 more minutes of running awaited me, and I would have plenty of time to put in surges and go as fast as my legs would carry me. I had set my iPod to count down from 60 minutes, so my goal was to come in at 59:xx, which was around 8:00/mile pace. I had run this same course 2 years ago in an autumn race and averaged 7:30/mile, but with the mud and the cold and the wind I believed 8:00 was about all I could hope for. The first half mile a few people passed, which did not bother me. I was feeling relaxed and strong, and knew when I finally decided to make my first move that I would begin to pass numerous people. When we finally emerged from the first set of woods onto a 400-600m straightaway, I made my first surge and passed quite a few runners. The mud however, never let up, it was going to be a constant throughout the entire race. Entering a second woods the single track began again, and I did my best to maintain the surge pace. A lot of curves had to be carefully navigated because of the slippery conditions, and it reminded me of running in the snow, it seemed about as difficult, but more pleasant because of the warmth. We exited the second woods and came out into a large meadow, which is about 800m in length. This was the only part of the course which was not very muddy, but there were numerous ice puddles and potholes to contend with, so it was not that much easier to get a firm footing. I continued passing people, my pace was continually getting faster, and nobody had yet to pass me since the ½ mile mark. After the field we entered the third woods. For about 1-2 miles it was more slogging and trying to find a good pace - I would surge, then upon reaching a runner who was holding a comparable pace, I would tuck in behind and slow down to his/her pace, which allowed me to recover, and when I felt strong again I would push myself past and look for the next runner to surge to. Sometimes I would surge by as many 5 or 6 runners within a 100m distance. The woods began to get quite hilly, and it was here that a good sense of balance and strength had to be maintained so as to avoid falling and injury. Some of the smaller hills were ridiculous because of the mud and uneven, sloping narrow paths. One particular hill which sticks in my memory consisted of an almost vertical 6 foot descent, followed immediately by a 6 foot vertical ascent. One comes upon this situation with only 1-2 seconds to decide how to navigate it. I slid down trying not to fall, but having to immediately begin the uphill upon reaching the bottom, I reached out with both of my hands and dug into the mud, but I stretched the top of my body too far forward and my lower back suffered a slight spasm. I have had these spasms before, and sometimes it can take weeks to recover from them. As I came out of this dwarfish mud canyon my back felt stiff and within a few seconds I would know if I had to crawl, walk, or run to the finish. Fortunately the stiffness seemed to ease as I continued to run, and so I pushed ahead, not seeming to lose any of my speed or momentum. More of these types of hills continued to appear, and they forced my mind to concentrate on things other than my back. One of the hills was longish and steep, and with absolutely no traction. I had to lean forward and pull myself up the hill, digging my hands into the mud, similar to climbing a ladder. I saw 2 runners decide to try a different route, hoping for an easier go of it. However, one of the runners let out a loud scream, and then “!@#$#@!” I watched him crumple to the ground in obvious pain. Fortunately a race volunteer was nearby and rushed to give aid to the fallen athlete. I soon forgot about my spasm and just kept running hard. I was about 4 miles in and still feeling strong and energetic. My lungs felt at full capacity, and were in control, so I knew that I would most likely be able to maintain this kind of surge/relax style of running for the remaining 3.5 miles. At about this time I saw Matt, who leads the Wednesday speed sessions in the summer. I was surprised to see him walking, and said hi to him as I passed, wondering if he was injured or just taking a short walking break. In most races he finishes ahead of me, so I took that for what it was worth, and kept running hard. When I reached the only asphalt area of the race, about mile 5, I remembered what Melinda had told me while we ran at Clinton Lake last week– “when you reach the parking lot you have 2 miles to go, but it seems a lot longer than 2 miles.” I heeded her advice, and told myself it was probably going to feel like 3 miles. It felt nice to have a firm surface to run on and my pace immediately picked up, and images of running 200m repeats floated through my mind. I passed 4 or 5 runners during this 400m stretch of parking lot, they seemed to be laboring, not being able to take advantage of the only firm surface on the course. Seeing runners lagging, out of breath, slowing down, made me want to go faster, so I continued surging. Off the parking lot and back into the woods, I soon approached a runner who looked familiar. His bare calves were encrusted in thick brownish mud. I could not see his face, but I thought it might be Andrew, another Wednesday speed session runner who runs 18:xx 5k’s. I have never beaten him in any race, so I was thinking maybe it was not him. I slowed down a bit and decided to follow him for a while. He was moving smoothly, but I could sense a bit of struggle in his pace. After 200m I felt recovered and decided I needed to surge again. As I passed I saw that it was Andrew and I said hi. I don’t think he knew who I was, but he returned the greeting. Passing him gave me more confidence, and I began a long final surge which I was able to maintain until the end of the race. I passed numerous runners during the final mile and a half, yet nobody had yet to pass me. With a mile to go the best thought of the race occurred to me – “all the runners near me at this point in the race have a similar running level to myself, therefore, the only runners who are going to pass me in this final mile are the ones who have worked harder than me – the person who has run for 50 consecutive days; in ice and snow storms; in below zero winds; run hill repeats on ice; practiced surge pace in 4 inches of snow; worked on their speed with 200m repeats. If they have done this and more, well, then they can pass me, but they are going to have to prove it!” I started to run loose and wild, with passion, following a strong runner ahead of me, slowly gaining on him. During the final steep hill ascent which the runner ahead of me walked, I was directly behind him, trudging up the hill. I said to him as we crested the hill “this is it, we made it, this is the home stretch.” He nodded in agreement, and I followed him for about 150M, then passed him with 800 meters to go, running as hard as I could. I was gaining on 2 runners ahead of me, but with about 100m to go they took off in a wild sprint, battling each other, arms flailing, it was fun to watch, and I followed them into the finish shoot about 5 seconds behind. The runner I had passed finished 20 seconds behind me, which made me feel good about my final effort and kick. Unbelievably, I finished in 59:35, which is an exact 8:00/mile pace. In the race results it reads 7:60.0, which made me look twice, and then laugh – I had hit my race pace goal spot on. After the race I recovered quickly and ran a 1 mile cool down. I then stretched and realized my back had tightened since the race had ended. It does not seem too serious, so hopefully it will only take 7-10 days to fully recover. I will be careful with it, doing special stretches for it. Running seems to help it, so I probably will not have to alter my training in any way. My overall place was 62, and in my age group 6 out of 50.

Comments
From jtshad on Mon, Jan 07, 2008 at 16:24:48

Wow, what a race report...sounds like quite and experience. Congratulations on hitting your target on a very interesting course, your training definitely paid off.

From will on Tue, Jan 08, 2008 at 17:59:36

Thanks for the comment - I wish you much luck for your marathon race next week! I have been reading through your training, you have definitely put in the work for a good run.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 53 degrees, cloudy, windy. Returned the rental car this morning and ran 6 miles from the agency to Busey Woods. My lower back was stiff from the spasm which occurred in the race yesterday, but after 2 miles it loosened up and felt ok. I am probably going to be able to avoid a big flare up with the back if I am careful. My quads were a bit sore, but other than that everything seemed fit and ready to go. I'm happy my right foot is holding up. I will probably make this an easy week, nothing too hard. Afterwards 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 40 minute walk home. 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
10.000.000.000.0010.00

Weather - 61 degrees, cloudy, windy. Planned to run 6 easy miles, or maybe less, thinking I would feel worn down from the race, but I felt energized and strong, so I ended up with 10 easy miles. The warm weather is a great respite from the winter days, I wore shorts and a singlet, I felt about 3 pounds lighter than normal, and my lungs were at full capacity. Maybe training in the cold is like resistance training for my lungs, since I am probably working at about 80% oxygen capacity when it is below 40 degrees. When it finally does warm up my body is supercharged from the extra oxygen that is flowing through my blood. I think when spring arrives I am going to be able to run some good times. I ran the 10 miles at about 1 minute per mile lower than my normal easy rate, yet the run still felt easy and relaxed - I love warm weather....

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 55 degrees, cloudy, windy. Reality returned and I felt the effects of the previous 3 days of racing and training. Feeling tired and lacking energy I ran an easy 6 miles. During the run I thought about how I was going to give myself a chance to break 19:00 in a 5k race. My ideas came into rare focus and I was able to map a plan. Since I have no meaningful races to run until March, I decided that during January and February I need to work specifically on increasing my endurance through consistent daily and weekly mileage. I can forgo speed work during this time, so that should give my body a chance to remain healthy while I attempt to slowly up the mileage. My current weekly average is between 30-50 miles. By mid March I would like to raise the average to 40-60. It would be easy enough to will myself to run 7 miles a day 6 days a week, and run 12-14 miles for the one long run, but that would most likely lead to a physical breakdown. I need to be cautious and patient, and when I feel my body asking for less instead of more, I will need to heed it. Perhaps 2 1/2 months is not enough time for a moderate increase, but I will do my best to push my body safely to new mileage limits. I believe that if I can increase my mileage, the endurance I will have gained will then allow me to pursue speed work with more aggression. In April and May I will move into hill running and repeats, and in early June do some long intervals. By late June I should be ready to run a 5k in good fitness, and then I will see what I can do with it. 

Comments
From jtshad on Tue, Jan 08, 2008 at 18:18:26

I think you mileage increase is definitely possible by this spring. As you indicated, listen to your body and plan out your training smartly. I still think you could throw in the occasional speed workout during this time so you can maintain this aspect as well. As a friend who is a great runner/marathoner has said..."all long slow runs leads to slow long runners."

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 42 degrees, sunny, windy. Ran an easy 6 miles in cooler weather, but 42 degrees for January is still mild. Was a little sluggish so kept the pace slow most of the way, felt a bit looser during the last mile and the pace picked up accordingly. Afterwards 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 45 minute walk home. 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 41 degrees, cloudy. Felt a little better than yesterday, and put in 6 easy miles. My easy days now consist of 6 + miles, so it feels good to be running longer distances. It feels the same as 4 miles last month, so my endurance and strength are improving. Am planning a long run of 12 miles with Melinda either tomorrow or Sunday. 12 miles seems somewhat easy to my mind, so I may be increasing the distance within a few weeks if I continue to feel good on my runs. 

Comments
From jtshad on Fri, Jan 11, 2008 at 07:57:39

Nice run and good job on the mileage incease. I would stick with the 12M for this weekend, and shoot for a 14M in 2 weeks and progress 2M every other week until you target long run (20M?) depending on what you are training for. The other weekends in between, plan a 10-12M easy paced run.

Good luck and run strong.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
12.000.000.000.0012.00

Weather - 32 degrees, cloudy, windy. 12 mile long run today with Melinda. We traversed the streets of Champaign/Urbana on the 2nd Wind's marathon training route. There were numerous arrows painted on the streets pointing us in the right direction. The temperature dropped as the run progressed, and during the last 2 miles we were fighting a bitter wind. Felt good the whole way, though, am looking forward to more long runs in the coming weeks. Afterwards 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 10 minute walk home. 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 29 degrees, sunny. Easy run to Busey Woods this morning. No soreness from yesterdays 12 mile run, so I am happy to be achieving a moderate level of fitness. Driving to Chicago today for pleasure, will spend the night at a downtown hotel. Plan on running 8 miles along Lake Michigan tomorrow morning. 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.000.000.000.008.00

Weather - 30 degrees, cloudy, windy. Spent the weekend in Chicago, ran 6 miles yesterday morning before leaving, and in the evening hiked 9-10 miles around the north side of the city. Ate too much good food (Indian for lunch, beer and stuffed mushrooms for a twilight appetizer, Ethiopian for dinner, and Austrian pastries for a night time sweet snack), but since I was burning a lot of calories I did not mind. This morning got up at dawn and hit the downtown city streets, heading out through Millenium Park to the lake shore, and ran 8 miles to Addison Street. Turned around and walked 2 miles, doing some strength exercises and stretching, and took the 151 bus back to the hotel. I was concerned the 15 miles of running/hiking on Saturday was going to be too much work for my legs, but they felt good today, so I am happy about my improving fitness.

#58 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 25 degrees, cloudy, windy. Easy 6 miles in cold conditions, felt like 10 degrees in the wind. Body is still feeling good even though my daily mileage is increasing. Jeff commented a few days ago that I should not avoid going fast while I am doing my endurance runs, so I have decided to include 5 or 6 strides in most of my upcoming runs this month. Today I did 5 x 40 second strides in the middle of the run, with a 1-2 minute jogging recovery. I am hoping the striding will keep my legs accustomed to faster movement as I put in the slow base work for the next 6-8 weeks. After the run 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 40 minute walk home.

#59

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
9.100.000.000.009.10

Weather - 15 degrees, sunny. Was hoping to run 8 easy miles today, about half way through the run I was feeling good and decided to push it a little further, and ended up going 9.1. Did 6 x 40-60 second strides at the 4 mile split. I can feel some overall improvement in my running strength, it is giving me confidence to keep at it every day. After the run went to Brookens Gym and did 6 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home. 

#60 

 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 33 degrees, sunny. Weather warmed up a bit, which made my 6 easy miles feel pleasant. I had some pep in my stride today, ran it fairly quick, yet the intensity felt easy. Tomorrow will try for 8 easy miles with 5 or 6 strides.

#61 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.500.001.500.008.00

Weather - 25 degrees, windy, cloudy. Tough day to run, the wind was wicked cold, and there were ice patches on the streets and sidewalks. I decided it would be safest to run at the arboretum, but I knew the wind there can be brutal. I ran 3 miles, then did 8 x 25-60 second strides, then continued running until I reached 8 miles. I had the wind at my back during the final mile, and I was feeling pretty good, so I decided to let my legs unwind and the pace unfold. I ran the last mile in about 6:15, of course, the wind helped out a lot, but it felt great to have the legs turning faster than usual. Tonight I am going to Brookens Gym to stretch and do some strength exercises while watching the Lakers/Suns game - should be a good one.

#62

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.300.000.000.006.30

Weather - 31 degrees, windy, sunny. A lot of wind made for tough running. Because I exercised at Brookens while watching the Lakers/Suns game yesterday evening I only got 4 hours of sleep. Consequently I felt horrible today on my run, and ran a very easy 6 miles, slower than my normal easy pace. After the run 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 40 minute walk home. Am looking forward to 8 hours of sleep tonight.

#63 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
10.200.000.000.0010.20

Weather - 5 degrees, sunny. Ran 10.20 easy miles this morning, felt decent enough considering the weather was rough and I was wearing about 6 layers of clothing. Had a good week with my mileage, I hope to continue with a slow upwards trend. Next week I am running the Riddle Run in Mahomet. It is an informal trail run, with a beginners race of 12 miles, and an advanced run of 28. I signed up for 12, if I finish I get a homemade cupcake. 

 #64

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.200.000.000.007.20

Weather - 13 degrees, sunny. Warmer than yesterday, but I still dressed in 6 layers for a 7.2 mile easy run. It is a peculiar sensation to be sweating profusely in extreme coldness, but it is definitely better than being too cold. Another night of little sleep, which caused my overall coordination to be sluggish, and the running pace suffered because of it.

#65

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
9.500.000.000.009.50

Weather - 25 degrees, sunny, windy. It seemed colder than 25 degrees because of the wind, so I wore 6 layers of clothing again. I am getting accustomed to running with an extra 5 pounds, I hope it helps my fitness. After 3 miles I ran  8 x 30-60 second strides on the golf course. When I finished the run I walked 15 minutes to Brookens Gym and did 5 sets of strength exercises and stretching.

#66 

 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.500.000.000.007.50

Weather - 20 degrees, somewhat sunny. Fresh snow on the ground, only about a half inch, so it did not make running any more difficult than normal. Ran to Busey woods and did a few loops and ended up with 7.5 miles. My legs are still holding up to the strain of the slowly increasing mileage.

#67 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.500.000.000.006.50

Weather - 20 degrees, sunny. Since I have been diligently working at slowly increasing my mileage, I decided it was time to ease back a bit for the next few days, because this Saturday is the Riddle Run, a quasi 12-28 mile race/training run in Mahomet. I signed up to run 3 x 4 mile loops around the prairie trails, and it would be nice to feel fresh and strong. Today I ran for as long as it felt easy, which was 6.5 miles. I was thinking I would be stopping at 5 miles, so I was pleasantly surprised to have gone an extra 1.5. After the run I walked to Brookens Gym and did 6 sets of strength exercises and stretching. 

#68 

Comments
From jtshad on Wed, Jan 23, 2008 at 15:25:38

Good runs this week. Good luck at the race on Satuday, sounds like an interesting event.

Glad to see you have decent weather considering the deep freeze it looked like your area had on the national weather maps. It is too dang cold here!

From will on Wed, Jan 23, 2008 at 19:49:45

Jeff - I thought it was cold here the past 2 weeks, until reading your recent entries! Your ability to recover quickly after your fast marathon is fantastic - keep up the solid running, and thanks for the training ideas.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 3 degrees, windy, sunny. I decided to run indoors today because of the cold, so I ran 5 miles around the basketball court at Brookens. Afterwards 5 sets of strength exercises, and stretching. It feels good to have run less miles the past couple of days, as my body is starting to feel less fatigued.

#69 

Comments
From Benn on Thu, Jan 24, 2008 at 20:38:03

Is that 69 days in a row running? You're crazy!! good job!

From will on Fri, Jan 25, 2008 at 18:24:17

Benn- I can have bouts of achilles Tendinitis in my right foot also. You will probably need to ease back in your intensity and duration until it starts to feel stronger. I have found that running everyday forces me to take it easy on a lot of runs, and this has helped my achilles. Don't give up hope, you are young, and it should heal quickly.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 23 degrees, cloudy. The afternoon warmed up, so it was a pleasant enough 4 mile easy run. Tomorrow the Riddle Run, I plan on running 3 loops for 12 miles. 

#70 

 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
12.000.000.000.0012.00

Weather - 26 degrees, windy, gray skies. Ran 3 loops around the Lake of the Woods prairie trails for the Riddle Run. The winds were brisk, so it seemed cold, and there was a 1/4 inch of snow on the trails. The final loop I paired up with a woman named Nancy, and we ran a 8:15 pace for the 4 miles, and we had a good conversation, she told me about her various marathons, and it was nice to listen about her race in Honolulu as we trudged through the snow. I planned to run the 3 loops in a comfortable time of 1:45, and I came in at 1:43. When I finished the race I ate my prize - a homemade cream filled cupcake - the best one I have tasted! It was a solid long run, nothing hard, just a moderate steady pace at an average of 8:35/mile. I don't feel tired, or sore, so I think my next long run will be 14 miles, either next week, or the week after.

I am planning to run the Lovin' the Hills 15 mile trail race in Louisville, KY on February 16th. That distance should fit nicely for my current fitness level. As the race name implies, there are a lot of hills to cover, so I am not sure how I will tolerate it, since my training is mainly on the flats.

#71

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.300.000.000.008.30

Weather - 45 degrees, sunny. Nice to feel some warmth and see the sun, I ran an easy 8.3 miles around Busey Woods and the cemetery. Yesterdays 12 miler did not take much out of me, so I am hoping to have a good week of training. Afterwards 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 40 minute walk home.

#72 

Comments
From jtshad on Mon, Jan 28, 2008 at 10:04:22

No race on Saturday? Your 12 miler sounded good though. Keep up the strong running and enjoy the warmer weather.

From will on Mon, Jan 28, 2008 at 14:55:41

Jeff - It was a laid back race - no timer, no winners or losers, more an informal gathering of area runners. Over 100 people showed up, and 13 people ran the full 28 miles. It was a good day overall, I felt strong and loose.

Way to brave the cold and wind - your training regime is tremendous!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.300.000.000.007.30

Weather - 37 degrees, raining, windy. A bit cooler today, but it felt warm when compared to last week, so I wore shorts for the second consecutive day. My body (back, legs, and feet) stiffened yesterday a few hours after running, and I went to bed earlier than usual, getting 12 hours of sleep. I woke today feeling pretty crappy, so I figured I would be running a maximum of 6 easy miles. However, after 3 miles my body began to feel better, and I ended up with 7.3. I will try for an increase in mileage this week, since I have been holding steady for the past month - 51.45, 52, 53.60, 51.70. I will hopefully hit 56-58 miles by Saturday. 

#73 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
9.500.001.000.0010.50

Weather - 49 degrees, gray skies, windy. Beautiful running weather, wore shorts and 3 light shirts. Decided today I needed to run further than normal, after the first couple of miles I felt good and knew it would not be difficult to run 10 miles. When I reached the golf course at mile 3 I did 8 x 30-90 second strides on the fairways, then returned to Busey Woods and did 3-4 loops, then ran to Brookens Gym for a total of 10.50 miles. The warm air had a positive effect on my lungs, I was running a faster than normal pace and my breath was effortless. At Brookens I did 6 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home. 

#74 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.200.000.000.008.20

Weather - 18 degrees, sunny. A lot colder than yesterday, so I had to go back to wearing multiple layers of clothing. I ran a very slow pace today, I was trying to make 8 miles seem as easy as possible. The last two miles I felt pretty good and went a bit quicker, so I seem to be holding up to the increased mileage. Afterwards 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 20 minute walk home.

#75 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.100.000.000.006.10

Weather - 22 degrees, cloudy, snowing. 6 easy miles in a snowstorm - fun! Afterwards 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 10 minute walk home.

#76

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.500.000.000.0013.50

Weather - 25 degrees, cloudy, snowing. Woke to about 6-7 inches of snow on the ground, was feeling pretty good energy-wise because I ran only 6 miles yesterday, and I got 11 hours of sleep. Decided to run long today, and covered 13.5 miles, mainly doing loops around Busey Woods. The snow was tough to navigate, I could feel my leg muscles expending more power than normally needed just to keep moving forward. The good thing about running in the thick snow was the softness of impact, it was like running on a bed of pillows. After 2 hours of running my joints felt no wear and tear, which is usually not the case with a long run. I finished the run just before getting to Brookens Gym, so I did 6 sets of strength exercises and stretching in the gym to cool down from the tough run. I feel like I have made a small leap in fitness, I am now covering 2 hours for a long run, and after tomorrow I will have hit 60 miles in a week for the first time this winter. 

#77 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.700.001.500.006.20

Weather - 37 degrees, sunny. Took a nice easy run today, mostly on plowed roads, but did about 1 mile through thick snow in Buesy Woods. Felt pretty fresh considering I ran 2 hours yesterday. Ran about 1.5 miles at threshold pace, felt good to move a little quicker than normal.

#78

Comments
From Benn on Sun, Feb 03, 2008 at 11:51:53

Awesome job Will. Looking strong. What's your race schedule look like coming up? You're going to set HUGE PRs! That's a definite

From will on Sun, Feb 03, 2008 at 22:55:40

Benn - Hopefully the rest you are taking now will make your foot better quickly, it should not take too long - hang in there, and keep testing it, just be mindful not to over-stress it. Just watched the Giants knock off the Pats - that was a great game!

I plan on running a 9 mile trail race in a couple of weeks, I am not expecting much from that one, other than a good training session. The first race where I should be ready to run is in mid-March, a road 15K. After that I plan on running some spring circuit races with the club I belong to. My first try at a 5k PR will be in late May. There is still a lot of training to be done.

From Benn on Sun, Feb 03, 2008 at 23:35:10

You are a machine, Will. Yeah this week has been by far the hardest "rest" week I've ever taken, probably because it wasn't exactly wanted. It was great to finally see a NY team win the super bowl. I remember as a kid always being "one of those fans" that was loyal to the New York teams, while everyone else picked the 'winners' the Cowboys, 49ers, etc etc. I wish I had your talent and ability to run that long without days off! good job.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.800.001.500.0010.30

Weather - 27 degrees, cloudy. A reasonable day for running, which was nice because I planned on doing a harder than normal workout. Ended up with 10.3 miles, 4 of which were run through 6-7 inches of snow on the golf course and through Busey Woods. When I left the snow at about mile 7 I ran 1 mile at threshold pace, and after a brief recovery I ran 8 x 40-60 second strides. I ran them fairly strong, everything felt good and in control, then I finished the run with about an 800 meter sprint. After the run I did 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 10 minute walk home.

#79

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.000.000.000.008.00

Weather - 46 degrees, foggy. Beautiful fog made for an interesting run, but the warm temperatures made the snow melt, creating high water in the streets. Other than wet feet, it was an enjoyable time today. 

#80 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.550.003.000.7510.30

Weather - 32 degrees, clouds, rainy. Started the run with 40 degree temperature and no rain, but I decided to wear shorts because it seemed like rain was possible. Ran 2 miles to the arboretum and then did 12 x 100m hill sprints. Felt in control for all of the sprints, when I finished I still had a lot of energy, so I ran another 7 miles, 3 of which were at threshold pace. This was one of the better workouts I have had this winter. I am surprised that I have been recovering well because I am taking no days off from running. Yesterday's 8 easy miles felt difficult, which was caused from the previous day when I ran a solid workout of 10 miles with 8 strides. Tomorrow I will probably feel like crap, so I will run 6 or 7 easy miles, and hopefully that will allow me to make a nice recovery. When I finished the run the temperature had dropped to 32 degrees and it was pouring rain.  I was 40 minutes from home at Crystal Lake Park, and I did a very fast 3 sets of dips and stretching, then began a tough walk home, feeling happy because of the strong workout session.

#81

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.000.000.000.008.00

Weather - 31 degrees, clouds, wind, snow. An easy 8 miles through the flooded streets of Urbana. Crystal Lake Park was swamped with water, so I had to alter my normal route and ended up on the university campus. I finished the run at Brookens Gym and did 6 sets of strength exercises and stretching, then 15 minute walk home. 

#82 

Comments
From amanda on Wed, Feb 06, 2008 at 16:36:06

I like your goals. I want to have a "solid winter season of training" too.

From will on Thu, Feb 07, 2008 at 19:00:50

Amanda, congratulations for running every day this week, only 3 more weeks of winter training! Keep up the strong running....

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 28 degrees, gray skies. Felt relieved to run an easy 6 miles, I was surprisingly fresh and energetic. After tomorrows 14 miler I will have my first easy week in a while - 7 days of daily mileage no greater than 6 - I am curious to see how much fitness and strength my body will add from the ease and rest.

#83

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
14.600.000.000.0014.60

Weather - 38 degrees, sunny with a few clouds, some wind. A nice day for a long run, warmish for late winter, and the sun was out. I felt good the whole way, I was reminded of my summer long runs this past year - how they would feel like adventures, so much would go on, mostly inside my mind. When the run is finished I feel like I have been through a battle of some sort, and although the body is a bit worn, I am feeling elated and happy. I feel I have earned the upcoming easy week of running, the rest will hopefully further my fitness, and I will be curious to see how I respond to the 9 mile trail race next Saturday. After the run I did 5 sets of strength exercises and stretching at Brookens Gym, and 15 minute walk home. 

#84 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 32 degrees, sunny. Felt a little stiff for the first couple of miles, but then I loosened up. It was a strange sensation to run 5 miles, just as I was finding my rhythm the run was over. Afterwards blueberry pancakes with maple syrup.

#85 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 7 degrees, sunny, windy. An easy run in cold weather. 

#86 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.250.000.000.004.25

Weather - 18 degrees, clouds. Easy 4.25 miles. I can feel my body getting stronger from the reduced mileage. 5 more day of short runs should have me feeling good. After the run I did 4 sets of strength exercises at Brookens Gym, Stretching, and 15 minute walk home. 

I was planning to run a 9 mile trail race in Rockford this Saturday, but that area was blitzed with snow a few days ago, and the forecast is for a 30 degree day, which means snow will still be on the course. Rather than drive a total of 6 hours, run a risky trail race in cold and snow,  I think it is best to skip the race and train at home. Next race planned will be my first 5k since July, on March 8th, which is less than 4 weeks away. That race should keep me motivated in my training.

#87

z.m. - #1

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.300.000.000.003.30

Weather - 19 degrees, clouds, snow. Easy 3.30 miles run around the neighborhood. Crystal Lake Park has been closed because of flooding, and Busey Woods is also flooded, so I have been running more on residential streets the past week. 

Today while I was working at the park district I began thinking about the upcoming 5k in 3 weeks. I tried to determine the bottom, top, and middle time limits which I feel capable of achieving. Given that my main goal this year is to break 19:00 in a 5k, this first 5k in March will be nowhere close. On March 8th the temperature is likely to be between 30-45 degrees, so I will not have full lung capacity, as I run stronger when the temperature is above 60. I have also done very little speed work this winter, and I am just now beginning hill workouts. The strong part of my current fitness level is my endurance. The times of my final 2 5k's last summer were 19:22. I will need to add 1 minute to that time because of the cold weather, and one more minute because of lack of speed work, which means my goal time for the March 5k will be 21:20. If the temperature is warmer than expected, I may be able to get to 20:40. If the weather is very cold and I feel lousy I may not break 22:00. I recall that my first 5K of last season in early March was run in 22:30. However, I did no winter training last year, so I was running on about 3 weeks of training. I have a good base built this year, so I am confident that I will have the endurance to feel pretty good on the run. The slow predicted time does not worry or bother me, I know once the warm weather arrives, and the speed training commences, I will begin to reap in the summer what I have sowed in the winter. 

#88

z.m. - #2 

Comments
From Benn on Tue, Feb 12, 2008 at 19:13:52

Doing good Will. Keep it up. This summer and fall have a LOT of promise for you.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.250.000.000.005.25

Weather - 22 degrees, sunny. 5.25 easy miles with 5 x 1-3 minute accelerations. Afterwards 5 sets of strength exercises at Brookens gym, and stretching. I was inspired to try a new exercise, I think they are called leg-ups, or knee-lifts - I stood in place and began lifting my knees to my chest in a running motion. It was quite difficult to keep this going for more than 45 seconds - I could feel my hip muscles struggle with the high leg lift motion. I did 3 sets. I think I will include this exercise with the others,  if I can improve I think it will help my legs have a stronger drive. 

#89

z.m. - #3 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.001.000.004.00

Weather - 25 degrees, sunny. Easy 4 miles, was finally able to run in Busey Woods, the water level has receded, I did 5 accelerations between 1-3 minutes in length. Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 40 minute walk home. 

#90

z.m. - #4 

Comments
From amanda on Thu, Feb 14, 2008 at 21:57:15

Happy Valentine's Day!

From will on Fri, Feb 15, 2008 at 12:05:33

Happy Valentine's day Amanda! Looks like you are having a great week of training, stay strong...

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.750.001.500.004.25

Weather - 25 degrees, clouds, windy. Ran through Busey Woods and then when I got to the golf course I did 8 accelerations between 1-2 minutes each. Afterward 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 40 minute walk home. 

#91

z.m. - #5 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.002.000.006.00

Weather - 23 degrees, sunny. Ran 6 miles, 2 being run at threshold pace because I was feeling strong and fresh, I guess 7 days of easy runs will do that. There are a few factors to consider in my feeling good - 1) One week of reduced mileage run at an easy pace. 2) The new leg exercise I have been practicing (knee-ups) appears to be having a positive effect on the driving force of my stride. 3) I started taking a vitamin B12 supplement.

A few years ago I noticed a drop in my overall energy level. I thought it may be an iron deficiency and since then I have tried to eat foods that are high in iron content. Being a vegetarian makes this more challenging, so my main iron sources come from fortified GrapeNuts cereal, spinach salads, and cooking foods in an iron skillet. I felt a slight increase in energy from this nutritional change, but I recently discovered that B12 is a vitamin that vegetarians can lack, since it is  found in most meats and dairy. I don't drink much milk, and only in the past year has my egg consumption gone up, due to owning my own chickens. I realize that my B12 stores are probably quite low, and since this vitamin is necessary for healthy blood, I thought it may also help my running efforts. So this week I began taking the supplement. It is too early to tell if it will have a positive effect on my energy level and running, but I am hoping it will. 

#92

z.m. - #6 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.004.000.007.50

Weather - 42 degrees, clouds, rain, wind. Good run today, ran 4 miles to the Zendo, meditated for 2.5 hours, then ran 3.5 miles to Cardinal Fitness Center. 4 of the miles I ran at threshold pace, so it was a fairly hard run.

I read something yesterday in Joe Henderson's book, "Better Runs". Here is an excerpt :

"Tom Miller had run about 100 marathons when his son, with little running training, beat him in an uphill race, When Tom asked how this could have happened, the boy credited the mountain biking he did as off-season training for skiing. 'I started doing uphill repeats on a bike, standing up to get more power,' said Miller. 'My running times immediately improved. A few of the runners I worked with tried this too, and they also got faster.' Miller designed a research project to verify these informal results. He traded road and trail riding for stationary bicycling because the training loads were easier to control while standing still. This type of leg work also was more like the running motion than weight training could be, and it was safer than interval runs would be. Nineteen runners completed Miller's program, which opened and closed with 10K time trials. The subjects made no change in their routines besides joining Tom for six weekly sessions of standup intervals on the exercise bike. They sat and pedaled at low flywheel tension to warm up, recover between 'runs', and cool down. They cranked up the tension until the wheel would barely turn and then stood for the intervals. They 'ran' 30 seconds twice, then two times each for 45 seconds, 60, 45, and 30. 'All 19 of these runners ran faster in the second 10K than in the first', said Miller. 'The average improvement was 10 percent, or about 4 minutes at that distance. 14 of them set PR's, even though this was winter and most of them were not in top racing shape.' The professors who oversaw this project were impressed. They told Miller that the statistical validity of the results was above question and that they'd seen no other study which produced such dramatic improvements in just six weeks. Tom coaches a training group in Salt Lake City. Two follow-up tests with this group, using 5K times as a gauge, matched the earlier outcome. 'There were PR's all over the place', he said. One man improved from the 19's into the 17's in just six weeks.' Why do standing bike intervals work this well? Miller's theory : 'They simulate fast running but with higher resistance than most runners can tolerate on the track or road. This training works the muscles as well as uphill sprinting would, but it doesn't tear you apart'.

After reading the above I thought it would be helpful to give it a try, since I am now moving into the hill repeat phase of my training. Because I don't own a stationary bike I decided to join Cardinal Fitness, so today after my run I stopped in, saw they had a good quality stationary bike, payed my money, and did my first bike workout. I 'ran' for 27 minutes, the bike had a heart rate monitor, I was able to get up to 163. It is the first time I have checked heart rate in any type of exercise. According to the heart rate training zone calculator, 162-168 falls in the ATzone which is 85-90% max heart rate. The majority of my interval runs today fell at about 155, which is between easy and AT. As I get more practice with the biking, I should be able to put forth a greater effort, which will increase my heart rate into VO2 Max territory, which for me would be 168-180.

After the biking I did 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#93

z.m. - #7

Comments
From Cheryl on Sun, Feb 17, 2008 at 20:30:09

Keep us informed on whether you think the bike training is helping you get faster running.

From jtshad on Mon, Feb 18, 2008 at 08:43:34

Good workout. Shaking up the workout routine is never a bad idea. Let us know how it goes for you.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.500.000.000.006.50

Weather - 25 degrees, windy, clouds. Strong winds today as I ran an easy 6.5 around the golf course. I wasn't sore from yesterdays hard bout, but about halfway through the run my achilles tendon became sensitive. I immediately slowed to a walk, stretched a bit, then resumed running. It seemed to be ok, but the last thing I want to have happen is to get injured just as winter training is coming to an end. I probably over-trained yesterday, combining a hard threshold run with the new bike workout. I was planning on doing hill repeats tomorrow, but I think it would be best to do an easy 5 miles and allow the achilles a chance to recover, so will reschedule the hills until Wednesday or Thursday if all goes well.  After the run I stopped at Cardinal and did 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home. 

#94

z.m. - #8 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 21 degrees, sunny, windy. An easy 6 miles around Busey Woods and the golf course. I started out slowly, making sure my achilles tendon was warm before putting additional stress upon it. It felt loose throughout the run, so I am happy that yesterdays irritation is getting better instead of worse. After the run I stopped at Cardinal and did 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#95

z.m. - #9

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.003.000.008.00

Weather - 14 degrees, sunny. Today I felt well enough to give a hard effort for hill repeats. The weather did not make things easy, as it was cold with about an inch of fresh snow on the ground. I ran 1.5 miles to the arboretum as a warm up, stretched a bit, then did 15 x 100 meter hill repeats. As I ran the repeats I closely monitored the state of my right achilles tendon, since it had flared a bit a few days ago, but it felt fine throughout. The past couple of days were spent recovering from Sundays blitzkrieg of 2 threshold runs and a tough stationary bike workout. Today my body felt recovered, and I was thus able to put in a solid effort on the hills - I ran up the hill at 5k pace, pushed strongly as I crested the top, then glided down the hill. Until today I would always be spent near the top, and would have to slow down to a walk-like pace to recover on the downhill, but today my lungs never gave out, and my hips/quads had a driving force to propel me up and over for each rep. I had planned to do 12 reps, but when I reached that amount I realized I still had a lot left in the tank, and so extended it to 15. A workout like todays helps my confidence, as I can feel my overall strength and running ability improving.

Although spring officially starts the 3rd week of March, I am counting the final day of February as the end of winter training, which means only 9 more days until I achieve my first goal of the year - "to achieve a solid season of winter training" - As this is my 96th consecutive day of running in all kinds of nasty weather, I am almost there.

#96

z.m. - #10

Comments
From Benn on Wed, Feb 20, 2008 at 21:28:20

Hey Will - just read the interesting excerpt about the hill bike/run intervals from earlier in the week. Definitely pretty cool. Do you have any plans for day 100? :) Good job putting up with February. I've always found it to be my least favorite month weather wise. Mainly because I think that winter's about over, when really here in the northeast it's just beginning. Keep it up man. Big things in 2008 for sure!

From will on Thu, Feb 21, 2008 at 17:40:55

Benn - I'm glad your achilles felt a little better today, hopefully it is on the mend. Yes, February is a tough month, although since I am now accustomed to running in cold and snow/ice, it seems almost normal, I better not think of spring just yet....

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.250.000.000.007.25

Weather - 20 degrees, clouds, snow. Ran 7.25 miles in a snowfall, afterward 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home. 

#97

z.m. - #11 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
10.500.000.000.0010.50

Weather - 22 degrees, clouds, snowing heavily. Ran 10.5 miles in a heavy snow storm. When I got to the golf course it was total white out, I could not differentiate the rise and fall of the ground before me, so I took the pace slow and enjoyed the rare mood of the landscape. About half way around the golf course I stopped before a scene, filled with wonder - a snowcovered pine, a bit of dark green providing some contrast, hooked the left part of the composition, the middle pure void-white, from the right 3 small wooden fence segments curving towards the center - a study of calm simple beauty. 

#98

z.m. - #12 

Comments
From amanda on Fri, Feb 22, 2008 at 19:58:42

You ran in a snow storm that is awesome!

From will on Sat, Feb 23, 2008 at 10:17:04

Amanda - you had a tough week being sick, I'm glad your feeling better. Have a fun time at your school dance this weekend...

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.250.000.000.006.25

Weather - 22 degrees, clouds. Ran 6.25 easy miles in 4-5 inches of fresh snow. I was feeling surprisingly strong considering I ran 10 miles in heavy snow yesterday. Along the way I ran .75 miles doing knee-ups. I started doing the knee ups maybe 10-14 days ago, at first I hardly had the strength to lift my knees to my stomach, now it is becoming easier, I feel the power in my hips growing, and the overall driving strength is improved. A few months of constant knee-up practice should help me become a better runner. I now realize that my overall leg strength is low, and this exercise along with hill/bike work should make a difference in my running times. I especially notice an improvement when running uphill, I can attack it with vigor, the legs pushing me up and over without a loss of speed or oxygen.

#99

z.m. - #13 

Comments
From Benn on Sat, Feb 23, 2008 at 18:09:15

Big Day 100 tomorrow :) And I agree. Can't wait for Spring to be upon us!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.000.000.007.00

Weather - 20 degrees, sunny. Ran 4 miles to the Zendo this morning, meditated for 70 minutes, then ran 3 miles back into town and stopped at Cardinal to do my 2nd weekly bike workout. I brought a small piece of paper with me which outlined the workout, and I placed it on the bike controls to help me remember the interval times and wheel tension settings. I ended up doing 12 intervals of varying lengths, from 30-60 seconds, with about a 1 minute recovery between each. I ended up with 40 minutes of biking time. Afterward I stretched, and did 5 sets of strength exercises, and 15 minute walk home. 

To celebrate my 100th consecutive day of running, I ate a piece of chocolate cake which I bought at the Austrian bakery in Chicago yesterday. I was in Chicago to see the Edward Hopper painting exhibition at the Art Institute of Chicago.

#100

 z.m. - #14


Comments
From Benn on Mon, Feb 25, 2008 at 08:17:58

YAY for chocolate cake! I bet it tasted oh so good. Set your sights for 200 now! haha

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.200.001.000.007.20

Weather - 36 degrees, clouds. After yesterdays 7 mile run and bike intervals, I thought I would be feeling wiped out today. When I started my run, however, my legs felt special, not only the legs, but everything, the breath, the arms and shoulders, the heart, even the spirit. I guess a day like today makes all the hard work worthwhile, meaningful. It wasn't a race, no time or body to beat, rather, the pure feeling of motion uninhibited by gravity or sickness. It is when the sun looks down and seems to smile upon a little blip in the universe who is trying hard to do something. Today I was a small shimmer of light angling across the land, a bird coasting in the wind, all that sky ahead and behind, above and below. I felt free. 

#101

z.m. - #15 

 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.001.000.008.00

Weather - 28 degrees, clouds, snowing.

Ran an easy 8 miles in more fresh snow. The first 2 miles were against a stiff wind, and since I was not warmed up I felt weak and sluggish. When I got to the golf course at mile 2 I felt better, and I ran a few accelerations on the fairways. As I went from fairway to fairway I practiced lifting my knees high, and then, began to bound. I have never tried bounding before, one reason being I felt I didn't have the leg strength for it. With the knee-ups I have been doing the past 3 weeks, and the new bike intervals, I feel I have found a piece of the puzzle to running faster - leg strength. Hitherto I have felt that running should be enough to build sufficient leg power, but perhaps certain muscles need extra work through other means. As I attempted to bound through the snow, an image of a black and white photograph of Zatopek bounding in snow came into my mind. Soon after I discovered the correct technique, and as I bounded joyously through the snow - the peculiar pause in the elongated steps, the swinging of the arms in a new rhythm, the toes pushing the body up and forward - a wide grin came over my face. It felt like learning to ride a bike, and once the skill is learned, it is there for good.

I ended the run at Cardinal and did 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

Tomorrow a hard session, hill repeats. I will concentrate not so much on speed up the hill, but rather on a form which will allow my legs to strengthen further.

#102

z.m. - #16


 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.500.002.500.008.00

Weather - 25 degrees, sunny, windy.

Today I began moving out of my winter phase. Before running the hill repeats I decided to run a mile at 5k pace. The track at Urbana HS was covered in snow, so I decided to run the mile on the pedestrian/bicycle path that runs North/South on Race street. I labored with my breathing in the first 400 meters, but I then recovered my form and ran ok for the remainder of the distance, which I covered in 7:02. As I walked the mile back to the start, I decided to run it again, as I felt the reason I was sluggish was because I did not have enough of a warm-up (I ran 2 miles to the path, then stretched, I probably needed to do a few strides to get my lungs ready for the faster than normal pace). The thought of running another mile at 5K pace was a bit daunting because I have been mostly running at an easy pace for about 3 months, and have not run a 5K in 7 months. And the fast running I have been doing has been between 1-3 minutes in duration. Doubling that time while running on the edge I knew was going to be a big hurt to the system. The second mile went much better, I started smoothly and remained calm and controlled for the entire distance, which I ran in 6:51. I then jogged to the arboretum and did 8 hill repeats, in which I bounded up the hill instead of sprinting.

The racing season begins next week for me, so I believe now is the time to begin the faster runs and tougher training sessions. Considering that I have not run a mile at a fast pace since last July, I actually feel good about my times today. One reason is because I was wearing 2 pair of long underwear, sweatpants, 2 tshirts and a heavy sweatshirt, a jacket, hat, gloves, and facemask. That added 3-4 pounds to my body, and it restricts my range of motion in the arms and legs (during the second mile one of the pairs of long underwear was slipping down my hips, and I had to pull them up a few times while running hard). When I can finally lose the winter clothing and the air is warmer, I should be able to move my 5k mile time down to 6:15-6:25 per mile without too much work. Moving it down to 6:00-6:05 will be the challenge.

I checked the long range weather for next Saturday, it looks like it will be in the 30's, which means I won't be running comfortably. I was hoping to run 21:30 without much of a struggle, but after today's mile runs I think 22:00 is a more accurate estimate.

#103

z.m. - #17

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.001.500.007.50

Weather - 28 degrees, clouds.

Eventful running day. In the early afternoon I went to Body N Sole to buy some new running shoes. I recently realized that my current pair of Asics Kayano is way past the expiration date, they probably have 700 miles or more of wear. Also, they have always seemed too clunky, heavy, and without enough cushion. Why I did not replace them months ago shows how stubborn and illogical (stupid) I can be. I ended up buying two pair of shoes today , Nike Structure Triax 11 and Asics 2120. I wore the Nike on my run today, I could not believe how good they felt, the cushion put a smile on my face, and I may have just solved my achilles tendonitis problem. For the past 2 months my achilles has felt tight at the beginning of each run, and only loosens after 1-2 miles. I am not sure why I did not think the shoe was causing the problem, my guess was that it was because I was running everyday, and it was a weak link that had to be tolerated. On my run today the achilles loosened within the first 10 steps, and felt healthy throughout the run. It is hard to believe changing shoes can have that big of an impact, but the Kayanos may have been the cause of the problem. I won't know for sure until I take more runs in the Nike shoes. It would be a relief if the cure was this easy.

For my run I jogged 3.5 miles to Michelle's apartment and then we went to her exercise room which has 3 treadmills. I have never run on a treadmill before, so I thought I would give it a try. Michelle taught me the basic functions, and then we started running. I found it to be easier than normal running, so I cranked it to 10 level and according to the controls I was running 6:00 minutes per mile. I laughed at that, there is no way I can currently hold a 6:00 pace. I then decided that if I put some elevation into the run it would make it more challenging. I cranked it to grade 12 and watched the machine lift, by the time it stopped moving I felt like I was running up the side of a mountain, so I lowered it to grade 9, and set the speed at 8, and this caused me to sweat. I eventually settled in at grade 2 with 8.5 speed, this seemed to equate my normal running effort. After 4 miles we stopped and chatted as we did a cool down walk.

#104

z.m. - #18

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.000.003.000.0011.00

Weather - 38 degrees, sun/clouds.

A little warmer today, though still a lot of snow on the ground, so I headed to the golf course to get some snow running in. I did a loop of the course doing hard fartlek, and then I did a second loop at an easier pace. I contemplated wearing heavy boots for this workout, but since I knew I was going at least 90 minutes, I did not think it wise to try my first boot workout for that quantity of time.

My hip muscles are a bit sore from all the bounding I have been doing this week, that is a good thing, so today I did no bounding or high knee lifts, or, at least not very much.

This coming week I will cut back on my mileage, will probably drop to about 30 (from the low 50's), but a lot of the running this week will be hard, fast stuff. I plan on doing fartlek, 200-400m repeats, and lots of strides.

Today I accomplished my goal of achieving a solid season of winter training. Considering this was the first time I have trained consistently throughout the winter, I am curious to see if it is really true that a lot of slowish, consistent mileage, followed by 6-8 weeks of speed work, can lead to fast racing times.

At runs end I stopped at Cardinal and did 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#105

z.m. - #19

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.000.000.007.00

Weather - 34 degrees, cloudy.

Ran 4 miles to the Zendo, meditated for 1 hour, then ran 3 miles back to town. Wore the Nike shoes and my feet felt comfortable and healthy.

Tomorrow will be the 3rd session of bike intervals, I am looking forward to it.

#106

z.m. - 20

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.500.000.000.007.50

Weather - 48 degrees, clouds, rain.

Ran 4.5 miles to the Zendo, meditated for 2 hours, ran 3 miles back to town, stopped at Cardinal and did bike intervals for 37 minutes, then 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home. I felt stronger on the bike than in the previous 2 bike sessions, most of the intervals were at a wheel tension of 21-23, and I took shorter rests, from 45- 60 seconds.

Later in the day it warmed to 66 degrees, so I took a bike ride to Crystal Lake park and read some of George Sheehan's "Running and Being". Last night I finished reading Gordon Pirie's "Running Wild". I liked the way he approached his training and racing, his hero was Zatopek, so that should give an idea to his style of running. I felt great all day, the warm weather is beneficial to my fitness and well being.

Tomorrow I will head to the track (all of the snow melted today) and do some speed-type work, probably 6 x 100M strides, and then a few 200M and 400M intervals. I will make the session fairly short, I don't want to over-work because the 5k is this Saturday.

#107

z.m. - #21

Comments
From Benn on Sun, Mar 02, 2008 at 22:45:01

Looking strong, Will! I'm eager to see the 5k coming up. I have a good feeling that you are shattering the 20:09 and are going to pulverize the 19:00 in the near future! ;) I think 18:00 guy is the one to gun for! You can do it!

From will on Tue, Mar 04, 2008 at 11:47:11

Benn - Good luck this Wednesday, hope you get a favorable diagnosis!

I checked the weather report for this Saturday, it will be about 15-20 degrees, so.....there is always next race :)

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.002.300.007.30

Weather - 32 degrees, clouds, rain.

Went to the track at Urbana HS in the late morning. Did a 2 mile warm-up, then 5 x 100M strides. The track was windswept, and a light freezing rain was falling. I wore long underwear, sweats, 3 shirts, jacket, hat, and gloves, so I had about 2-3 pounds of extra weight to carry.  I felt good on the strides, legs were recovered from yesterdays bike intervals. After a 5 minute recovery from the strides I did 8 x 400M intervals run at 5k pace with a 400M recovery jog between intervals. The times were 90, 93, 93, 95, 95, 97, 93, 93. I was running a bit too fast, because I can't keep that pace up for a 5K, I probably should have been running around 100-105.

#108

z.m. - #22

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.300.000.000.006.30

Weather - 30 degrees, clouds, snowing.

Ran to the U of I quad with a map of the upcoming 5k in my pocket, I wanted to run around the course not so much to know where I am going, but to try to get the juices flowing.  I was in another whiteout snowstorm as I ran, and I wondered if I would be running the race in snow.

Afterward I stopped at cardinal and did 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#109

z.m. - #23

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 36 degrees, sunny. A lot of melting snow, so my 5 easy miles were sloppy and wet. I decided to skip the hill workout today because I did a track workout just 2 days ago, and the 5k race is in 3 days. Tomorrow 4 miles, Friday, 3 miles, and I should be feeling energetic by race day.

# 110

z.m. - #24

Comments
From Benn on Thu, Mar 06, 2008 at 18:59:49

Gettin psyched for the race? WILL SMAAAAASH!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 25 degrees, clear. Decided to change up my schedule a bit, I ran 4 miles to the Zendo in the evening, meditated for 60 minutes, then ran 2 more miles back to town. I only wanted to run 4 miles today, but I did not feel like walking 4 miles to town in cold weather, so I ended up with 6 total miles today. The 2 extra miles probably won't make a difference for the race on Saturday. I plan on running only 3 miles tomorrow.

#111

z.m.- #25

Comments
From amanda on Thu, Mar 06, 2008 at 22:30:52

Nice run:)

From Benn on Fri, Mar 07, 2008 at 09:59:28

Another 6 in the books :) I agree. It won't affect Saturday's race in the least.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.000.500.003.00

Weather - 26 degrees, clouds, windy. Ran to the Urbana HS track and did 6 x 100M accelerations. The final two I let loose, it felt good kicking into the wind - legs strong and fresh, body poised and energetic. The gradual decline in mileage this week has allowed my body not only to recover, but to accumulate excess energy and vigor. Hopefully that will continue to build for tomorrow's race.

I think it interesting that I am looking forward with excitement to a small local 5K. It is most likely because I have not run a 5K in 7 months, and it will be enjoyable to run hard in a structured setting. My plan is to run comfortably hard the first 1.5 miles, and then to subject myself to discomfort during the second half - it is the 2nd half of races that I enjoy the most because I can see how far the spirit can push the body. If I have anything left I hope to charge the final 800 meters, although I know from experience that sometimes there is nothing left to give at that stage of a race, and maintaining the pace is all that can be achieved. I have no idea how to predict tomorrow's time. Because most of my winter training was at an easy pace of over 8 minutes per mile, I think it unlikely that I can run below 7 minutes per mile at this early stage of the season. The weather is going to be about 20 degrees and windy, so that adds to the difficulty, although after 16 weeks of running in nasty weather it should not bother me. A likely time estimate would be at 7:10-7:20 pace, which will put me in the 22:00 range. Maybe I can surprise myself and run 21:xx, but it would take an effort which I have not proven I can achieve.

#112

z.m. - #26

Race: ISGS Earth, Wind, & Fire 5k (3.1 Miles) 00:20:15, Place overall: 12, Place in age division: 3
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.250.003.100.007.35

Weather - 13 degrees, sunny, windy.

Woke up at 6:00am to cold temperatures, but it did not bother or get me down, as I have trained in similar weather for the past 4 months. If anything, I would have a mental edge against people of similar level who did most of their training indoors on a treadmill. I decided to eat nothing for breakfast, which went against what I did last year. The reason I wanted to experiment was because on a few recent weekend runs I ran in the morning on an empty stomach and seemed to have good energy and strength.

I arrived at the race site at 7:00am, picked up my number, and headed out to run the full 5k course as a warm-up. The temperature was 13 degrees, but a stiff wind made it feel below zero. The course was a rectangle, 1.5 miles in length, and the wind blew into my face on the beginning length. I started slow, and built up speed gradually, during the last 1.5 miles I did 6-7 accelerations. I felt happy, no soreness, a lot of energy, and looking forward to going all out on a run. With 15 minutes to race time I went inside the registration building to stretch. I decided to wear a pair of black long underwear with shorts over them, 4 shirts, hat and gloves. This seems like a lot to wear, but I felt light because I normally train in 2 pair of long underwear with sweats, and a jacket. With 3 minutes to race time I set myself on the starting line, in the middle of the pack. I saw Ken Welle standing at the front of the group.

Ken and I had some fun and intense battles last spring and summer. We have an almost identical running pace, but I finish races with a faster sprint, which allowed me to win all of our head to head battles. I knew that was going to change today, because Ken continued to improve in the autumn (I did not run any competitive races after July), running a 19:01 5k in November. He also ran a 3:18 marathon in Columbus to qualify for Boston. He was very fit, obviously, with Boston only a month away. Our final battle of 2007 was a 5k in Fisher. I normally run my own pace when racing, but I decided to follow Ken’s pace the entire way. Ken always starts faster than I do, and I was hoping he could pace me to a PR. All went well, but I found that I did not have much energy during the final mile, and could only kick the final 400 meters, tying my PR of 19:22, and beating Ken by about 30 yards.

I positioned myself about 5 rows back from the front, wanting nothing to do with Ken today. I pegged him for about a 19:xx, and I was hoping for a 22:00. Nope, I didn’t even want to think about Ken.

Standing at the line, I heard the starting horn and was unprepared, as usually the race director has a few words to say, but suddenly everyone was moving forward. After 5 yards the group slowed and stopped – the horn had gone off accidentally. Relieved, I concentrated on the task at hand, set my iPod to Part III of Philip Glass’ “The Photographer”, and readied myself for 22 minutes of struggle.

Finally off, I found myself behind a wall of runners moving slower than I had anticipated, and had to swing out onto the snowy grass to pass. Now in the clear, I tried to find the correct pace. “The race is decided in the first minute” passed through my head, and I followed my breath, made sure I was comfortable, and settled into the race. I had a surfeit of energy, and the running felt easy, even though we were into the wind for the first 850 meters. I passed the half mile mark in 3:15, so I was holding a 6:30 pace, which made me reconsider my effort. It is hard to hold back during the initial leg of a race, everyone is racing like it is a 1500M event. Was I going too fast? I was into the wind at 6:30, well, I would soon find out. Rounding the first bend just after the1/2 mile mark I passed Audrey Ishii, one of the better master female runner’s in the area. She can run a 5K from 20-22, so I knew I was currently ahead of my projected pace. After the bend I turned with the wind and felt free and easy. I decided I was not going too fast, and now began to wonder if I was going too slow. “Hold back” I told myself, “and follow the plan”, which was to pick the pace up during the second loop. I was passing numerous runners, feeling good. I came upon a group of 3 at the 1 mile mark and tucked in (I forgot to check my mile split, but I am guessing it was 6:30 since I did not seem to falter). A woman was just in front of me, running well. I quickened the pace just a bit, and passed the group, but the woman did not want me to pass her, and she sped up so that I was just behind her. I felt this was the correct pace and so went directly behind her, if she did not want me to pass I was going to let her do the work of maintaining the pace for the both of us. I mentally relaxed at this point and just flowed with the running, enjoying the feel of pushing harder than on my training runs. As we made the final turn of the first loop, I prepared myself for the upcoming struggle. I still followed the woman, but when we made the turn to start the second loop, I willed myself to follow the plan – to push myself into discomfort. I quickened the pace and passed a few runners, including the woman. I could see her shadow at my feet, she did not want to let me go so easily. I was hoping she could stay with me, but within 100M the shadow disappeared, and so she must have let up. Going into the wind again, it did not seem so bad. I recalled all the days of cold and wind, rain and snow. The entire course was free of snow, and I had a firm footing with each step, which seemed a luxury, so I continued to push. I passed 2 miles in 13:15, so I ran the second mile in 6:45, which was 15 seconds slower than the first mile. I made the turn and was now with the wind. 1 mile to go, I pushed harder, a young woman was about 40 meters ahead, she was running strong, I caught her on the only uphill, and surged past. All was going to plan, the next thing that had to be done was to accelerate with 800 meters to go, which I did. When I made the final turn, all that remained was a 600 meter straightaway, directly into the wind. I picked up the legs, began to breathe faster, was trying my best to expend all remaining energy. With 200 meters remaining I felt the first sign of weakness, my breathing was too fast and not deep enough, and even though I felt I had 2 more gears to shift into, I could not find them, and had to settle for maintaining the pace. I crossed the line in 20:15, having run the final mile in 6:21.  

After the race I ran into Ken Welle, he finished in a solid time of 19:30. He said he had trained all winter and was ready for Boston. I told him I would see him at the Mountain Goat 15K in 2 weeks, and started home.

#113

z.m. - #27

Comments
From Benn on Tue, Mar 11, 2008 at 08:08:53

Strong race, Will - especially in well sub-par race conditions. Way to tough it out buddy. Good races are around the corner as the weather gets nicer.

From will on Tue, Mar 11, 2008 at 17:29:15

Thanks for the comment, Benn, the results were better than expected, so I have high hopes for the warm weather races.

I am looking forward to your return to health...

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.000.000.007.00

Weather - 32 degrees, cloudy.

Ran 4 miles to the Zendo, meditated for 2.25 hours, then ran 3 miles to Cardinal and did 5 sets of strength exercises, and then 40 minute walk home.

The only negative effect from yesterday's race are stiff quads, but it is slight, and should recover quickly.

My race effort yesterday bodes well for the upcoming season. If I am capable of running 6:30 miles with no speed practice, I should be able to bring it 10-15 seconds lower with just a few weeks of intervals and repetitions.

The next race is in 2 weeks, the Mountain Goat 15k at Kickapoo State Park. Unlike the January Siberian at Kickapoo, this race is run on the hilly park roads. I ran it last year out of shape in 1:11. Considering that my endurance is presently good, I should be able to run it at least a couple of minutes faster.

#114

z.m. - #28

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.700.002.300.008.00

Weather - 33 degrees, cloudy, windy.

Completed my toughest workout of the year thus far. Because of the race this past Saturday, I postponed my Sunday bike interval workout until today. I also wanted to do a track workout today, so I did a double dose of running and bike intervals. I considered that I may be doing too much in one day, and I am probably not 100% recovered from the race. But the 15K is in 2 weeks, on the 22nd, so this week needs to be hard, because next week will be somewhat easy. I have a hill workout planned for Wednesday, and a 1 hour 45 minute long run on Friday. I have been erring on the side of caution all winter, so I decided to err with balls today.

Ran 1 mile to the Urbana HS track, then another easy mile to complete the warm-up. After stretching I ran 5 x 100M accelerations. I ran the faster ones in 19 seconds, which put things into cold perspective for me - I have no talent for speed. I wasn't all out sprinting, but 15-16 seconds would have been more convincing. After the accelerations I walked around for 5 minutes, then decided to do 400 meter intervals with a 400M jogging rest between. The first one hit me hard, I was struggling to find the correct breathing rhythm, and my legs felt a bit heavy. I knew I was not on top of my game today, so I decided I would go a maximum of 8, or stop short if the lap times got out of control. I hit the first 400 in 93, which was not bad considering it felt like 100. I was thinking of calling it quits if the next lap was in the upper 90's or above. I ended up doing all 8, I seemed to get stronger with each interval, but I never did feel energetic. The times were 93, 91, 93, 91, 91, 90, 91, 87. Although I felt like I was carrying a sack of lead on my back, I ran the laps loose and comfortable, well, as comfortable as possible when trying to go fast. I wanted to give a harder effort than last week, speed wise. Last week the laps were supposed to be at 5K pace, this week I wanted to try to go as fast as possible, while still creating the impression that I was running a 5k - I mean, I didn't want to go all out and then die the next lap, the effort had to be controlled throughout. In that respect I was successful.

I think 400 meter interval times will be an indicator if I can break 19:00 in a 5k. I am thinking I have to hit 85 consistently, such as 8 x 400's within 84-87 range, if I want to have a shot at it. Considering today was in the low 30's, with a stiff wind on the track, and I was wearing sweats, 3 shirts, jacket, hat, and gloves, I think I can realistically get to 87-90 once the weather warms. Getting below that will require a lot of effort and luck - I am looking forward to the challenge.

After the intervals I ran 2 miles to Cardinal. I changed into shorts and a singlet, stretched again, then rode 37 minutes on the bike, doing 10 intervals, each one with a tighter tension on the wheel. I cut down my rest times to 30-45 seconds each, and the length of the intervals lasted from 30-60 seconds. I gave it a good effort, and did well, I can feel my quads are benefiting from this type of workout. It was the 4th week of bike intervals.

I then did 5 sets of strength exercises, and a 15 minute walk home.

#115

z.m. - #29

Comments
From Benn on Tue, Mar 11, 2008 at 08:11:24

Way to grit it out. Sick 400s man! I agree with your logic, a hard week, then taper and you should be good to go for the MG 15k. Expecting good things from you! And weather should be better, right? let's hope at least! haha

From will on Tue, Mar 11, 2008 at 17:23:07

Benn - just read your latest entry, your tendon is getting better, it looks like you found the correct method of work/rest - keep going strong.

Yes, I am hoping for better weather next race...

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.500.001.000.009.50

Weather - 38 degrees, sunny, wind.

Easy day today, but this was the first easy day in a while where I worked the session hard. Too hard? I don't know, but now that spring is on the way I will have to be careful not to fall into last years bad habit of "if I am going for a run, it is going to be a hard run". I took few easy days last year, and paid the price by breaking down in early August.

Ran 9.5 miles total, When I reached the golf course I ran 10 x 150 yard accelerations, each followed by a 150 yard jogging recovery. I recall doing the same workout in November (the beauty of keeping a journal, the Nov. 14th entry describes my struggles with the same workout as todays - 150 yard strides, with a jogging recovery, the 3 miles run after were hell, I could not recover and was breathing heavily and my legs were wobbly). Today however, I ran the accelerations smoothly, concentrating on increasing my leg turnover, trying to get my feet off the ground as quickly as possible, almost all-out sprinting, yet I tried to make it feel as if I was going to run that quick pace for a long time. The accelerations were into a stiff wind, but it did not bother me, and I had no trouble recovering. When I finished I returned to my normal easy running pace without a problem and was able to run 5 more miles. So my fitness is much better today than 4 months ago. I also threw in 3 sets of knee-ups during the run, and also some bounding up hills. My overall pace seemed quicker, which made me think that maybe I was not going easy enough. I have reached a point in my training, however, where I need to begin taking small risks, pushing harder and closer to the edge. That is where the excitement is, and also the danger - when running stretches the limits of body and will.

#116

z.m. - #30

Comments
From jtshad on Tue, Mar 11, 2008 at 17:12:12

Nice run! Your fitness definitely has improved. I would continue to push yourself, but don't look at it as "risks" but rather opportunities that you plan out for improvement. If you don't fell ready to "stretch" your limits, just give them a nudge and you will see gains.

From will on Tue, Mar 11, 2008 at 17:27:06

Jeff - good luck in your marathon this weekend - your running strength and dedication are an inspiration!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.006.000.0011.00

Weather - 52 degrees, sunny, windy.

Gave a solid effort today, it feels good to be putting in some quality work. I can now understand the value of 4 months of base training. If I had slacked in the winter I would not have been able to achieve this weeks load so early in the season - 5k race on Saturday, double interval workout on Monday, today a tough hill workout, and a long run planned for Friday.

I ran 2 warm-up miles to the arboretum, stretched, then ran 14 hills - 150 meters up, cruise the top of the hill, then an all-out sprint 150 meters downhill. I had never tried downhill sprinting before, but I realized that I could perhaps increase my leg turnover with some practice - I was running about 5:15-20 pace, I finally got an image of what the pros feel like. I alternated each uphill with race pace and bounding, the bounding was slightly easier on the lungs than the race pace, but it was harder on the quads. After each downhill sprint I would jog about 300 meters for recovery.

After running the hills I ran along the Race Street bike path, it took me a half mile to recover from the hill sprints. I then ran approximately 6:40 pace for 1.5 miles, followed by a cool down mile at 8:00 pace.

Afterward I did 3 sets of strength exercises in Carle Park, stretching, and 20 minute walk home.

It felt great to run in shorts and no jacket, and to feel the sun's warmth on my face. I am going to get soft and spoiled....

#117

z.m. - #31



Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.000.000.000.008.00

Weather - 60 degrees, sunny.

An easy 8 miles in the best weather in a long time. I was able to wear shorts and just 2 shirts. I felt lighter than normal, it's good to run against my actual weight. Considering how hard this week has been thus far, my legs are holding up and are feeling strong. I could feel a bit of weariness in the quads, but my stride is improving, it seems more efficient, and my easy pace is becoming quicker, I was moving between 7:30-8:15, normally I am at 8:15-8:45.

Afterward I did 5 sets of strength exercises at Crystal Lake park, stretching, and 45 minute walk home.

Tomorrow is a long run of 1 hour and 45 minutes, I am going to run it slow, so probably 12-13 miles.

#118

z.m. - #32

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
10.000.002.500.0012.50

Weather - 54 degrees, sunny.

A perfect day for a long run. I felt a bit stiff for the first 30 minutes, then was able to loosen up. I decided I would get to the golf course about 2/3 through the session so that I could test my stamina and leg strength. 65 minutes into the run I hit the fairways hard, with a jogging rest between each. I completed the full loop, which is 8 fairways. Although my quads were fatigued, they responded nicely, and on the second fairway I experienced something which I had only felt in sleeping dreams - the sensation of pure running, the body strong and healthy, gravity seemingly absent. I can recall only one other time in which I was able to run with an effortless power. I believe I was running sub-6:00, and it felt easy. I was not huffing like I usually do, and my stride seemed different. I was powering through with each step, and my feet were not going out as far as usual, they seemed to be landing even with my body, and this allowed a stronger push-off, which created more speed with the same effort as the longer stride. It occurred to me that having my feet land a few inches ahead of my body created a breaking action, and that I cannot not push off with power from that position - thus, slow running. Perhaps it was practicing the downhill sprints 2 days ago which caused my stride to adjust, or maybe it was just dumb luck to discover a stride flaw. I was able to run fairways 2-8 at a speed I had not achieved before, and I imagined that I could keep that pace going for minutes at a time if I needed to.

After the fairways I still had 25 minutes remaining, and I had no problem recovering from the hard fairway bursts, I was even able to throw in a 7:15 final mile.

Afterward 4 sets of strength exercises at Crystal Lake park, stretching, and 60 minute walk home.

This run completes the hardest week of training I have done in a while. I feel good, although my quads, and probably everything else, needs a break. Starting tomorrow I will have 7 consecutive easy days of running, distances in the 3-7 mile range, with a lot of short speed bursts to build sharpness in my legs.

By next Saturday I hope to be fully recovered for the 15K. The weather is predicted to be in the low 40's, which would be just warm enough for me to feel comfortable in shorts and no jacket.

#119

z.m. - #33

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.400.000.000.007.40

Weather - 36 degrees, gray skies.

Ran 4 miles to the Zendo, but the door was locked, so I stretched a bit on the Zendo patio and then ran 3.4 miles back to town. My legs were slightly fatigued, but surprisingly springy and strong, so I was able to run quicker than normal for an easy run.

Last year I ran the Mountain Goat 15k, I was not in good running shape, however, and the final 3 miles took a toll. The course is a 5k loop run 3 times. There are numerous hills of varying grade, the largest one being at the beginning/end of each loop - starting one gets to cruise down, finishing one has to struggle up. When I finished the final loop of the race I walked to a grassy patch and collapsed, my legs and lungs were toasted. The previous week I had run a 5k in 22:30, so I really had no business running the 15K. I remember telling Melinda that if I was going to run the Goat, it had to be the 15K (there are 3 races - 5k, 10k, 15k) because I wanted the full effect. I ran the first loop in 22:00, which caused me concern because I matched my 5K time from the week prior. I felt strong on the second loop, and decreased by only 1 minute, for a 45 minute total. I felt finished at that point, but still had one more loop to complete. I cracked and slowed, running the final 5k in 26 minutes for a total time of 1:11.

This year should be a better result. I ran a 5k last week in 20:15, so my racing legs are coming around. My plan is to run even splits, I am hoping for 22:00 for all 3 loops, for a total time of 1:06, a 5 minute decrease from last year. I think that is a realistic goal, although I looked at the updated weather report and it is now calling for a high in the mid-30's, which falls into my discomfort zone. I will still plan to run in shorts, but my muscles tend to be stiff and inflexible when it is below 40 degrees. If the weather can get into the 40's, I think it is possible for me to run even better than 1:06.

#120

z.m. - #34

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 38 degrees, sunny, windy.

Ran 4 miles to the Zendo, meditated for 2 hours, 20 minutes, then ran 2 miles back to town, and 30 minute walk home.

The 5th session of bike intervals was scheduled for today, but my quads are still fatigued from last weeks tough sessions, so I am going to skip the stationary bicycle this week. When in doubt, rest.

#121

z.m. - #35

Comments
From Benn on Sun, Mar 16, 2008 at 17:29:40

Way to go Will :) I'm really excited to see this spring/summer with your training and racing :) Think SPRING!

From will on Mon, Mar 17, 2008 at 18:02:35

I like how you are approaching your recovery, Benn - slowly increasing the tensity, soon you will be running strong

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.500.000.000.005.50

Weather - 38 degrees, rain.

5.5 easy miles in the rain. I can feel the energy building in my legs and body, I was tempted throughout the run to speed up so that the tension would dissipate, but I fortunately was able to resist. For the next 4 days I plan to allow the energy to accumulate, and by Saturday I should be good to go.

#122

z.m. - # 36

Comments
From Benn on Tue, Mar 18, 2008 at 13:18:37

Yay for runs in the rain. Personally it's my favorite weather to go for an easy run in, provided it's SPring or Summer rain. That 33 degree rain is not my cup of tea, though. Hope training is still going well!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.002.000.004.50

Weather - 50 degrees, raining.

A warm day, but since I ran in the rain yesterday, I thought I would try running on the treadmill at Cardinal. I did my first treamill run about 1 month ago at Michelle's, I thought it a fun way to train, although it did not seem as difficult as regular running. I jogged 1/2 mile to Cardinal, and then hopped on the treadmill. I was planning to run slow and easy, but my legs felt rested and strong and I ended up running 2 miles at 6:30 pace, but 6:30 on a treadmill is similar to 7:15 on the trails, so it did not seem very taxing. I also threw in some elevation spurts which got my heart moving, the monitor had me at 150-155 range, which felt just below threshold.

Afterward I did 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#123

z.m. - #37

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 37 degrees, clouds. 

3.5 easy miles around the neighborhood. There is still some lingering fatigue in my legs, but they feel about 90% recovered. 2 more days of short, easy running will further the recovery.

I've come down with a slight cold, the first illness I have had in a long time.  It currently is nothing more than a congested nose and head. I am eating more than normal, good foods such as kiwis, oranges, pineapples, bananas, chicken-less noodle soup, eggs, oatmeal, and pure juices. Treating food as medicine usually cures such ailments.

#124

z.m. - #38

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.500.000.000.006.50

Weather - 44 degrees, sunny.

Ran 4 miles to the Zendo, meditated for 1 hour, then ran 2.5 miles back into town.

I am already 95% recovered from the cold,  very lucky it came and went so quickly. My legs felt about 95% recovered on today's run, by Saturday they should be 100%.

Saturday race day weather is supposed to be in the upper 20's and snow - I am out of luck for the race, I can't run to my potential when the weather is below 40 because my lungs get congested. I will forget about time and just have a blast running as hard as I can.

#125

z.m. - #39

Comments
From Benn on Fri, Mar 21, 2008 at 07:56:56

Will - Just go out there and have fun then :); Most of the time when I am "racing" I generally just run for fun and feel of it, Racing is actually my least favorite part of running. You never know though. If other people are having a bad day, you have all that base mileage behind you that will carry you through! Slice 'em and Dice 'em buddy!

From will on Fri, Mar 21, 2008 at 10:27:26

Thanks for the encouragement, Benn! I am getting excited, I remember how hard it was running it last year with no winter training. I am hoping not to crash in the final 3 miles, I should be ok if I go out easy for the first 3 miles.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 52 degrees, sunny, windy.

4 easy miles with 6 x 150M accelerations. Felt decent, not great, the wind dragged me down a bit. I'm excited about tomorrow's race, should be challenging.

#126

z.m.- #40

Race: Mountain Goat Hill Runs (9.3 Miles) 01:04:49, Place overall: 15
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.009.300.0012.30

Weather - 32 degrees, clouds, windy.

Arrived at the race site at 9:20am, race time was 10:30. After registering I ran an easy 2 mile warm-up, I decided to skip doing accelerations because the 9 mile race distance would give my legs sufficient time in the early miles to find the proper speed tension. The course was a bit windy, there was light snow falling, but I found it to be not uncomfortable. I decided to wear shorts, 3 shirts, hat and gloves. When the race started I could not get my watch started, so I peeled off a glove and finally got it going, so I had to remember throughout the race that it was about 20 seconds off race time. The course is a 5k loop with 3 steep hills. My strategy was to run the first loop moderately, hoping to hit the first 5k in 22:00. One person passed me in the first 400M, and I reminded myself that the 10k runners were mixed with the 15k, so not to be surprised if I got passed during the 2nd loop. I felt strong and loose, I felt the pace was sufficient to hit 22:00, and it felt like an easy run. I did not want to push harder because I knew I would need a lot of energy for the third loop. Hit the first 5k in 21:30, and considering how easy it felt I was not worried that I was going too fast. During the 2nd loop I passed a number of people, but reminded myself to keep the pace consistent, so as to have something left for the final 5k. At the 9k mark I knew I was going to be able to hold a good pace for the remainder of the 2nd loop, and two thoughts occurred to me - "if I don't drop a 26:00 5k in the final loop I'm going to be fine", and "monitor how I feel at the start of the final loop". I was paranoid about the final 5K because last year I died at the end of the race, running a final 5k in 26:00. Just before reaching the steepest hill at the end of the second loop I saw Ken Welle flying down the hill, already having started his 3rd loop. He waved to me, and I shouted "Go Ken!". He was about 400M ahead of me, so I knew I would not be able to catch him. He is in monster shape for Boston, and is obviously at the peak of his training, so I knew it was wise not to try to run his pace. At the turn around I checked my watch and was at 43:00, so I had run the 2nd loop in the same time as the first, 21:30. I was starting to feel a bit tired, and my quads were becoming fatigued, but I had a lot of running energy left, and my lungs and heart were in good shape. I felt I had a chance to maintain the same pace for the 3rd loop. I was running up the hills moderately slow, but flying the downhills, I think I have a talent for downhill running, I can go full force with no breaking, while other people around me can't seem to pull the trigger. I passed a number of people on the downhills, and surprisingly I had still not been passed since the first 400m. With 1.5 miles to go I felt I was going to make it, my stride was not breaking, I was tired, but maintaining my composure. There was nothing much to the end of the race, I ran evenly paced, and there was nobody ahead or behind me to challenge, so I cruised home in 1:04:52, meaning I ran the last 5K in 21:52, a slight drop in pace, but still better than the 22:00 split I had planned for. They handed me a trophy as I stumbled out of the finish chute, which said I was in 15th place. There were 214 15k runners, so I was at 7%, which is better than my usual 15-20% finishing place.

My overall impression for this race is that it is one of my best efforts at a distance greater than 5k. I ran the 7.5 mile Lake Run last year, which was a flat road course, averaging 7:00 pace . Todays race was a more difficult course, in moderately difficult weather conditions, with a longer distance by almost 2 miles, and my average pace was 6:57. The race was peculiar because I felt I never opened up my pace, every mile was run in moderation, yet I still ran a quick pace when compared to last year's races. I can't deny I am getting into good shape, but I feel I am not even close to my top racing form. I have done only 3 or 4 hard sessions so far this year, once I get in 12-15 speed sessions, I should be able to run faster.

Last year I ran this race in 1:10:57, so I PR'ed the course by over 6 minutes. This gives me confidence for upcoming races.

#127

z.m. - #41

Comments
From Lybi on Sun, Mar 23, 2008 at 20:48:41

GREAT JOB! PR by over 6 minutes...whew! I am impressed at how well you kept your pace in this long of a race. You are definitely in for a good racing year, with this kind of start.

From Tom on Sun, Mar 23, 2008 at 21:11:06

Good job on the race! Congrats on the PR, looks like you have some great races coming throughout the year.

From will on Mon, Mar 24, 2008 at 16:53:53

Thanks for the comments, Lybi and Tom.

Tom, congratulations on your recent PR's, very impressive. With all of the hard training you have been doing, it makes sense you are running and racing so well.

Lybi, good luck with the barefoot experiment, it sounds like a great way to run!

From MichelleL on Mon, Mar 24, 2008 at 20:00:21

That sounds like a fun race. You sure ran it great! It sounds like you are right, that you have some great races ahead of you. Congrats!

From will on Tue, Mar 25, 2008 at 18:33:50

Michelle - I hope you feel better soon! Your job sounds tough, 3:30am start time is heroic - stay strong and remember to have fun...

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.000.000.007.00

Weather - 32 degrees, cloudy, snowing.

I know it is officially spring, but I am still in winter mode - running in long underwear, hat, gloves, and snot dripping from my nose. Ran 4 easy miles to the Zendo, meditated for 2 hours, then ran 3 easy miles back to town. My quads are sore from yesterday's race, so this will be another easy week of training, although I would like to get in session 5 of the bike intervals, maybe I can do that on Monday or Tuesday. Even with sore legs, I was able to hold a quick easy pace today.

Strange thing happened yesterday evening. Towards dusk, basking in a post-race glow, I rode my bicycle to Family Video to return a dvd. As I rode into the parking lot I followed 2 cars. They inexplicably stopped, and I continued pedaling. As I passed one of the cars it decided to turn into a parking space, and headed right into me. I swerved quickly and stopped, and fortunately the driver saw me and stopped, a horrified look on her face. I parked my bike, dropped the dvd into the return slot, and as I walked back to my bike passed the woman. She apologized to me, but I said "no, it was my fault, I like living dangerously". I was feeling lighthearted and easy, and rode out of the parking lot. I turned into another parking lot 400 meters away, planning to cut into a park. I looked up and saw a man walking on the park path about 100 meters away. I calculated that we were going to intersect each other's path (this happens to me almost daily, crossing someone's direct line, even though there is hundreds of yards of empty space between us - it is absolutely freaky, I am convinced there is a lesson to be learned from this horrible sense of timing on my part, and I have finally concluded that I am living in an incorrect way, and must find a better path to travel), so I decided to speed up and thus reach the path before he arrived at my point of entry. As I sped up I took my right hand off the handlebar and moved it across my chest and plunged it into my left pants pocket, so that I could adjust my iPod volume. Just as my hand was going into my pocket my left hand pushed right, I guess to compensate for my right hand going left, and the wheel also turned right, but it was too sharp of a turn and before I knew what was happening the bike was crashing to the ground. I landed on my left knee and right shoulder. I remained on the ground without moving for about a minute, I was not sure if I was injured or not, and wanted to see if I felt any pain. I seemed to be ok, although I was in a state of shock. I wondered if the man had saw me fall. I shook my right leg out, extending it, then the left. Both legs seemed fine. I got up slowly. I had not hit my head. I did not even seem to be scraped. My right calf was a bit sore, but it did not seem serious. If the man had seen me fall, he hadn't bothered to stop, because I could not see him. I guess falling off of my bike is one way to avoid a crossing of paths. I rode home slowly, feeling charmed, because although I had experienced two dangerous things within 5 minutes time, I had escaped unharmed.

On my run today I did not suffer any ill effects from yesterday's fall, so onwards with training.

#128

z.m. - #42

Comments
From Benn on Sun, Mar 23, 2008 at 20:47:43

Yikes! That really seemed like quite the ordeal you went through the other day! Glad nothing is hurt and that training can continue :) It must feel good to have that "invincibility" cloak on ;-p haha. Best of luck, Will

From Lybi on Sun, Mar 23, 2008 at 20:54:06

Ouch! I hope you ride with a helmet, buddy. Hope you heal soon!

From James on Sun, Mar 23, 2008 at 21:23:00

Been there done that! Hope everything is well.

From will on Mon, Mar 24, 2008 at 16:56:44

Looks like a dodged a bullet - ran another 7 miles today with no problems....

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.000.000.007.00

Weather - 32 degrees, cloudy, snow.

Ran 7 easy miles through Crystak Lake Park, Busey Woods, and the golf course. It snowed during the run, which I thought was better than cold rain. My upper thighs are toasted from the race, it is that typical feeling I felt during last years marathon training - walking up and down stairs causes the most discomfort. I made sure to run calmly and with restraint today, and was surprised I was able to cover 7 miles without undue strain.

Afterward 5 sets of strength exercises in the park, stretching, and 40 minute walk home.

I am canceling the bike intervals this week because of the damage in my leg muscles. The next race on my schedule is the Christie 5k on April 12th. That fits nicely into my training - this week easy runs, next week 2 hard sessions, bike intervals, and a long run. The following week will be easy leading into the 5k.

Last year I ran the Christie 5k and it was a breakthrough race. The previous year I had tried to break 20:00 in the 5k but was unable to do so, my best being 20:09. I ran the Mountain goat 15k in 1:11, 3 weeks before the Christie 5k, and was humbled by the experience. After the 15K I immediately set to training hard everyday, which caused a big strain on my legs, but I ignored the pain and just balled my way crazily through the days. I combined sprinting, hill and interval work in the same sessions, and ran long once a week. I had no base, so I figured I would build it on the fly as I worked on my speed. After 3 weeks of this I ran the Christie 5k in 20:04, and I would have broken 20:00 if I had not taken a wrong turn 800meters from the finish, losing about 5 or 6 seconds. I was excited by the quick improvement, and a few weeks later I finally broke through, running a 5k in 19:30.

Remembering last years sequence of events, I know that I am capable of quick improvement once I begin stacking speed sessions week by week. The difference is this year I have a 5 month aerobic base with which to build the speed upon. After next weeks hard sessions my speed should improve, so I should equal or slightly better last year's performance. A few weeks ago I ran a 5k in 20:15, bringing it down 20 seconds should be possible, so 19:55 would be a reasonable expectation.

#129

z.m. - #43

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.000.000.007.00

Weather - 46 degrees, cloudy, windy. 

Easy 7 miles around the park, woods, and golf course. My thighs are still sore, but better than yesterday, so they are on the mend. The soreness does not hinder my running stride, and I have noticed this week my easy pace is getting faster. When I finished today I realized how quickly the run went, and thought, "yeah, it was fast, but it felt easy!" I guess that means my fitness is increasing.

#130

z.m. - #44
 

Comments
From Benn on Tue, Mar 25, 2008 at 13:46:26

Sweet run, Will! And it must feel at least a little better to know that Spring is in transit. 46 degrees must feel nice! I'm hoping that our last couple feet of snow melt soon!

From will on Thu, Mar 27, 2008 at 12:01:21

Benn - Tough luck that you still have snow. I am happy that your foot is healing, you won't have much longer to wait for a running 10 miler on trails....

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.500.000.000.0013.50

Weather - 57 degrees, sunny.

A strange day for running, not only for the pleasant weather, but also because of the route and the way I achieved the mileage.

The park district had a day long sabbatical at the Lake of the Woods forest preserve. I arrived early and ran 4.5 miles along the roads and golf course. After 3 hours of group work, I ran 4.5 miles during the lunch hour on the bicycle path. When the afternoon group activity ended at 2:45pm, I ran another 4.5 miles on the Buffalo Trace trail. The temperatures varied for each run - morning, 35 degrees; noon, 45; afternoon, 57. The afternoon run was fantastic, it was unfortunate I did not have my shorts, but it was nice to slog the muddy trails without a jacket.

I had forgotten how much easier it is to accumulate mileage by doing two or three shorter runs throughout the day, rather than one long run. If I had tried to run 13.5 miles in one go, my legs would be sore and dead. I think I should try to do more mulitiple-run days in the near future.

#131

z.m. - #45


Comments
From thisgirlcanrun on Thu, Mar 27, 2008 at 02:55:55

Running through the mud is fun, huh? :)

I am amazed at you folks who can run in 35 degree weather, I just can't do it. I want to run the Austin Marathon next year so I need to train in the cold for a little bit...maybe turn the air down as low as it will go and run on my treadmill :)

Sounds like you had a good day. Yay for you! :)

From will on Thu, Mar 27, 2008 at 12:05:06

I am envious of people who live in warm climates. I'm a poor runner in cold weather, but I think this winter's training has helped me become stronger. Now that the days are getting warmer I have more energy and speed on my training runs.

Good luck with your marathon training, every time I read your blog I am inspired, you have a real athletic talent, I hope you can use it to its full potential!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
12.250.002.000.0014.25

Weather - 37 degrees, clouds, rain. 

Another adventurous running day. Decided to run to work, but since I live only 1 mile from the "cottage", I ran through Crystal Lake Park and Busey Woods so that I could get 4 miles. After work I went back to the park and woods and ran another 4.25 miles. After eating a big lunch  of pasta and veggies, I rested for a few hours, then went to Cardinal and ran 6 miles on the treadmill, 2 at threshold pace. So I totaled 14.25 miles, yet it feels like a normal day of 7 miles.  Somehow splitting the day up with multiple runs feels like cheating, but I notice that all of the top runners on this blog do it in this way. So I hope to continue with this method, and I will see what it does for my fitness. Some days I think it will be good to do straight 7-10 milers, and I realize that the long run should be done all in one shot.

Afterward 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 12 minute walk home.

#132

z.m. - #46

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
14.000.000.000.0014.00

Weather - 40 degrees, sunny, windy.

Sunny, but the wind made it feel about 30 degrees. Was planning on a moderate/easy day, but Melinda called and wanted to run long, so I decided to go for it. I was curious to see how my legs would hold out with a continuous run. Also to see how strained they were from the past two days of staggered runs. Decided to wear shorts and 3 shirts with no jacket. We planned on a 1 hour and 45 minute run, so we took off for Champaign, running through campus, headed to the west outskirts, then back into Urbana, through the arboretum. Melinda stopped at her house at 1 hour 40 minute mark, I was feeling terrific, so decided to go for a full 2 hours. I am guessing we averaged about an 8:30 pace overall, so that puts me at 14 miles for the run. Yeah!

Now I am off to the Zendo to participate in seshin. I will not attempt to run there, so will ride my bicycle, hoping to avoid another fall.

#133

z.m. - #47

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.000.000.007.00

Weather - 43 degrees, sunny, windy.

Ran 4 miles to the Zendo, meditated for 2.5 hours (as part of seshin), then ran 3 miles back to town. Legs a bit tired, but holding up from the increased mileage this week.

#134

z.m. - #48

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.002.000.007.00

Weather - 40 degrees, clouds, rain.

Last night I was telling myself that I had blundered by running too many miles this past week, which did not allow my legs to fully recover from the 15K race. I woke this morning thinking I would have to once again skip bike interval session #5, but surprisingly my legs felt somewhat better, not 100% but close to it. So I ran 1/2 mile to Cardinal and ran 3.5 miles on the treadmill as a warm-up. I then did the bike interval session, and finished off with another 3 miles on the treadmill. I ran about 2 of the miles between 5:56-6:26 pace, it did not seem too difficult, my aerobic fitness appears to be improving.

Afterward 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#135

z.m. - #49

Comments
From Benn on Mon, Mar 31, 2008 at 13:17:55

Nice job on the quick miles, Will! You're doing awesome!@

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 60 degrees, clouds, windy, rain.

Ran 4.5 easy miles in warm weather, it started to rain on my walk home, so I had a dry run. My legs are still sore in the thighs from the race, it is time to fix that problem by cutting down the miles, and making sure I run easy. Tomorrow I plan on running 4 or 5 easy miles, and if I feel good by Wednesday I will do a hill session.

Afterward 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 40 minute walk home.

#136

z.m. - #50

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 35 degrees, windy, clouds.

4 Easy miles to and around the arboretum, and 3 sets of knee-ups throughout the run.  

#137

z.m. - #51 

Comments
From Benn on Tue, Apr 01, 2008 at 13:13:56

Happy April, Will! Quick question. What're knee-ups? Like the "high knees" drill? kind of like a-b-c drills?

From will on Wed, Apr 02, 2008 at 06:52:29

I am probably calling it by the wrong name, it is that exercise which was made famous by Walter George - running in place with high knee lifts. He called it 100-up, but since I cannot do 100 of them, I call them knee-ups.

Happy April, and great job with your training!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.004.500.008.50

A.M. - I was planning to go hard today, a session of hill repeats - sprinting and bounding up the hill, and running as fast as I can down. I checked the 2nd Wind club site this morning and saw that the Wednesday speed sessions are starting today, so I will alter my plan and run hard with the group. They may go to the arboretum for hill work, so I could end up doing what I had planned. If they stay on the track, that will also work, since I wanted to do a track session this Friday or Saturday, I will just switch the hills to the weekend. I enjoy running alone, but I find I can get more out of myself on the hard days if I run with other people, so I am looking forward to putting in a strong effort today at 6:00pm. I am definitely ready to begin sweating blood in my workouts.

P.M. - Weather - 50 degrees, sunny.

Ran a 3 mile warm-up to the track and met with the 2nd Wind club. Last year's 1st session 4 people attended because the weather was mid-30's with wind and rain. This year a much better turnout, about 12-15 people. We ran to the arboretum for a hill workout, which fit into what I had planned to do. Matt, the leader of the group, had everyone do 8 x 100m hill sprints, with a 2 minute jogging recovery, so nothing too difficult. I told him before we started that I would be sprinting the downhills so that he would know I was not being too competitive. During the first hill the speedsters blew by me, I could only shake my head at my lack of natural speed. After the 2nd repeat I took the lead because of my downhill sprints, and it seemed that the others had gone too hard in the first 2 sprints because they were slowing down. I know from experience that these types of workouts are best if run at a pace one can maintain throughout the entire session. I was holding up well, actually picking up speed from repeat to repeat. I was getting a bit anaerobic because my rest period was about 90 seconds, but I held it together and finished the 8 feeling strong and not too winded. I decided as the group split off at the end of the session to do another set of 8 repeats, this time alternating sprinting and bounding up the hill, with a hard sprint down, but a longer recovery so that I could maintain my form. I was surprised that I felt stronger and faster during the 2nd set of 8 repeats, which made me feel that I am rounding into racing form. I mentioned to Mike as he headed off that I was doing another set of 8 and he just shook his head because he was feeling beat after 8. Considering nobody else stayed for more, I have to think that my winter base training surpassed the efforts of the people who attended the session. That made me feel good, to know that someone with no speed could still get decent results through consistent work.

#138

z.m. - #52


Comments
From jtshad on Wed, Apr 02, 2008 at 08:33:48

Have fun with the group tonight. I agree, running with others gives you a bit more motivation at times (especially if you have some folks who can push your limits a bit).

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.000.000.007.00

Weather - 45 degrees, raining.

Ran 4 easy miles to the Zendo, meditated 70 minutes, then 3 miles back to town. My legs have recovered from the race, I was a bit tired from yesterdays hard hill session, but I should recover soon.

Tomorrow an easy 4 or 5 miles, then on Saturday a set of intervals on the track to close out the week. Next week will be easy, winding it down to freshen up for the 5K on the 12th.

#139

z.m. - #53

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 44 degrees, sunny.

Ran an easy 4 miles to Crystal Lake park and Busey Woods. Felt a bit tired, so still recovering from the hill session 2 days ago.

Tomorrow a hard set of track intervals. Thinking about what I wanted to do earlier today, I could not decide between doing 200m or 400m. It occurred to me that I should do both, so I will run 200M, with a 200M recovery jog, then 400M, with a 400M recovery jog. The 200M recovery followed by 400M will get my heart rate speeding. I will try to reach my threshold limit without getting overly anaerobic, as I think it is still too early in the year to be dealing with lactic overload.

#140

z.m. - #54

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.003.250.0010.25

Weather - 60 degrees, sunny.

A great day for running. I run faster when the temps are between 60-80, so I was finally able to run a hard workout with decent conditions. I ran 1 mile to the Urbana HS track and then ran 2 more warm up miles. I stretched a bit, then walked to the indoor pool (about 100 yards away) to borrow a pen and paper. I was planning to bring paper/pen so that I could write my splits, but I forgot. When I returned from the pool I ran 5 x 100m accelerations. I only timed the last one, it was 17 seconds, which is a 2 second improvement from the last time I ran track accelerations on March 10. I waited about 5 minutes before starting the intervals. I decided to run alternating 200m/400m, with 200m/400m jogging rest. I wanted to do 8 each, which would equal 3 miles, so I decided to treat the intervals as a 5k race, starting moderately, then picking up the pace after the first 600-1000m, maintaining the pace in the middle, then holding on at the end. I was unsure how I was going to do, but the sun felt great, there was a moderate wind on the track (less than normal), I was wearing shorts/singlet, and I had my new trainers, which are 3 ounces lighter than my other 2 pair (they are bright yellow, which means I have to run faster, right?). There was one other man on the track, but he was camped on the opposite side doing jumping jacks and stretching.

Here is how it went :

1) 200 - 41 seconds. Felt great, was holding back a bit, legs felt super-charged, and my adrenaline was flowing as if it was a race.

1) 400 - 84 seconds. I had to look twice after I saw the time, because I don't think I have ever run a 400M in under 85 seconds. I was holding back, in control, wow!

2) 200 - 39 seconds. Picking it up a bit.

2) 400 - 83 seconds. Proving the first was no fluke. Can I maintain the pace?

3) 200 - 38 seconds. Went too fast on this one.

3) 400 - 84 seconds. Still feeling good.

4) 200 - 40 seconds. A good pace, this is where I needed to be.

4) 400 - 82 seconds. Too fast, but I was happy to see 82!

5) 200 - 42 seconds. Paid the price for the 82.

5) 400 - 85 seconds. Was worried about this one, the 82 took a toll, but I was still in control.

6) 200 - 41 seconds. Trying to maintain, and succeeding.

6) 400 - 86 seconds. Will I be able to hold for the final 1200m?

7) 200 - 42 seconds. Hanging on.

7) 400 - 86 seconds. Feeling a bit weary, but legs still feel good.

8) 200 - 41 seconds. Trying to save myself for the final 400.

8) 400 - 82 seconds. The homestretch, no more laps to save for, so I ran all out.

When I finished the final 400 it felt like I just finished a 5k, but I still had enough composure to keep running slowly around the track, and I recovered after only 1 lap, and finished off with a 1 mile cool-down.

If I don't include the recovery jogs, my total time for 3 miles was 16:36, averaging a 5:32 pace. The two 82 second 400's was a 5:28 pace, I have never gone that low before.

This is no doubt my best track workout ever, and one of the best runs of my life. It feels so good to be fit, to be able to make it work for a hard effort. I was not overstraining, nor trying to run past my abilities, yet I felt faster than ever before. This one run makes running everyday in the winter months worth it. To work 140 days to feel the pleasure of the 141st - I will always remember this day.

#141

z.m. - #55

Comments
From Benn on Sat, Apr 05, 2008 at 21:02:34

I couldn't have said it better myself, Will! I live for those moments, after all the hours, and days, and weeks, and months of training, for that seemingly perfect day when everything falls into place and you truly can say your training has paid off. I'm so in awe at your consistent training and perhaps even moreso the consistency in your times today! Killer mileage, sweet times, Kick butt attitude! You are ready to dominate man!

From will on Sun, Apr 06, 2008 at 21:48:49

Thanks for the encouragement, Benn, I see that you also had a great track session - let's keep it rolling!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.250.000.000.007.25

Weather - 59 degrees, sunny.

2 nice days in a row. Ran 4.25 miles to the Zendo, meditated for 2 hours, then ran 3 easy miles back to town. Legs were not sore from yesterdays track session.

#142

z.m. - #56 

Comments
From Benn on Mon, Apr 07, 2008 at 11:16:43

Nice!!! and 59 degrees AND sunny?! Hello Spring! Nice mileage last week!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.500.000.750.006.25

Weather - 61 degrees, sunny, breezy.

With the sun shining and the air warm I decided to venture to Homer Lake and run the trails. I ran 6.25 miles through the nature preserve, seeing the fresh sprouting grass and the purple tips of the budding bluebells.

#143

z.m. - #57

Comments
From Benn on Tue, Apr 08, 2008 at 19:16:28

Man I just found out my old high school (where my dad's an administrator right now) just bought 100 acres of forest, but rather than use it to make a xc course for our school, theyre going to clearcut it for soccer fields. I'm thinking about staging a sit in! That's a travesty! Hope the weather stays nice! :)

From will on Tue, Apr 08, 2008 at 22:16:52

Benn, I agree, not much open land left, soon all cross courses will be scheduled on golf courses.

Just read the weather report for this Saturday's 5k - low 30's with snow/rain!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 62 degrees, cloudy.

Ran 2 miles to Crystal Lake park, then .5 miles to Cardinal because I wanted to do bike interval session #6. I am starting to enjoy treadmill running, so I hopped on and ran a 2.5 mile "cross country course", which meant the treadmill continued to raise and lower itself. I picked a "hilly" course, and averaged 7:30 pace, which was stiff with the elevation changes. I was not feeling all that great mentally because the past couple of nights my sleep has been choppy, so my energy level was down. When I finished the treadmill I stretched a bit and hopped on the bike. As I pedaled easy for 5 minutes my will started to slack, I felt I did not have the strength for a tough interval session. I decided to at least try, and if I felt like crap I would cut it short. Happily when I began the intervals my body went on autopilot and cranked out a good effort, moving up a tension level from previous sessions, and taking shorter rest periods (30 seconds to 1 minute rest). After doing a couple of the 1 minute hard slogs, my heart rate topped out at 157. I was in oxygen debt, breathing heavily, so I expected a number around 165-170. Maybe a longer period of hard work is required to get the heart beating at 85-90% max.

I checked the weather for this Saturday's 5k, it looks tough - low 30's with snow/rain, and windy. Considering how well my training has been going, though, I am confident I can get down to 19:55. If the weather is better than expected, I believe I can run 19:40.

#144

z.m. - #58

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.001.000.004.00

Weather - 51 degrees, sunny.

Ran 3 easy miles to the arboretum, then 1 threshold mile as I ran back home. I'm taking it easy so that I can feel fresh for the upcoming 5k this Saturday.

#145

z.m. - #59

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.500.001.500.003.00

Weather - 59 degrees, clouds, windy, rain.

Ran 1.5 miles in the rain to my wife's work, stopped in and gave her a kiss, then turned around and ran 1.5 miles back home. My energy level was exceedingly high, so after a short .50 mile warm-up I ran 1 mile at 5k race pace. After the short break I ran easy, but slowly built up the speed.

The past few weeks I have been running better than I ever have - energy is always good after a few easy days, and other than the 15K 3 weeks ago, my legs are doing a good job of recovering from the hard workouts.

Tomorrow 2 or 3 miles with 6 x 100m accelerations on the track, then - Saturday racing!

#146

z.m. - #60

Comments
From Benn on Thu, Apr 10, 2008 at 19:53:52

Oh man Saturday is going to be a day to be reckoned with! Must feel wierd in taper mode like you want to go farther and all? :) Look forward to a sweet race report!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

AM - There is an ultra race this weekend in Pekin, IL (McNaughton Park Trail Run). A few of the 2nd Winders are running it. I happened upon a blog of an out-of-state runner who is experienced in ultras, and is planning to run 150 miles in 48 hours or less. He happened to mention his training mileage in March, and his mileage totals for 2008. He ran 215 miles in March, and his 2008 total is 644. This surprised me - I am training for a solid 5K performance in 2008, and I am putting in more mileage than an ultra runner? It makes no sense......

PM - Weather - 57 degrees, sunny, very windy.

Ran to Busey Woods and the golf course and ran 6 x 100M accelerations on the 7th fairway. The fairway was saturated, and with each stride I kicked up mud and water, covering the back of my white shirt with slop. Ended up running 4 miles total because of the distance to the golf course, then walked 35 minutes home.

Tonight the temperature will drop more than 20 degrees, and tomorrow morning will be low 30's, snow, and 20-30mph wind. I won't be running a PR in those conditions, but I should get under 20 minutes. In normal conditions I think I could hit 19:40, but I will have to forget about time and enjoy the challenge of the weather. I should have an advantage with similarly skilled runners who trained indoors all winter.

#147

z.m. - #61


Comments
From Benn on Fri, Apr 11, 2008 at 17:00:38

get ready to smoke them on Saturday, Will ! I'm going to go out as soon as I post this for a little jaunt in the rain myself :) It's 42 and rainy here woot!

As for training for an ultra:

Here are my thoughts - since I've been reading a lot about the ultra scene as of late. I kind of want to do a 50 m in the next year. Basically with ultra running, as I'm sure any of our ultra runners like schotz or ultrajim will attest: it's about training the body to go long, really long; Consequently a lot of ultra runners do a majority of their mileage on the weekends or on a day off from work where nothing else will get in the way. On the rest of the days, they might do say just 3 or 4 miles. So it is entirely possible for them to log say 30 miles in a week, but 26 coming from one day alone. If you look at ultrajim, Jim runs frequently into and back from work about 2x a week, and generally gets in one nice 4-5 hour run in a month. Now I don't think 600+ miles in 3.5 months is all that much either if you're getting ready for a 150 mile race, but if you're going that long there really isn't a way to train, other than just slowly build up your endurance. No matter how much training you get, basically 99.999999% of even elite runners will tackle SEVERAL walls to get through that event. So you just do what you can to slowly build up miles. Having read a few books, I've found that a lot of the ultra runners basically follow a slow buildup to where they get in a 2,3, 4, then 5 or 6 hour run in progressing, followed by at least one "night run" to retrain the body to run when it has the urge to shut down in sleep mode. I encourage you to pick up a book on ultra running. It truly is amazing. Pam Reed's book and Dean Karnaze's books are really fast reads ( I read them both within three days or so ) and full of insight into the sport. Though they are the extremists of the bunch, you'll come to appreciate their grit and determination :) Best of luck tomorrow, Will!!

Fondly,

Benn

From will on Sat, Apr 12, 2008 at 18:56:38

Benn - Thanks for the ultra training information. I have read Dean K.'s book, it was quite an inspiration, and it seemed to me he put in some mega training miles (70 mile all-night training runs, etc.) What you say makes sense, every once in a while do a long long run, and the rest of the days resemble normal mileage. I am thinking about running the Clinton Lake 30 miler next March. If I don't get injured this year I just may pull it off.

Race: Run for the Health of It 5k (3.1 Miles) 00:19:13, Place overall: 5, Place in age division: 1
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
9.000.003.100.0012.10

Weather – 36 degrees, cloudy, windy. Rain/snow.

Woke to poor racing weather, but since it was expected, it did not bother me, I put away thoughts of time and focused on battling the elements.

The previous night I felt my nervous excitement reach levels that were perhaps too high strung. I plugged into my iPod and listened to a 19:40 piece by Philip Glass, and I ran a 5k in my head as I listened to the music while laying in bed. I felt pretty spent after this mental exercise, so I went into my study and meditated for a few minutes. Before falling asleep I read a good book on 5k/10k training, but this seemed to bring the nervous tension back. I dozed off and slept deeply for 8 hours.

I ran to the race site, which happened to be the midpoint (2.5 miles) of my route to the Zendo. I tried to monitor my energy level as I ran, I did not feel good, but I did not feel bad either. Snow/Rain was falling, making the streets bright and smooth, it felt refreshing to gaze at the long lines of car lamps reflected in the river-like asphalt. I felt like I was going too slow, and wondered why. Perhaps it was the weight of jacket, 3 shirts, hat, gloves, and sweats? When I got to the registration tent I turned around and realized I had been running into a stiff wind during the entire jog, which made me feel better about my speed and neutral feelings. I went inside the hospital (Christie Clinic was the race sponsor) and pinned my number and warmed up a bit. I took a 5k race map and headed outdoors to run a bit of the course. I came across a schoolyard and did 4 x 75M accelerations. They felt fast, and I was starting to feel good. The final mile of the course is a straight shot to the finish, with the wind at my back. I ran about 400M at race pace, my confidence gaining with each stride.

When I was standing at the start line I realized I had left my gloves inside with my sweats and jacket. My hands were already going numb, but with only 2 minutes to race time I stuffed them in my shorts pockets and tried to forget about it. Unlike the last 5K I ran a few weeks ago, I positioned myself near the front, so that I would not have my pace interrupted by slower runners. The horn sounded and I was immediately passed by a throng of runners. For 200M I was passed and passed. I couldn’t believe it when Don from 2nd wind passed me, he ran 24:47 at the Earth Wind and Fire 5k. Either he had done a massive amount of interval training in the past 4 weeks or he was going out over his head. I rechecked my pace, I was fine, actually a bit too strong, so I did not panic, although it did not make me feel confident seeing 30-40 runners surging ahead of me. After 600M I felt my pace pick up, and it was a good thing that I had forgotten my gloves, because the cold feeling in my fingers made me think that I was constantly being slapped in the face, and this caused my nervous energy to stay at a high level. At 800M I was going even faster, and as I began passing the runners who had passed me earlier, I saw they were slowing down. As I passed Don he was talking with another runner, and slowing appreciably. I sometimes wonder about the tactic of surging at the beginning of a race - what purpose does it serve if one slows down permanently after 1000M? At the one mile mark I had passed all the fakers, leaving about 10-12 runners ahead of me. I checked my watch and was hoping to see 6:10-6:15, but instead it read 6:32. This depressed me, I had run the same mile split in the last 5K, where I ran 20:15. Was I headed for another similar effort? With all of the good training I had been through in the past month, that did not seem right, but the split time does not lie. As we made a turn off the long straight, I realized I had once again forgotten to account for the wind. The first mile was kicked directly into the fists of a 15-20mph wind. I felt better after realizing that I ran a 6:32 mile in those conditions. I knew I would soon be turning around and have it at my back. At about 2000M a man pulled up beside me and looked like he was going to pass, but as he took a few steps ahead of me he slowed his pace and we remained equal. Watching him for 50M I realized I should tuck in behind him. He should have gotten behind me, but since he missed his chance, I decided I wasn’t going to miss mine. He did not seem to mind blocking all that wind for me, and I tried to run the pace on autopilot, waiting for the turnaround, which would soon be upon us. I sensed he was trying to shake me because he was slowly increasing the pace, but it was not enough to make me let him go. I was starting to labor a bit but I knew I would soon be feeling very good. We caught a swift moving slender female and we ran in a line of 3. We reached a 100M downhill at the turnaround, so the wind was now at our backs. I thought of the downhill sprints I had worked on in the past few weeks and I let the brakes off, quickly passing the 2 runners I had been following. I was probably running this downhill at 5:30 pace. When it flattened out I slowed a bit, but not too much, the wind was really pushing me along. When I got to the final mile straightaway I started to push the pace. I passed a runner, and saw another about 200M ahead of me. I did not think I would catch him, so I put my head down and started grinding/smoothing the pace. With a half mile to go I surprisingly passed this runner, I seemed to be really moving because he was out of my sight in a heartbeat. I worried that I was going too fast, I still had 800M to go, and I was already in top gear, but I felt in control and it was great having my legs in full stride. With 400M to go I turned my head to see if anyone was making a move on me, but the closest runner was about 100M away. I was safe, but I increased the pace anyways. With about 200M to go I started going anaerobic, but was able to hold my form and had a strong sprint into the chute as the clock clicked 19:13, which meant I had PR’ed by 7 seconds. I was able to recover in 1-2 minutes, and after watching a few runners finish, I took a 1 mile jog. I felt strong on my jog, as if my body was expecting more training. That made me smile.

From the race site I decided to run 1.5 miles to the Zendo, and I meditated for one hour, which calmed my body and mind. I then ran 3 miles back to town, which gave me 12 miles for the day.

#148

z.m. - #62

Comments
From Benn on Sat, Apr 12, 2008 at 19:17:45

ALRIGHT BUDDY!!!! Way to go man! haha Dude that is so sweet. You had a sick PR today! :) And I dont know what impresses me more, the PR, or the fact that you did 12 miles on the day :) Way to capitalize on the opportunity with the draft. :) Sick race today :)

From will on Sun, Apr 13, 2008 at 21:11:48

Thanks for the comment, Benn. It was a very satisfying race because I was able to go hard the whole distance and not die at the end. Running these days is a lot of fun, I hope I can keep it up...

From Benn on Sun, Apr 13, 2008 at 21:40:35

I'm sure that won't be a problem, though you planning on running every day indefinitely? Or is it just for a full year or something? I could never do that!

From will on Mon, Apr 14, 2008 at 11:46:53

I started running everyday to help keep me motivated for the winter training. I believed the accumulation of consecutive days would build a momentum that would be hard to break once it got moving. The idea worked, I did not miss any winter days, but I also discovered other benefits of running every day - 1) The body adjusts and begins to crave the daily run. 2) The more running I did, the better my body adapted to the strain 3) Taking easy days is more palatable because I realize no breaks are on the horizon. 4) The confidence gained for competition - I know I probably worked harder than most of my peers.

I am not planning to end my consecutive runs anytime soon. The only thing that would stop me is injury or severe illness.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.000.000.007.00

Weather - 34 degrees, cloudy.

Ran 4 easy miles to the Zendo, meditated 2.25 hours, then ran 3 miles back to town.

This coming week will be a hard one - tomorrow a hill session, along with bike intervals. Wednesday a track session with the 2nd Wind club. And Friday a 2.25 hour long run.

The next race is the 12K Lake Run on May 3rd, which is in 3 weeks. It is a flat road course circling Lake Bloomington. Last year I ran it in 52:04, which was an exact 7:00 pace. I was happy with that effort and time, but this year I should be able to do better. I ran a tough 15K course last month averaging a 6:57 pace, so I should at a minimum be able to run a 6:50 pace for this race, which will put me at 50:49.

Since I am 3 weeks out until the next race, I will be able to train hard for 2 consecutive weeks, which should further boost my speed and fitness.

#149

z.m.- #63


Comments
From Benn on Sun, Apr 13, 2008 at 21:32:49

Thanks Will! :) I'm really looking forward to the Marathon on October 12th. I just need to decide what to do, if I should just keep doing what I'm doing until Memorial Day and then start the real training? I really want to get at least a PR (as I think a 3:10 BQT is too ambitious for a runner my size :( ) Maybe if I get lucky I'll even break 4 hours!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.004.000.0011.00

Weather - 50 degrees, sunny, windy.

My body and mind were desiring a workout of high intensity, a challenge of the spirit, and fortunately, a hard hill workout and bike intervals were planned for the day. While sitting at my desk at the park district I could feel the excitement in my blood growing as each hour passed. 30 minutes before punch-out I began to visualize the hill, running in the sun, feeling my heart working to maximum capacity.

It is a feeling of peculiar satisfaction to yearn for something which will tax all of my resources, and still, to have the confidence that I am ready for the challenge. I ran an easy 2 miles to the arboretum, stretched a bit, set my watch, and began the workout. I started at the ball diamond backstop and ran 100M at 5K pace to the base of the hill, then bounded up the 100M hill on the odd intervals, and ran up at race pace on the even intervals. After cresting the top I ran 150M full speed down the hill, trying to get my leg turnover going as fast as possible. I jogged 350M to the backstop, and repeated the sequence 18 times. When finished I was not tired, but rather refreshed, ready for more work. Without a break I jogged 1.5 miles to Cardinal, got on the stationary bike, and did bike interval session #7. I once again increased the wheel tension past the previous workouts setting, with short rest periods of 30-60 seconds. When I got to the final interval I tried setting it at level 26, but found that 25 was the highest tension possible. I laughed, and ripped through level 25, pedaling with all my strength, sweat dripping onto the bike, my breath heavy and audible. Upon finishing I still felt strong, ready for more running. Thinking this not wise, I did 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 10 minute walk home.

I believe I have reached a new fitness plateau. I can't recall feeling such strength and stamina, being able to complete hard workouts with a pleasant mixture of exhaustion and strength. This is good....

#150

z.m. = #64

Comments
From Benn on Mon, Apr 14, 2008 at 22:00:46

MEGA WORKOUT MAN!!! That's what it's all about! That's how FRBloggers DO!! woot!!! Keep it up!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
11.250.001.000.0012.25

AM : Weather - 32 degrees, clear.

Ran 4 easy miles before work. This afternoon will run 6-7 more easy miles.

 

PM : Weather - 58 degrees, sunny.

Ran 8.25 miles, mostly around the Busey Woods loop. Toward the end of the run I ran 5 x 200-400M accelerations.

Today was an easy day, I am hoping 12.25 miles is not too much work. Tomorrow is a track session with the 2nd Wind club. They will probably be doing short intervals, such as 12 x 200M with a walking rest. If I am feeling tired I can stop there, but if my energy level is sufficient I should try to achieve 24 X 200M run at 5K pace with a 200M jog between each. That is a total of 3 hard miles, which equals my last track session 10 days ago of 8 x 200M and 8 x 400M.

#151

z.m. - #65

Comments
From Benn on Tue, Apr 15, 2008 at 18:43:10

man you're getting serious miles in! keep it up! speed is going to be your new middle name!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
10.500.003.500.0014.00

AM : Weather - 42 degrees, clear.

Ran 4 easy miles to work. I usually walk to work, but I am finding that running instead makes me feel livelier once at work, and the more I can practice running, the better. I will observe later on today if running easy early in the morning will have an effect on how I run a hard track session on the same day.

 

PM : Weather – 68 degrees, sunny, windy.

Beautiful day, a bit breezy on the track, but the sun sure felt nice. Ran 1 mile to Carle Park, did 3 sets of strength exercises and stretching to get warm, then ran 400M to the track. Saw Matt, the leader of the 2nd Wind track sessions, we ran 1.25 miles together. He told me about the River to River Relay going on this weekend, he seemed excited about going.

The track session called for 5 x 100M accelerations, 12 X 200M with a 200M jogging recovery + 30 seconds standing on the line, followed by a final 1 x 400M. Not too long distance wise, so I told Matt if I was feeling strong I would be doing 20-24 x 200M. Matt brought a time chart which gave recommended 200M and 400M times based on 5k time. For 19:00 it gave 40-41 seconds for 200M, and 85-86 seconds for 400M. I was happy when I read those times because those were the times I was hitting in my last track session 11 days ago. My goal for today was to hit 40 seconds consistently for the 200M. I was concerned that running with a group would make me run too hard, and I was correct in my worry, as I went under 40 for all 12 200’s. Here are the times : 

1) 38 seconds

2) 38

3) 39

4) 38

5) 37

6) 38

7) 38

8) 38

9) 38

10) 39

11) 39

12) 39

I ran the 400M in 82 seconds, which matched my fastest 400 from the last track workout. I was still feeling strong following the 400M so I decided to go ahead and do 12 more 200M. I gave the same perceived effort, but my times went up a few seconds, which exhibits the strange phenomenon of running in a group versus running alone :

1) 42 seconds

2) 40

3) 40

4) 41

5) 40

6) 40

7) 41

8) 40

9) 42

10) 41

11) 41

12) 38

I handled the 2nd 12 pretty well, never really tired, and was able to give a harder sprint effort for the final 200M. This was a successful workout, I am still in a bit of shock at this new fitness level I have achieved, last year I ran this same workout in mid-April and was vanquished by 12 x 200’s. I am sold on the power of building a winter base.

Afterwards I ran 1 easy mile around the track, then walked 45 minutes home. 

#152

z.m. = #66 

Comments
From Benn on Wed, Apr 16, 2008 at 11:02:32

I like a.m. runs as well. Something about getting the blood pumping and endorphins flowing that makes the rest of the day easier!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
12.000.000.000.0012.00

AM : Weather - 50 degrees, clear.

Ran 4 easy miles to work. Only a little stiff from yesterday's hard track session.

I am worried that I am putting in too much mileage in a week where I am doing 2 hard workouts and a long run. It looks like I am threatening to go over 70 miles, which is fine, I was at 70 a few weeks ago, but to have that high mileage in a hard week may not be smart. Well, I have just the long run left, maybe I should put it off until Saturday to give myself an extra recovery day.

PM : Weather - 74 degrees, sunny.

8 gentle miles run around Busey Woods and Crystal Lake park. This was the first day of the year where I felt hot on a run - nice!

 #153

z.m. - #67 

Comments
From Benn on Thu, Apr 17, 2008 at 08:58:17

Hey Will - Really impressed with your consistency with the 200s last night, and the 82 400! sick man! :) You're getting speed. I don't know about the increasing mileage thing it's up to you. Personally, if I were you I would take Friday and Saturday easy. I know you know as well as I do that most experts say to stick to the 10% rule, though one of my training plans through Galloway actually had a 15% weekly increase. I am sure you are also familiar with Lydiard who stated that even a sedentary person could work to 100 mile weeks in just as little as 2 months. I think the point to take to heart is go on the feel of your body. I know how great it is to feel all this improvement, but just remember that the improvement is a cumulative result of all your months of hard work and consistency. In retrospect I found my achilles problem probably came about because I started back with a 50+ mile week after a half marathon, when in all reality I should have been shooting for about 20-25 miles. Now you are in much better shape then me and you know your body best. I just don't want to see you going and hurting yourself. So I'd suggest real slow running the rest of the week, and maybe only a couple striders to work on the leg turnover. That's just my opinion though. Keep up the great work mate!

From will on Thu, Apr 17, 2008 at 13:04:26

Benn, thanks for the thoughtful analysis. It is a tough call, your suggestion to skip the long run is most likely correct. I have read that if speed and hills are combined in a week, it is best to cut mileage to prevent overwork. My mileage went up this week because of the morning runs, without those I think I would be fine. However, the morning runs are very easy, just a kind of slow aerobic effort to stretch my legs and make me feel good. I am finding I really enjoy those short morning runs.

Also, my mileage pattern seems to be 1-2 weeks of moderate mileage, followed by a larger mileage week. I think my body realizes this is a larger mileage week. If I were to hit 75 miles this week, I would only be increasing 7% from my previous large mileage week (70).

Here is a listing of my previous weeks to give you an idea of how it has gone, starting from February - 60, 62, 31, 52, 55, 42, 63, 42, 70, 45, 42. If I had run only one hard workout this week I would have no worries about running 75 miles. But the 2 hard workouts were massive (for my standard), which is why I am hesitating. I will follow what you say and listen to my body, and hopefully I will make the right decision. If I blow it and injure myself I will be really disappointed.

That being said, it is currently 70 degrees and sunny, I am going out for a very easy run through the park and woods, the sun and warmth will feel soothing!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
12.000.000.000.0012.00

AM : Weather - 56 degrees, clear.

Ran 4 easy miles to work. I have decided to lay off the long run today and rescheduled it for Sunday. I will proably be running with Melinda and Michelle at Homer Lake, weather is supposed to be sunny and 70 degrees, should be a great trail run.

Instead of being awoken by my alarm clock this morning, I was instead shook from my sleep by an earthquake. I was actually already conscious before it hit, I was laying in bed breathing deeply, thinking about training, when I felt the bed start to move a bit. I thought my wife was shaking her leg, and thought nothing of it. A few minutes later the bed began moving vigorously, the bedroom window began to rattle, and the dishes in the dining room made noise. My first impression was somebody was trying to break into the house. Then I thought some kind of explosion had occurred. My wife sat up in bed and said - "Earthquake!". As usual, she was right....

PM : Weather - 71 degrees, cloudy.

Ran an easy 8 miles around the park and Busey Woods. Afterward 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

Today ends a difficult week of training - 5K race, hills, track intervals, and double runs. My legs are feeling a bit weary and sore, but next week will be moderately hard, followed by an easy week, so they will recover shortly, and hopefully become stronger.

#154

z.m. - #68

Comments
From Benn on Fri, Apr 18, 2008 at 08:08:31

Hope you have a great weekend! Make sure to catch the Boston hilights too! Do you all get a lot of earthquakes in Illinois? I think we had one in New York before but I slept through it. If we had another one though I'd make sure I was awake just so I could say "well this beats the $5 massage chair in the mall anyday!" :)

Hope the trail run goes well!!

From will on Fri, Apr 18, 2008 at 20:30:48

This was my 1st earthquake, hopefully the last.

Thanks for reminding me about Boston, I will hopefully see some highlights of the race on the internet.

Good luck on your runs this weekend!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 48 degrees, clouds.

Ran a gentle 5 miles through the park and Busey Woods. I don't plan on running a double today, but my body is already desiring a second run. I will hopefully refrain, though, and allow my body to recover from this hard week of training.

I am looking forward to doing more doubles, it is a good way to get in a lot of running practice. And, it seems to have brought me back to my childhood days - I can recall when I was 12 years old always being active - baseball, basketball, running, I was doing 5 to 6 hours of active training a day as a child. No wonder I had so much energy back then.

Two of my favorite memories from childhood :

1) I would walk to my friend Rocky's home every morning before school. We would eat breakfast together and watch cartoons, and then walk to school together. One day as I was walking I decided to start running, and from that day onward I would run to his house. It gave me a feeling of joy to be running by the houses, block by block, the early morning air silent and subdued.

2) One hot summer day I went to my friend Ramon's apartment. He was inside, enjoying the air conditioning. I asked him if he wanted to play baseball across the street at the school yard. He said no way, it was too hot. I left his house soon after, wondering what I could do by myself. I put down my glove and ball on his stoop and started running around his apartment. I wasn't sure how long I was going to go, but before I knew it I had gotten to 25 and decided I was going to try to run 40 times around (probably 1 block, so approximately 4 miles). When I finished I sat on his stoop, sweaty, exhausted. Ramon came out and asked what I was doing. I told him I just finished running 40 times around his apartment building. "No way! Your lying!" "No, Ramon, I did run 40 times around, it's true" I pleaded. He wasn't buying it, so I walked home, feeling proud that I did something so hard that Ramon thought it impossible.

#155

z.m. - #69

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
16.250.000.000.0016.25

Weather - 55 degrees, clouds.

A nice morning for a long run. Melinda wanted to run the 8 mile White Heath loop twice instead of the Homer Lake trails, so we drove there at 8:30am and started our run at about 9:15am. I had never run White Heath, 2nd Wind uses the marked course for one of their marathon training runs. It is isolated country roads with plenty of trees and some occasional smallish rolling hills. The roads had a soft dirt shoulder, so I was able to avoid running on asphalt. We ran the first loop in 71 minutes, a nice and gentle 8:52 pace. The second loop Melinda plugged into her iPod so I decided to speed up just a bit. I ran an extra .25 miles when I took a wrong turn, ended up finishing the 2nd 8.25 miles in 64 minutes, for a 7:45 pace. Total time was 2:15, which was exactly what I wanted to run today. Felt really good on the 2nd loop, was not straining, although my legs were a bit fatigued on the hills.

Tomorrow and Tuesday will be easy days, followed by a Wednesday track session with 2nd Wind. Thursday and Friday easy, with hills and bike intervals on Saturday.

#156

z.m. - #70

Comments
From Benn on Thu, Apr 24, 2008 at 09:41:53

I got one word for this.... SICK! Way to go man! You are building a killer base. I think with a little more speed work, all your PRs are going down. Everyone look out because Will's PRs are falling faster than a SUMO wrestler dumped from a B52 bomber!

From will on Thu, Apr 24, 2008 at 21:33:27

Thanks for the note, Benn, lately running has been such a joy. I feel like I am beginning to tap into my potential as a runner. It feels good.....

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
11.500.000.000.0011.50

AM : Weather - 67 degrees, sunny.

4 easy miles around the neighborhood. Not much soreness from yesterday's 16 miler.

PM : Weather - 74 degrees, sunny.

Ran 7.5 easy miles doing loops at Busey Woods. The sun was warm, sweat was in my eyes, and my muscles were loose from the heat - a very enjoyable run.

Afterward 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

Feeling a bit sore, so tomorrow I will only do a single run of 5 miles, hopefully that will allow my muscles to heal and my energy to be sufficient for a hard workout on Wednesday.

#157

z.m. - #71

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.250.000.000.005.25

Weather - 77 degrees, sunny.

A great warm day, I love running beneath a hot sun. Loops around Busey Woods, 5 easy miles total.

Afterward 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#158

z.m. - #72

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.750.002.500.0011.25

AM : Weather - 57 degrees, clear.

Ran 1 easy mile to work, I got a late start so decided to run instead of walk. Legs feel slightly recovered, so will probably attempt a track session with 2nd Wind this evening. I will cut the workout short if I feel I am overdoing it.

Late AM : Weather - 68 degrees, sunny.

Ran 2 easy miles home from work.

PM : Weather, 79 degrees, sunny.

Warm day, very nice, but humid also, which made me feel a bit heavy as I am not heat acclimated yet. Ran 1 mile to the Urbana HS track, then 2 more easy miles as a warm up. Met up with 2nd Wind and the session called for 8 X 400M with a 400M jogging recovery. Did 4 x 100M accelerations to start, then got into the intervals. My legs were still a bit sore from the hard sessions last week, so I probably should not have even attempted a track session. But I thought if I could get this workout in then I will take easy/moderate days all the way to next Saturday's race, which is plenty of time to recover.

I planned to run the 400's at 5k effort, which should have put me at 84-86 seconds, but the group effect took hold and I ended up running them faster than expected. The effort felt right, though, so I am not going to worry about going too fast in that case. I was thinking I could try for 12 x 400M, but after 9 I could not recover adequately after the 400M jog, so I ended early. I think the sore legs did me in, as they started to burn and tighten after #9.

Here are the times :

1) 82 seconds - Felt fine, surprised to be lower than 85.

2) 86 - I consciously tried to hit 86 on this one.

3) 84 - starting to get into a groove.

4) 81 - felt strong, happy to see 81.

5) 81 - keeping the effort solid and controlled.

6) 79 - first time I have hit 79 in a 400 interval, happy about it!

7) 79 - hit it again.

8) 83 - tried to slow down a bit, knowing I may have 4 more to go.

9) 86 - first one on my own, and I ran out of gas during the recovery.

Afterward a .5 mile cool down run home.

#159

z.m. - #73

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
12.000.000.000.0012.00

AM : Weather - 59 degrees, clear.

Perfect morning for an easy run, went 5 miles before work. Legs felt much better than yesterday evening. After the track session they were tight and sore, and it felt like it would be a while before they recovered. There is some lingering quad soreness, but the stiffness is gone. I am surprised at how fast my legs have been recovering from hard sessions.

The next 8 days will be easy, although I may do an abbreviated hill session over the weekend if I am feeling good. Also, a bike interval session on Sunday or Monday. Other than that, it will be recovery, recovery, recovery....

PM : - Weather - 71 degrees, cloudy.

7 easy miles through the park, Busey Woods, and on to the arboretum.

When I crested the hill at the arboretum I was listening to Richard Hawley's "The Only Road". I felt so happy at that moment - spring blossoming everywhere, colorful trees sending odorous messages through the air, flower petals laying listlessly on the ground, the feeling of freedom that only running can give - that I began to cry from the sheer beauty of living. Crying from joy is one of life's rare treats.....

#160

z.m. - #74

Comments
From Benn on Thu, Apr 24, 2008 at 09:40:11

Hey Will. I've missed your blog. Was away on vacation :). Glad to see you are still logging sick mileage! Woohoo! I am getting psyched for fall and its not even summer yet! heh. I also just dusted off my bike. Will try to take it for a 10-15 miler this weekend :) should be fun!

From will on Thu, Apr 24, 2008 at 21:38:19

Welcome back, Benn. I was wondering what you had been up to. All of the hiking sounds great. You can't beat it - a spring vacation with the love of your life - not much better that that!

From Benn on Thu, Apr 24, 2008 at 21:42:00

I agree! I can't wait until school is out in a couple weeks. Hopefully then we can plan some more hikes. This summer I want to climb a few more of the Adirondack Mountains. I love that free feeling that you get when you are outside and its just you and nature and none of that junk like traffic, congestion, etc. that gunks it up. I can't wait for Spring to well.. spring! Keep it up, Will!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
12.000.000.000.0012.00

AM : Weather - 68 degrees, sunny, windy.

Another beautiful morning, ran 5 easy miles through the park and Busey Woods.

After Wednesday's interval session I caught a cold, lots of sneezing, but nothing else. I decided to work yesterday evening at the park district and skip work today so I would not give anyone my sickness. I already am starting to feel better, and it has not affected my running energy.

Will probably do another 5 miles in the late afternoon. There is supposed to be rain, it would be fun to do a wet run.

I recently learned of Team Hoyt : http://www.teamhoyt.com/

It is people like the Hoyt's which make me feel there is so much that can be done, no matter the circumstances.

PM : Weather - 79 degrees, sunny, windy.

The rain never came as predicted, so had a summer-like run in heat and humidity. I was planning to go 5 miles, but I felt so good in the warmth I just kept going. Running is becoming such a normal activity that it seems I should be doing it 2 or 3 times a day - what a great feeling!

#161

z.m. - #75

Comments
From Benn on Sat, Apr 26, 2008 at 18:50:56

I remember first seeing Team Hoyt in 2005. Then they made a 10 minute video for I think Good Morning America on ABC. It made me cry, and Im' not ashamed to admit it. Since then, I try to follow them as much as possible. And i remember last year they couldnt run Boston because the son was sick. The dad gives so much for his son ... and he doesn't do it for personal glory. He does it all to see a smile on his son's face. That's the ultimate reward. It made me cry again seeing him starting at Boston this year. He is truly a phenomenal man, a loving and devoted husband, and a selfless father. To give everything and not expect anything in return - to sacrifice everything for something as simple as seeing his son smile. Oh boy, here come the flood gates again....

... Anyway, super training this week, Will. Keep it up man.

From will on Sun, Apr 27, 2008 at 10:08:40

I love learning about people who overcome difficulties that most people do not have to confront. It reminds me not to complain, to use what I have, and do the best I can.

Good luck with training this week!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 59 degrees. sunny.

Ran 6 easy miles through the park and around Busey Woods.

#162

z.m. - #76

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
10.000.000.000.0010.00

AM : Weather - 46 degrees, sunny.

Pleasant and cool morning, ran 4 easy miles through the park and Busey Woods. My Legs are starting to recover from 2 hard weeks of training. Quads still a bit sore, but getting better every day. They should be 95-100% by race day this Saturday.

Late AM : Weather - 52 degrees, sunny.

Stopped at work after my initial run earlier today and put in a couple of hours. The reason I did this is so that I can come in later in the mornings this week if I decide to do a 5 or 6 miler beforehand. After work I ran 6 miles through the park, around Busey Woods and the cemetery.

Inspired by Lybi, I decided to try barefoot running. I also recently read an article about Newton running shoes (http://www.newtonrunning.com/)

The company states :

"When you run barefoot you naturally land on your forefoot. Newton Running shoes were developed to make your feet think they're barefoot and increase your performance.

The sole of Newton mimics your own, allowing your foot to move freely and promote a forefoot impact."

I thought about this and decided I could not know the truth of their statement because I had never run barefoot before.

When I arrived at the cemetery I removed my shoes and socks, and ran gently in a large plot of open grass. I twice ran 200M, then 200M back. I decided I was not landing on my forefoot, but rather on my midfoot, with a slight heel strike. I loved how running barefoot felt, my feet and legs had less stress, and I could not discern any quad soreness, but when I have my shoes on the soreness is evident. I put my shoes back on and ran into Busey Woods. I was inspired to again remove my shoes and socks, and to run a mile loop barefoot. The dirt trail felt wonderful on my feet, and my running motion felt more efficient. By the end of the mile I could feel the skin on my forefoot begin to burn, so it will take some practice to get the skin used to the friction. The best place to run would be the golf course fairway, so I will need to get there early in the morning before the golfers get started. I would like to incorporate barefoot running as part of my training, if anything just for the joyful feel of it.

#163

z.m. - #77

Comments
From Benn on Sun, Apr 27, 2008 at 10:30:54

Glad to hear it man! Oo today's weather here is about the same, only cloudy mid 40s, I think I might put on my shorts and go to the track for an outdoor run :)

From Benn on Mon, Apr 28, 2008 at 07:49:14

I've done some reading on barefoot running too, and I think that golf courses are the best places to do it, provided you either have the inside okay with the manager, attendant, or you sneak out onto one early in the morning. If you need help, I'm sure Brent and I can don our Commando fatigues and head out on our bikes. The Howling Commandos will ensure nothing happens to you ;) Keep up the great work!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 38 degrees, cloudy, rain.

A cold and wet spring day made for a refreshing run. When I got to the golf course I removed my shoes and socks and ran 1000M on 2 fairways. The cold, wet grass chilled my feet as I ran comfortably and freely.

My energy is still down from the hard sessions, I have 5 easy days before the race to get it back.

#164

z.m. - #78

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.500.005.00

Weather : 47 degrees, sunny/cloudy.

Ran easy to the arboretum. When I arrived I removed my shoes and socks and ran 1 mile barefoot in the grass. Afterward I ran easy and threw in 5 x 100-300M accelerations.

My legs feel better today than yesterday, and my energy level is on the upswing. Felt good doing the accelerations, had some nice power and ease in my stride.

I can feel a difference in the way I am running just off of 3 very short barefoot running sessions. After putting my shoes back on and resuming shoe running, I can sense my feet landing differently, trying to land mid-foot while avoiding the shoe's heel. The shoe heel is hard to avoid, however, because it is so big. Maybe I should look into getting shoes that have a flat heel. Racing flats are an option, but I am don't know how they would hold up to training miles. It is something to ponder.

#165

z.m. - #79

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.001.000.004.50

Weather - 67 degrees, sunny.

Ran 4.5 easy miles through the park and Busey Woods. At the end of the run I did 8 x 100-300m accelerations, then removed my shoes and socks and ran barefoot 1200M at the cemetery and golf course. I ran a 300M acceleration barefoot, I was able to get to top speed, it felt nice!

Afterward 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 45 minute walk home.

My legs felt strong today, they are about 90% recovered, and my energy level went up another notch. Tomorrow it should be even better.

#166

z.m. - #80

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 72 degrees, sunny/cloudy.

4 Easy miles around Busey Woods and the park. At the end of the run 5 x 200-400M accelerations.

My legs are feeling good, energy level high. Looking forward to racing on Saturday.

#167

z.m. - #81 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 68 degrees, cloudy, windy.

Ran 3.5 miles to the car rental agency. Felt a bit tired because I ate a big meal beforehand. Will get some good sleep tonight and am looking forward to putting in a big effort tomorrow.

#168

z.m. - #82 

Comments
From Benn on Fri, May 02, 2008 at 20:06:13

Hey Will. :-D Your taper week looks awesome. Nice weather today it looks like as well! Slice 'em and dice 'em tomorrow. Take no prisoners, and if you need help taking out someone in your age group, give a yell and the Howling Commandos will swoop in. TAKE NO PRISONERS! Hoo ha!

From will on Fri, May 02, 2008 at 20:41:13

Benn - Hang in there, I know how bad you must feel, but it will eventually heal.

I have no idea how I will feel tomorrow, but I am looking forward to running hard. I am not sure who/what the Howling Commandos are, but I'm glad they are on my side :)

Don't give up hope, lots of people are sending you positive healing energy!

From Benn on Sat, May 03, 2008 at 06:44:06

Thanks Will. I'm trying hard to stay as positive as possible. The Howling Commandos are Brent and me on bikes in fatigues and spandex.

Race: Lake Run (7.46 Miles) 00:51:32, Place overall: 29, Place in age division: 5
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.007.500.0011.00

Weather - 52 degrees, cloudy, very windy.

Another race with tough conditions. I had to throw out my time goal of 6:50 per mile because of strong winds (25-35mph). I was still able to beat last years time by 32 seconds, with a pace of 6:54 per mile. If the wind was moderate I am guessing I could have averaged a 6:45 per mile which would have knocked about a minute off of my time.

Overall I am pleased with how it went. I felt fresh and strong, and my pace was consistent throughout. The wind was pushing somewhat at my back for the first 3 miles with a semi-cross, but since I start races moderately, I was not able to take full advantage. After mile 3 the rest of the race was against either a cross wind or directly into it. At mile 5 it was directly into my face, and I probably ran that mile in 7:45. It got a little better at mile 6 with a direct crosswind, but its strength continually pushed me so that I was running bent.

I was not passed by anyone in the race, and I was able to pick off 10-15 runners as the race progressed.

Last year I placed 43rd, and this year 29th, so that may be a better indicator of my improvement this year.

#169

z.m. - #83

Comments
From Benn on Sat, May 03, 2008 at 21:44:07

Great job, Will! Overall I think you have to see it as a race in the win column. Sweet pace! Plus I personally like to pass people later in the race than to have people pass me. Great strategy. Also, you improved over last year admidst tough conditions, and improved your finish place by 14 spots. WOO HOO! Can't wait to see what the future races hold. It's going to be sweet! Just look at all your PRs!! You are a machine sir!

From Lybi on Sat, May 03, 2008 at 22:03:20

Nice race! I really think the placing tells the story. Nobody passed you? Wow, that is amazing to me. Great job improving over last year with a stiff headwind!

From jtshad on Sun, May 04, 2008 at 09:50:49

Nice race, good job on the improvement from last year and running strong in the strong winds (wind really inhibits top performance).

From will on Sun, May 04, 2008 at 14:21:16

Thanks for the comments.

Benn - hopefully you can get some down time at work so your foot can feel better.

Lybi - I started barefoot running last week, it is fun!

Jeff - Good luck at the Ogden marathon!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
9.000.000.000.009.00

AM : Weather - 57 degrees, sunny.

Drove to Homer Lake with Maggie (pet dog) and we ran 5 miles through the forest trails. Lots of bluebells were on the path, and I ran barefoot for about 1.5 miles.

PM : Weather - 62 degrees, sunny.

After dropping the rental car off I ran 4 easy miles home.

#170

z.m. - #83

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

Nice warm day, ran 4 easy miles in shoes through the park and Busey Woods, and 1 mile barefoot at the golf course.

Tomorrow will be another easy day, and if I feel good on Wednesday I will join 2nd Wind at the track for an interval workout.

I am thinking about running a 5k this weekend at Crystal Lake park. I did not schedule to run it, and I won't feel fresh, but I need to do some tempo/pacing type sessions, and a 5k race would meet that need. A race is more exciting than doing a tempo workout by myself, and I get a chance to see if I can hold a stiff pace without tapering. If the weather sucks I will skip the 5k, because I need a break from racing in cold/rain/wind.

#171

z.m. - #84

Comments
From jtshad on Mon, May 05, 2008 at 18:00:35

We all are hoping for the end of the crappy weather, I hear you! Good luck at the race if you run it.

From Benn on Mon, May 05, 2008 at 22:10:32

I hope that for once it's actually sunny and in the 70s on race day! sheesh! You've struck out so far! haha Keep up the good work!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

Ran 6 easy miles at the arboretum, 2.5 miles barefoot in the grass.

#172

z.m. - #85 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.004.750.008.75

Weather - 67 degrees, raining.

Had one of my better workouts today, doing a track session with 2nd Wind. The group was doing 4 X 1200m and 4 X 200m. The total time for each 1200m was 8 minutes, but if I ran a 5 minute 1200m, then 3 minutes rest seemed too much. Matt suggested I do 4 X 1600m, that seemed more challenging, so I gave it a try. I realized before starting that I had never done 1 mile intervals, so I had no idea how it would go. I decided on a slightly slower than 5K pace, so somewhere between 6:40-6:50 seemed reasonable. Just before lining up it started to rain, but since it was warm it felt pretty good. We did 4 x 100M accelerations and then got to it :

1) 6:26 - The time seemed fast, but the pace felt right.

2) 6:32 - feeling good.

3) 6:30 - still feeling good

4) 6:21 - a little leg weary at the end, but recovered nicely before starting the 200's.

The 4 x 200M had a long 400M rest, so I was fresh for each one :

1) 40 seconds

2) 39

3) 39

4) 36 - my first 36 second 200, was in control the whole way.

Did a half mile cool down, did not feel exhausted or beat, just pleasantly spent. What I was most pleased about is I had only a 90 second jogging recovery between miles, and it was enough, I started each one fresh and with a low heart rate.

#173

z.m. - #86

Comments
From jtshad on Thu, May 08, 2008 at 08:04:56

Nice workout, keep up the great running.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 53 degrees, raining.

5 easy miles in the rain.

#174

z.m. - #87 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 61 degrees, cloudy.

3 easy miles around the park and Busey Woods.

I may run a 5k in the park tomorrow, depending on how energetic I feel. Also, I had a slight low ankle ache on my run today, which is why I cut it short. It seems better now, I will see how it feels when I run to the park tomorrow morning.

#175

z.m. - #88 

Race: Twin Cities Twosome (3.1 Miles) 00:19:30
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.003.007.00

Weather - 58 degrees, sunny.

A nice day for a relaxed 5k. I was not expecting to break a PR today, as I had 2 hard workouts during the past 7 days. My overall mileage was low, but the intensity of the 12K race last Saturday and my first ever mile intervals at the track on Wednesday caused me to feel a bit low on racing energy. My plan was to get another good pacing workout in with the help of this race. My mile splits were right on target :

Mile 1 - 6:16

Mile 2 - 6:18

Mile 3 - 6:14

That is where I thought I would end up. I will admit I feel a bit down because I was running these same splits last year in June/July, when I was feeling really tired because of my marathon training. Well, I should not complain, I set a PR in the 5k last month, and I am feeling healthy and not too beat up.

I plan on doing a shortened long run of 90 minutes on Monday, then maybe some bike intervals on Wednesday. Next Saturday is the Buffalo Trail 5 mile race. I ran a pretty good race last year, averaging 6:45 per mile on grass, smallish hills, and a creek crossing. That time is going to be hard to beat, but I should be close.

#176

z.m. - #89

Comments
From jtshad on Mon, May 12, 2008 at 18:49:39

Good job hitting your target. Good luck at the Buffalo Trail race.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 53 degrees, cloudy, windy.

5 easy miles at the arboretum.

#177

z.m. - #90

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
10.000.000.000.0010.00

Weather - 62 degrees, sunny.

Very nice day for a shortened long run. Because I have a race this Saturday I decided to include some bike intervals in the middle of today's run, rather than have another strenuous effort later in the week.

After running 45 minutes, I stopped in at Cardinal and did my usual routine of bike intervals. The session was difficult on my breathing/heartrate, more so than usual. I should mention that for the past two weeks I have altered my breathing technique during running. If I stick with it I can expect difficulties for a few months when running beyond an easy pace. This could also hinder my races, but in the long term it may be a better way to run, so I do not mind working with it for 2 or 3 months to see if my running improves from it.

After the bike intervals, which took 20 minutes to complete, I ran another 45 minutes, for a total of 90 minutes running.

Afterward I did some stretching and strength exercises, and a 35 minute walk home.

#178

z.m. - #91

Comments
From Benn on Tue, May 13, 2008 at 08:11:32

Nice run. I'm curious about the "altered breathing technique". Is that like what I do? I call it concentrated breathing where I consciously exhale on alternating feet each time to avoid getting stitches when doing a hard workout. I'd be interested to learn what you're doing. Keep up the miles and you'll smoke them on race day this weekend.

From will on Wed, May 14, 2008 at 07:17:17

Benn - Good job on the biking, sounds like a lot of fun, and your quad strength is going to increase.

After reading Dulliard's book I decided to give nasal breathing while running a try. It fits in with my Zen practice, it is like meditating while on the run. I have always mouth breathed while running, however, so it is a difficult transition. But in just 2 weeks I have already seen some improvement - I ran Monday's long run with no mouth breathing, other than the accelerations at the end. I could not handle nasal breathing during the bike intervals, however. The goal is to be able to run fast while nasal breathing. The nasal breathing supposedly keeps the heart rate lower. From the tests Dulliard did, some people were running 6 minute miles with a low heart rate. I want to see if I can experience something similar. If not, I can always go back to mouth breathing.

I noticed that since I have started running barefoot, my feet have felt better, even my achilles seems normal. You may want to try some light running on grass, 800-1600m easy, in your barefeet. After a few weeks you may see some improvement with your injury.

From Benn on Wed, May 14, 2008 at 07:51:09

Thanks, Will! Yeah I think I might try light running on grass in the coming week. I think that biking is making my quads and calf muscles stronger. The calf muscles are the primary support muscles for the achilles so I suspect that is also helping to hopefully strengthen the achilles! (Better to think positive, right?!)

As for the breathing, I understand now. Sometimes on my long runs I gauge my effort by how I'm breathing. I shoot for mainly nasal breathing, but find that I relax best when using a combination of inhaling with my nose and mouth and exhaling with only my mouth on alternating feet. It's weird. After practicing it for so long now I just do it by instinct.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 62 degrees, sunny.

5 easy miles at the arboretum on a pleasant spring day. Ran 1 mile barefoot in the grass. At the end of the run I did 4 x 150-300M accelerations.

#179

z.m. - #92

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 62 degrees, cloudy.

4.5 easy miles around the park, did 5 x 100m accelerations at the end of the run.

Legs feel pretty good, the low mileage is helping me stay fresh. Now that I am running races almost every weekend I would like to keep my mileage between 30-50. When I take an extended break from racing I will begin to build back to a higher base. Now is the time to focus on the quality of the training runs, the lower mileage will hopefully keep me injury-free.

#180

z.m. - #93

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.001.000.004.00

Weather - 52 degrees, raining.

A wet and cold day, so I decided to be soft and run on the treadmill at Cardinal. I ran 4 miles, with about 1 mile being run at 5:42-6:15 pace.

After the mill I did some strength exercises and stretching, and a 15 minute walk home.

#181

z.m. - #94

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 56 degrees, cloudy.

Ran 3 easy miles. Looking forward to the race tomorrow.

# 182

z.m. - #95

Race: Buffalo Trace Trail Race (5 Miles) 00:34:30, Place overall: 10, Place in age division: 3
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.003.002.009.00

Weather - 61 degrees, cloudy, windy.

Race day conditions were not too bad, a stiff 15mph wind, but it was pleasantly cool. I did not feel at my best, my energy level was a bit low due to poor sleep the past couple of nights. I should have been more careful about getting to bed early, but that is the way it goes sometimes.

Last year I ran this race in 33:46, so I was 44 seconds slower this year. Pace was 6:54, which was the same pace as the 12K two weeks ago. One factor not in my favor was the course was quite muddy in places, and besides the swollen creek crossing, there was a 20M length of standing water at the 3.5 mile mark, causing a slowdown. I held about a 6:40 pace for the first 3 miles, but slowed to a 6:55-7:00 pace in mile 4, and mile 5 I fell apart on the long gently sloping uphill straight into the wind. My lungs were maxed out with 800M to go, and I just kind of meandered in, losing quite a bit of whatever speed I had left.

I was proud of the fact that nobody passed me in the race, but with 200M to go I looked over my shoulder and saw a runner closing in, he was only 5 meters back. He had been following me at a 100M distance for the final 2 miles, but with my crash he was ready to take me down. With 100M to go he was on my heels, and even though I felt like crap I started sprinting. I was confident that I could hold the lead, and when I turned to look behind me with 50M to go he was still on my heels - he was not going to let it go so easily. I ran even harder and I was able to get into the chute first - ahhhhh, that hurt!

Today is the 6 month mark of consecutive days of running, I'm going to eat some Ben & Jerry's frozen yogurt to celebrate.

#183

z.m. - #96



Comments
From Lybi on Sat, May 17, 2008 at 15:41:35

Exciting ending! Great job--you had the most guts today! :)

From Benn on Sat, May 17, 2008 at 22:30:34

ALRIGHT WILL! That's the way to do it! I am always impressed by your races, and this race is no different. Way to focus on maintaining your position that you fought the entire race for at the end, even if bad course conditions made a course PR unlikely. I agree with Lybi. You gutted it out! Woo hoo!

From will on Sun, May 18, 2008 at 13:34:22

Thanks for the comments -

Lybi - nice 10 mile run yesterday. Looks like we are both running 5k's next week - good luck!

Benn - glad to see your able to run and bike. And thanks for sharing those great running quotes yesterday, along with your commentary.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 55 degrees, sunny.

4 easy miles at the arboretum, 1 mile run barefoot. No soreness from the race, so I am guessing that my legs could have withstood a harder effort if I had the energy to give it. I got 10 hours of sleep yesterday and my energy has returned.

Next race is the Memorial Day 5k in Danville. It was this race that I had in mind for breaking 19:00, but my training and recent races give no indication that this is possible. I think I will end up running what I ran last week, which is 19:30. It may be that going below 19:00 is beyond what I am capable of. It is a good goal though because it is just out of my reach, so it will keep me motivated for years to come - ha!

#184

z.m. - #97

 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.000.000.007.00

Weather - 51 degrees, cloudy, raining, windy.

7 easy miles in winter-like conditions. With the 15mph wind it felt about 40 degrees, and it rained during the entire run. When I got home my hands were numb, and it felt good to get into a hot bath.

#185

z.m. - #98

Comments
From jtshad on Mon, May 19, 2008 at 18:33:49

What a day to run...winter is not letting go, huh?

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.004.000.0011.00

Weather - 61 degrees, sunny/cloudy.

It was nice to put in a big workout today. My confidence was ebbing due to my mediocre race last Saturday, and I was thinking maybe I had reached a mini peak in March, and had come down a bit. It probably has to do with racing almost every weekend, because I feel tired more often, take more easy days, and am not running long with any consistency. All of these things have probably contributed to a reduction in racing ability. I still feel very fit, however, and I enjoy racing a lot, so if it comes with a slight reduction in race times, then I can live with that.

Today I decided to do a hill workout, since I have not done one in at least 4 weeks. I did my usual routine of 100m at 5k pace to the base of the hill, 100M uphill at 5k pace, and then 150M sprinting all-out downhill. Recovery was a 300M jog back to the starting point. The last time I did this workout I did 18 reps. When I started today I did not feel great and decided to go as long as I felt comfortable. After 8 reps I started to feel better and I ended up doing 20 reps. Doing that many reps restores my confidence in my overall fitness level.

This Thursday I plan on doing some speed work at Busey Woods, 600M reps with a 300M recovery. This is my favorite workout.

#186

z.m. - #99

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 66 degrees, sunny.

A pleasant day for an easy 3.5 mile run through the park and around the woods. Afterward strength exercises, stretching, and a 35 minute walk home.

#187

z.m. - #100

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.003.000.008.00

Weather - 70 degrees, sunny.

Great day, and I had an awesome workout. Did some intervals around the Busey Woods loop. I changed the usual route so that I was jogging the length of the boardwalk and running the dirt trails hard. I did not bring my watch and did not count how many loops I ran, so I based my run on feel. I am guessing it was 7 x 700M hard, with a 500m jogging recovery on the boardwalk. For a cool down I ran 800m barefoot in the grass.

I felt tremendous, it is my favorite workout because running hard in the woods is such a pleasure - the sights (saw the same 4 or 5 deer each time I ran a loop) and smells (honeysuckle was in bloom, inhaling that beautiful fragrance amid a hard 700M makes the experience bittersweet) make me forget any discomfort I am feeling.

Afterward 4 sets of strength exercises and stretching in the park, and 35 minute walk home.

The next 3 days will be easy, then I will run a 5k on Memorial Day in Danville.

#188

z.m. - #101

Comments
From Adam RW on Thu, May 22, 2008 at 16:32:21

So I guess I’m an activist at heart. I noticed we’ve only had 13 votes but 144 views and there are more of you out there. I know some people don’t use the discussion board of the blog so I’m posting this comment on everyone’s blog that has updated in the last few days or so to bring your attention to both the discussion section and the mileage board. Please read the discussion here (http://fastrunningblog.com/forum/index.php/topic,324.0.html) and then vote here (http://fastrunningblog.com/forum/index.php/topic,348.0.html) if you have an opinion. If you already voted, I am sorry about the “spam.” Thank you!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.001.500.005.50

Weather - 53 degrees, raining.

A cold rainy day so I decided to be soft and run on the treadmill at Cardinal. Ran 4 easy miles and 1.5 miles at 5k pace. Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 10 minute walk home.

#189

z.m. - #102

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 57 degrees, sunny.

Easy 4 miles around the arboretum this morning.

#190

z.m. - #103

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 62 degrees, sunny.

Ran 4 miles to the Zendo, planned to meditate but there was a sesshin in progress, so I turned around and walked 4 miles back to town.

#191

z.m. - #104

Race: Memorial Day 5k (3.1 Miles) 00:19:46
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.003.007.00

Weather - 70 degrees, cloudy.

A nice day for a race, humid, but I like it that way. I ran ok, not too bad, not too good, just mediocre. I ran the first mile in 6:11, it felt like 6:30, so I had a good start. Don't know the 2 & 3 mile splits, but I obviously slowed a bit. The same thing happened in my last two races - with about 1200m left I shoot past my threshold, which is the way it should be, but I am unable to continue pushing. Today I had to slow down a bit to recover, and the last 800m I could only maintain the pace. It was too bad because I was battling a runner who always beats me. We were even with 800m to go, he put in a small surge but I could not respond. I felt I could have went with him, I had juice in my legs, but I could not will myself to suffer through oxygen debt, so I followed him in, 2 seconds behind.

In each of the last 3 races I could not tolerate anaerobic running during the last mile. Everthing else is clicking - my pace is good, leg strength not a hindrance, breathing fine. After thinking about it I see that I have been working hard with long runs, 5k pace intervals, and hills. I have not been doing any anaerobic specific workouts, so it makes sense that when it comes down to the last mile of a race my mind revolts and tells me to slow down. I guess it is time to get accustomed to running in oxygen debt.

Wednesdays I usually like to join 2nd Wind for track work, but I doubt they will be doing what I need to focus on, so I will work on my own, doing 200m bursts, followed by a 100m jogging rest, repeated until exhaustion. After 4 or 5 of these sessions I should be habituated to end of race pain.

Overall I feel my fitness is good, my body feels fresh and healthy, and my times are still decent when compared to last year. Having found a weakness in my training, it is time to work on it and see how it affects my race results.

Next race is one of my favorites, the Lake Mingo 7.3 mile trail run on June 14. Last year I ran it on dead legs and was still able to place in the top 25. I should be fresh this year, and I have 3 weeks to get some anaerobic sessions in.

#192

z.m. - #105

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 50 degrees, raining.

A nice day for running, but crappy for most other activities. An easy 4.5 miles in the park and woods, I felt energetic, strong, and went a little faster than normal for an easy run - this is the season for risks. I peaked in March and early April, and have since come down a bit. I would like to try and reach another peak by mid-July, so I need to run harder, faster, longer in my upcoming training sessions. I will still be mindful of easy runs, but maybe I need to experience more discomfort/pain in my hard sessions. If training is harder than a race, then maybe I won't die in the final mile like the last few. Maybe this method won't work and I will end up injured, but I think it will be fun and memorable if my training is heavy with oxygen deprivation.

#193

z.m. - #106

Comments
From Adam RW on Tue, May 27, 2008 at 22:00:57

Nice run the day after a race. First time on your blog. I like your quotes for Long and Short term goals.

From Adam RW on Tue, May 27, 2008 at 22:01:31

I meant long term goals and personal.

From will on Thu, May 29, 2008 at 08:48:14

Thanks for the comment, Adam. I read your recent 5k race report, holy cow, you ran an awesome race - congrats on setting a new PR!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.000.004.0011.00

Weather - 68 degrees, sunny.

Ran hard today, more intense than usual. Per my plan to ramp up the intensity of my workouts, I ran 5 x 600m loops at Busey Woods. Each 600 was run at all-out pace, as if it was the final 600m of a race. I gave myself 400m rest between each bout. As I rounded the boardwalk during the rest, the phrase "dread and joy" kept appearing in my mind. Dread because going all out for 600m causes not only physical stress, but mental as well, as each step feels like it could be the one that brings me past the tipping point, and I wonder how I can continue to run in such a state. And joy because of giving every bit of energy and concentration to the moment - there is supreme happiness in that state of being. After the 5th rep my legs lost some energy, so I decided to end there. I ran 2 cool down miles around the cemetery and park, and then did some stretching and strength exercises.

As I walked home I noticed it was 5:50pm, and the track session with 2nd Wind was starting at 6:00pm. I was only 5 minutes from the track so I decided to jog there and see how many intervals I could complete with the group. Since my plan for the next 4-6 weeks is to make training harder than racing, I need to become accustomed to running hard when already exhausted.

I arrived at the track and saw the planning clipboard called for 4 x 1200m. I knew I was too tired to complete all 4, but I at least wanted to do 1. We did 4 x 100m accelerations to get ready, and even though my legs were not fresh, they still had strength.

The intervals were to start every 9 minutes, which gave an ample rest time, so I knew I could give a strong effort and still recover for the next 1200m. During the first interval I got behind Matt and planned to follow him the entire way. I wanted the pace to be faster than 5k, so about 6:00 /mile, or 90 second 400's.  However, I was surprised to find that the group was running slower, so I passed Matt after 300m and picked up the pace. I finished the first 1200 in 4:26, which I felt good about. I was able to do 2 more 1200's, in 4:30, and 4:37. 

This was a good start to my new regime of intense workouts, putting in 4 miles of on-the-edge running.

Friday will be a 2 hour long run. I plan on running it faster than my normal long run pace.

#194

z.m. - #107

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 77 degrees, sunny.

Beautifully warm day. Ran 4 easy miles around the arboretum, finished 4 minutes faster than normal. My body is beginning to respond to my desire for harder efforts. I am feeling a bit sore from yesterday, so I may delay the 2 hour long run until Saturday so I can have an extra day of recovery.

#195

z.m. - #108 

Comments
From Benn on Fri, May 30, 2008 at 06:42:25

Hey Will - Sorry I've been MIA lately. How's the training going? Looks like you're doing pretty well considering a hardworkout/11 mile day just after a race! :) Way to go! Almost at 200 now, start planning the party!

From will on Fri, May 30, 2008 at 16:44:17

Benn, just read your latest entry, strange how a person go through so much in 1 weeks time, and then months go by without a hiccup. Happy 22! I hate to admit it, but a couple of weeks ago my friend Michelle was telling me that "The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy" reveals that 42 is the most boring number in the universe. "Great", I thought, "in a couple of weeks I will be 42". As long as I can run, I think 42 will be ok!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.500.007.000.0014.50

Weather - 84 degrees, sunny, humid.

First warm day with high humidity, it made for a tough long run. I should mention that I ran between 1:00-3:00pm.

I started out strong, running 6 1/2-7 1/2 minute miles, but after 45 minutes I was losing too much water and felt dehydrated. I was running figure 8 loops in Busey Woods, so I left the woods and went to the spray fountain in the park and soaked myself. I felt I would be fortunate if I could run 90 minutes.

When I got to Carle Park I soaked myself again, and repeated this when I arrived at Meadowbrook Park. I checked my watch at this point, 91 minutes, I kept running, slugging out each minute.

At 1:45 I wanted to stop, but after all of the prior work I decided to gut out another 15 minutes. I passed my house at the 1:50 mark. I stopped the watch, went inside and drank a glass of V8, a glass of Bolthouse Farms Blue Juice, ate a banana covered in sunflower seed butter, and finished it off with a glass of cold water. When I went to the sink to splash cold water on my face I looked in the mirror and saw that my running shirt was covered in white salt stains - that is not a good sign.

I resumed my run and was able to complete the 2 hours. I slowed considerably during the final 5 miles, probably 8 1/2-9 minute miles - it was like hitting the marathon wall, but way too early.

I stopped at Cardinal when I finished and did strength exercises and stretching, then walked 10 minutes home.

#196

z.m. - #109

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.505.50

Weather - 80 degrees, sunny, humid.

Ran 5 easy miles in Busey Woods this morning. I was expecting to feel sore and tired from yesterday's slog, but instead felt refreshed and my legs had recovered their strength. I ran fairly quick, and the last 3 minutes of the run I went all out, end-of-race style. I am trying to become accustomed to running hard after tipping over my threshold.

I have decided to eliminate all time goals for races. I find that concentrating on time takes away some of the enjoyment of running. And I run best when feeling relaxed and happy, so not thinking about time does not mean my races will become slower. My goal is to run as best I can on any given day, so I will run the fastest time I am capable of, whether I am concerned with time or not. I want to focus on effort and feel, and this should lead to a correct running pace.

#197

z.m. - #110

Comments
From Benn on Sat, May 31, 2008 at 21:34:50

Hey Will - A few things. First off, I wanted to say props for the 50+ week WITH a race in it too! That is awesome. I don't think I could ever do 50 miles and a race in the same week. Second, you look strong, and I think you are definitely improving the longer you go. Third, I have to say I completely support your "eliminating time goals" part of racing. That is one of my downfalls. I found that when I ran by feel this fall instead of worrying about time, I ended up setting huge PRs in the 10k, 15k, and half marathon distances. I mean granted I am not running now, but I have my own issues haha. Another thing that should factor into your running is that you can't possibly plan on PRing all the time since your program is more concerned with running consecutive days. I say run for the sake of running and find something that makes each and every run different from the last. I know that with my biking now that is what I'm focusing on, whether it's how many dogs try to bite my butt, or how many bugs I swallow lol. I think you hit the nail on the head that runners like you and me strive to reach - "Run for you." After all it is each one of us that reaps the benefits of each and every run. If there's anything I've learned, it's not to take any running for granted. I think my problem was I wanted continued improvement all the time, and pushed and pushed and my body finally gave out. You're playing it smart in my opinion. And, after all, what's the point of running if you can't relax and enjoy the ride?!

From will on Sun, Jun 01, 2008 at 19:59:22

Benn - thanks for the thoughtful comment. Since I am running for fitness and enjoyment, I don't mind forgetting about time.

I definitely try not to take running for granted, I have had my share of injuries, so I know how difficult it is to not be on the trails sweating a good workout.

I'm glad that your injury allows you to bike hard, it will keep you fit and strong. Keep the faith, your youthful vitality will allow you to recover eventually.

Have a good week of training!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.002.250.757.00

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

I'm loving the warm days, and am feeling good in my training runs. Today I ran mostly easy, but threw in some fartlek style speed-ups in Busey Woods, and I finished off the workout by running 1200M to Cardinal as fast as I could. I felt better today running all out beyond my threshold than in previous attempts, so my body is beginning to adjust to the strain.

When I got to Cardinal I did my normal set of bike intervals, and I felt stronger than the last session, which is when I was on a training downer. I think I am again moving up in intensity and energy level, I'm not sure how long it will last, but I will enjoy it as long as possible.

After the bike intervals I did 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 10 minute walk home.

#198

z.m. - #111

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.505.50

Weather - 85 degrees, sunny.

More exercise than usual today, although not by plan.

I need to renew my driver's license so I rode my bicycle into the far end of Champaign, which is about 7 miles from my home. When I got to the renewal facility I found that it was closed on Mondays. I shrugged it off and began my return trip back into Urbana. About 1/4 mile from the facility some college-aged kids swerved their car next to my bike and shouted "!@#$%^^&%$#". As they drove off I could see they did it for amusement, rather than anger, so I shrugged that off also, and laughed to make myself feel better. When I reached Prospect I ran over a large object, and 1 mile later my back tire went flat. I had about 4 miles to go, but the bike shop was on the way, so I walked another half mile and dropped off my bike for repair. I can fix a flat tire, but not very well, because more often than not, a couple of days after patching the tube, it goes flat again. Not wanting to go through that kind of hassle, I'd rather pay $15 and not have to worry about it.

When I got home I was surprised to find myself full of energy, and ready for a run. I quickly changed and went back out into the sun, this time in my running shorts and shirt. It felt good to sweat as I ran 5 easy miles, and the final half mile I ran all out. 

After the run I stretched, did 4 sets of strength exercises, and a 35 minute walk home.

I mowed the lawn a couple of hours after the run, and now I am going to walk the dog. It is great to be fit!

#199

z.m. - #112

Comments
From Benn on Wed, Jun 04, 2008 at 08:17:31

I hate immature college kids myself. I've always felt ashamed to be considered one of "them", even though I cannot imagine in my wildest dreams ever doing something like that! Hopefully they will get a wake up call when their bubble world of college bursts and they are put into the real world. I think their perspectives will change. Glad you're okay!

From will on Wed, Jun 04, 2008 at 21:00:30

Even though it was a day of misadventures, my attitude remained positive, so I am happy about that.

Way to go on your latest bike workout, you really worked hard!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 72 degrees, clouds, rain.

Taking it easy today with 4 miles of running. Tomorrow will be a hard track session. Friday I am planning to do a 90 minute long run with some fast running segments.

Picked up my bike from the shop today.

#200

z.m. - #113 

 

Comments
From Benn on Wed, Jun 04, 2008 at 08:18:56

Happy day 200 :) Any celebrating? :-D I am going to head out and do a quick bike ride - try to beat the rain.

So Will, you think you're just going to be logging the miles as long as you can? I hope to see you in the newspaper for one of the longest continuous running streaks :-D! haha that'd be so cool

From will on Wed, Jun 04, 2008 at 21:06:15

200 feels great!

I recently read an article in the local paper about Jim Acklin, a local runner who has run every day for the past 20 years. I have a ways to go before I match that! :) He broke some ribs in a motorcycle accident a few years ago, and still managed to run every day while he was recovering. He is in his 50's, and he runs the 5k in 17:30 - what a great runner!

Keep up the great bike training...

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.003.256.75

Weather - 80 degrees, raining, humid.

A challenging day for a track workout. I joined 2nd Wind for 6 x 800m intervals with 7 minutes between starts, so plenty of rest if I could run under 3 minutes for each 800m. We started with 4 x 100M accelerations. The first 3 intervals were done in a humid rain, then it cleared for the last 3, but the humidity seemed to be even heavier. Here are my times :

1) 2:47 2) 2:48 3) 2:54 4) 2:58 5) 2:57 6) 2:58

My goal was to simulate the final 800M of a race, so I was not holding back for each 800m. It makes sense that I was slowing down with each rep, but I was pleased that the last 3 leveled out at just under 3 minutes. Overall I am happy with my effort, although I feel I could have run a bit harder towards the end, but the pain of oxygen debt once again intimidated my mind. I need to keep working on it.

#201

z.m. - #114

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 88 degrees, sunny, humid.

A hot day made for a pleasant easy 4 miles in the park and woods. 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#202

z.m. - #115 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
14.500.000.000.0014.50

Weather - 83 degrees, sunny, humid. 

Did a 2 hour long run today, I handled the heat better than last week, ran a slow even pace, fearful if I ran too hard  I would crash. I ran loops in the park, then went to the arboretum and ran up the hill 7 or 8 times, then back to the park. There is a water stop at the midway point in Carle Park, and the spray fountain in Crystal Lake, every 20 or 30 minutes I was soaking my head and arms with water. I love running in hot weather, I can't think of a better way to spend my birthday.

#203

z.m. - #116

Comments
From Cory on Sun, Jun 08, 2008 at 07:00:46

Great effort on a hot, humid day, Will. That's good weather for growing corn and soybeans, right? ha ha ha

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 73 degrees, raining.

Rained the whole 5 miles, it felt great because of the warmth. I surprisingly was not sore, and had an abundance of energy. I was expecting to be down and out because of yesterday's 2 hour run. I guess my body is telling me that 2 hours of running is now an acceptable level of stress.

One positive use of this journal is the ability to go back and read how I trained leading up to a successful race. I thought I had tapered down quite a bit the week before my 5k PR in early April, but reading the entries, I did 16 hill repeats 10 days to race, a hard track session with 1 week to race, and bike intervals 4 days to race. I had forgotten about those tough sessions, so I am planning to continue working hard with the Mingo race only 1 week away. Tomorrow hill repeats, although I am thinking of limiting myself to 10 reps, because some residual stiffness from yesterday's long run may surface tomorrow. I will plan to do bike intervals on Tuesday, and then short easy runs leading up to the race. I am feeling strong right now, I hope the rise in fitness will continue.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#204

z.m. - #117


Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.500.000.003.008.50

Weather - 88 degrees, sunny, humid.

Hottest day of the year so far, with high humidity. I ran to the arboretum with the intent of doing 10 hill repeats. However, my warm-up run indicated I was feeling much better than I thought I would be, so I hoped to do more than 10 repeats.

I did my usual routine, 100m at 5k pace to the base of the hill, 100m hard up the hill (regular form on even repeats, bounding on odd), and 250m downhill sprint. In previous hill sessions I sprinted 200m downhill, but today my body was ready for a longer effort, so I increased it by 50m, which also shortened the recovery by the same amount.

I was doing well, felt strong and energetic, but I had trouble keeping my body temperature low. I had 1 water bottle, but by the 10th repeat it was empty, most of it having gone on my head. Because I had no means of cooling myself I had to stop at 12 repeats.

#205

z.m. - #118

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.500.001.000.006.50

Weather - 80 degrees, sunny, humid.

A little cooler today, which made a big difference. I have noticed that after running hard several days in heavy humidity, when the air finally clears my running ability seems to increase. Today I felt about 5 pounds lighter because of the lower humidity, and I ran like it - loose, at ease, and faster than normal with easy breathing. Running in humidity should be considered a form of resistance training because the body feels heavier than normal.

I ran 1.75 miles barefoot on the 7th and 8th fairways, 1 mile of which was run at about 5:30 pace. It was an "easy" 5:30 pace, not out of breath, legs moving with control, it felt good.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#206

z.m. - #119

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.002.000.005.00

Weather - 80 degrees, sunny.

The humidity has vanished, and that means running seemed a lot easier today. I ran 5 miles around the arboretum and then to Cardinal. The last 2 miles I picked up the pace and was running a relaxed 6:30. When I got to Cardinal I immediately jumped on the bike and began intervals. I usually do 10 intervals, but I felt strong so extended it to 12, all on maximum tension, which is also a first.

After the intervals I did 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 10 minute walk home. 

I have had a good 2 weeks of training, and the mantra for the next 3 days will be "short and easy". Time to freshen up for the Mingo race this Saturday. The course will most likely be flooded and muddy in spots, so it should be challenging and fun.

#207

z.m - #120

Comments
From jtshad on Tue, Jun 10, 2008 at 16:50:43

Good luck at the race this weekend!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.002.000.004.50

Weather - 80 degrees, sunny.

Ran a couple of easy miles, felt good so I quickened the pace at the half way point, was running about 6:30 pace. Nothing else out of the ordinary today.

#208

z.m. - #121

Comments
From Benn on Thu, Jun 12, 2008 at 11:41:03

Good luck at the race :). *crossing my fingers for good weather for once? It seems so far that almost every race the weather ends up blah over there. What's the forecast look like?

From will on Thu, Jun 12, 2008 at 22:23:12

Thanks, Benn. Weather should be fine on Saturday. Strong storms tomorrow, but sunny and warm on Saturday. The Mingo course is going to be a muddy swamp with all the rain we have had, it should be a fun and challenging race.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.000.002.000.003.00

Weather - 89 degrees, sunny, humid.

A hot day, but no problem because I had a short run planned. Ran 1 mile easy, then 2 miles at about 6:30 pace.

My legs are starting to get fresh, a bit of soreness from the hill and bike sessions, but they should be fine by Saturday.

#209

z.m. - #122

Comments
From Benn on Thu, Jun 12, 2008 at 22:28:01

Alright Will! Can't wait for the race report! You should do awesome!!! Will be a sweet run Im' sure of it! Slice 'em and dice 'em buddy!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.000.001.000.003.00

Weather - 85 degrees, sunny, humid.

2 easy miles, and 1 mile at 6:30 pace. Not much else to report.

#210

z.m. - #123

 

Race: Lake Mingo Trail Race (7.1 Miles) 00:54:10, Place overall: 12, Place in age division: 1
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.007.100.0010.60

What the *%^&! I typed this report twice and it got blown away both times when I tried to save it. Screw it, I ain't writing any more about it!

#211

z.m. - #124

Comments
From Kim on Sat, Jun 14, 2008 at 22:13:04

Ohhhhh! So sorry! I know how frustrating that is!!!!! But you took 12th over all and 1st in your division! Way to go!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.002.000.007.00

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

No ill effects from the race yesterday, it is great to be fit enough to race 7 miles through swamp and mud and to feel like nothing happened the day after.

I tried to make this an easy run, and I think it was, but I couldn't help going a bit quick on a couple of the miles. I seem to be running faster on most of my recent easy runs, I think that is a good thing, as long as my body still thinks of it as easy.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#212

z.m.- #125

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.004.000.009.00

Weather - 82 degrees, sunny.

Was planning to do a hill workout today but I decided to run repeats in Busey Woods instead because I enjoy that workout more. I did 5 x 1200m repeats with a 400m recovery. I was running the 1200m at about 6:00 pace. I felt good, and I love running hard on dirt trails.

I did a cool down run to Cardinal and did a shortened set of bike intervals, then 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 10 minute walk home.

#213

z.m. - #126

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 75 degrees, sunny.

4.5 easy miles around the arboretum. Felt good, looking forward to a hard track workout tomorrow.

#214

z.m. - #127

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.002.005.00

Weather - 75 degrees, sunny.

Did a track workout with 2nd Wind today. The clipboard called for 8 x 600m with the final 200m kicked end-of-race style. I cut the workout short, stopping at #5. I'm not sure why I stopped, my body felt fine, although maybe a bit low on energy. I think it was my mind getting tired of all the fast running. So my body got the last laugh, as it wanted to go, but the brain shut down. My times seemed ok, I was about 3-5 seconds behind a 17:30 5k runner for each : 2:04, 2:05, 2:05, 2:09, 2:07. The rest was a bit shorter than usual, about 3 minutes, which was sufficient.

I think having run a 7 mile race and 2 hard workouts in 5 days made my mind and will weaken. That is alright, sometimes it is good to back off and take it easy.

#215

z.m. - #128

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.000.000.007.00

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

I felt great today, which made me feel smart for cutting my intervals to 5 yesterday. I imagine I would have been sore and lethargic if I would have completed the full 8. As a reward for my good judgment my legs had some spring in them, and my energy level was fluid and on the up. Ran an effortless 7 miles through Busey Woods and the park, then 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

Tomorrow a long run, minimum 2 hours, if I am feeling good maybe I can get it to 2:15 or 2:30 - I feel I am ready for an increase.

Looking forward to Sunday. Although the solstice is officially tomorrow, I will celebrate it on Sunday by attempting to exercise outdoors from sun-up to sun-down - a dawn run, followed by a long bike ride, lunch, a long hike, then another run. It should be fun.

#216

z.m. - #129

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
17.500.000.000.0017.50

Weather - 85-89 degrees, sunny.

Started my long run at noon sharp, and finished at 2:45pm. I had to make a pit stop or two along the way, total running time was 2 hours 30 minutes. I am estimating an average pace of 8:30, so that comes to 17.50 miles. I handled the heat well, stopped at home at the 2 hour mark to eat a banana covered in sunflower butter, also ate some cashews and pretzels. I was out of juice and V8, so I had to settle on water. My legs were getting stiff the final 30 minutes, so I stopped at the track at the 2:10 mark and ran 5 x 100m hard/100m easy reps. The final 15 minutes were kind of easy, I started to feel loose and the food I ate at home started to help my body feel stronger.

This was my longest run of the year, it did not take too much out of me and my body seems to be acclimating to hot weather.

#217

z.m. - #130

Comments
From Benn on Fri, Jun 20, 2008 at 19:33:05

DANG WILL! You go dude! You're a tank! For sure!!! Keep it up! I wish I could do that! lol

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.001.500.005.50

Weather - 77 degrees, sunny, humid.

My legs were a little stiff from yesterdays long run, but I was expecting worse. After the first mile I loosened up and felt fine. I noticed that I was able to run a faster pace without losing control of my breathing. I remember last year when I was doing 20 mile long runs, it helped my lungs tolerate a harder running effort. So I will make a mental note about long runs which last at least 2 hours and 30 minutes - they make my respiration stronger. If I can continue to run the 17-20 milers my running form should improve.

Afterward I did 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 10 minute walk home.

#218

z.m. - #131

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.001.500.005.50

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

Was planning to do an all day exercise adventure to celebrate the solstice with my wife, but she unexpectedly had to work, so I only ran 5.5 easy miles. Was still a bit tired from the long run, but not sore. I should be better by tomorrow, so I am planning to do a hill session.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 10 minute walk home.

#219

z.m. - #132

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.000.004.750.0011.75

Weather - 77 degrees, sunny.

Had a great hill session today, 22 reps of the usual - 100m at 5k pace to the base of the hill, 100m hard up the hill (regular form on odd repeats, bounding on even), and 250m downhill sprint. Recovery was a 300m jog.

I concentrated on lifting my legs high when bounding, my hips were able to handle the strain, although by rep 20 I could feel my legs begin to lose strength. My respiration was better than usual, most likely due to the 17.5 mile long run I did a few days ago. I am not sure if my speed has improved, but I can hold a hard pace longer without faltering. I could have done more than 22 reps if my legs had not become fatigued.

The previous hill session I had to stop at 12 reps because I was unable to control my body temperature in the extreme mid-day heat. Today was 11 degrees cooler with low humidity, it made a big difference.

Afterward 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 20 minute walk home.

#220

z.m. - #133

Comments
From Benn on Wed, Jun 25, 2008 at 12:23:53

You are doing serious mileage, Will! :) Its exciting! I think all your PRs are set to crumble!

and 22 reps?! I think the most I ever did of repeats EVER.. was like 10. You're inspriring!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 75 degrees, sunny, humid.

Had to work later than normal today so I did 4 easy miles at 7:30am. I was wondering how my legs would feel after doing 22 hill repeats, they were ok, although I felt sluggish the first 2 miles. Not much soreness, so I will plan on doing a track workout tomorrow with 2nd Wind. Starting early today gives me an extra 10 hours of recovery time, so I hope to be somewhat fresh for tomorrow.

#221

z.m. - #134

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.003.509.50

Weather - 84 degrees, sunny, humid.

Humid and warm made for a tough session this evening.

I ran to the track but found it to be closed due to resurfacing. There was a group of 12-15 wanting to do something hard, so Matt lead us to the arboretum for 8 hill repeats. I had to laugh at this, and told Matt that I did 22 hill repeats 2 days ago.

I ran with the group to the hill, and then made my way alone 600m south to the dirt road rectangle. The dimensions are approximately 400m length x 200m width, 2.5 times the size of a normal track. I decided to run 400m repeats with a 200m float. Most of my interval work this year has had a 400m rest, so I was upping the ante. Last year I did a lot of workouts on the rectangle, but this year only easy runs, mainly because when I am at the arboretum I have worked the hill.

As usual, the wind was brisk, and the humidity made me feel about 5 pounds overweight. On the positive side my legs had little soreness, and my energy level was average. After dousing my head in water I started out. I decided not to time my repeats, I just wanted to flow and not worry about time. Because of the short rest period I went a little slower than a normal repeat, about 87-90 second range, which is ok considering the road undulates up and down and I was always in the teeth of a cross wind.

After 2 or 3 repeats my mouth became excessively dry, but I did not stop to drink water because I only had 1 half-filled bottle and I wanted to drink that at the end of the workout.

About the 7th repeat I was passed by a stud runner, from the looks of him he was a cross country runner for the U of I. He had a long graceful stride and was running about 5:45 pace effortlessly - he was out for an easy run! I let him get about 5 yards ahead of me and I decided to string along, testing my endurance. I ran 1000m with him but then he turned off the rectangle, and I slowed down for my 200m float. The next 400m repeat was tough, I was spent. At the 10th repeat I finally started to recover and was able to get to 14 before the heat shut me down.

Overall a pretty good workout, I kept the pace at a comfortable 5k level, did not push too hard, but I sometimes drove myself into oxygen debt to accustom myself to the struggle.

#222

z.m. - #135

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 86 degrees, sunny, humid.

The humidity made today's easy run heavy and dull.

I was planning to run long tomorrow, but as I was stretching after the run I realized that the past couple of weeks have had a number of hard workouts, and that I have pushed my body to the edge of its capacity. Piling on the hard stuff now would increase the chance of injury because of the accumulated fatigue. Having recognized that it is time to pull back is in a way a running breakthrough for me - the ability to know when enough is enough.

So instead of running long tomorrow, I plan to have a week of 3-4 milers. All that is needed to improve this week is to sit back, relax, and allow my body to strengthen itself through rest.

#223

z.m. - #136

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.001.250.004.25

Weather - 86 degrees, cloudy, humid.

Even though the weather was humid, I felt much better than yesterday. My energy was up and my legs felt strong. Since I was only running 4 miles today, I decided to run the last mile hard to work off some of the excess energy.

As I walked home yesterday my right foot cramped. Today it was still stiff and feeling off. When I ran, however, it was not noticeable, and after the run it was not too bad either. I am hoping it is nothing serious, it would be a big let down if I had to cut my training to let it heal.

#224

z.m. - #137

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny, humid.

It feels good to run short and slow. I can feel my body begin to strengthen itself through rest. Foot felt fine, so thankfully the tension was most likely a cramped muscle. Not much else happening right now.

#225

z.m. - #138

 

Comments
From Benn on Sun, Jun 29, 2008 at 10:05:25

Hey, Will. Sorry I haven't been on here much! I'm on Day #6 of 10 in a row at work and it's killing me. I'm about to pass out at the keyboard I think! I think a rest week is smart. Gives the body a chance to build up. I know a lot of coaches for both biking and running advocate a rest week every fourth week or so especially after a lot of hard workouts and/or long runs. Your body will thank you for it! Keep it up man!

From will on Sun, Jun 29, 2008 at 23:15:08

Benn - Yeah, I have not had to work all that much the past few years, but I remember in my 20's working 2 jobs and going to school full time - it can be a drain. One thing, you got youth on your side, so you should be able to recover quickly from the strain.

I got a new bike last year, it is a one speed cruiser, super light, it can really fly. Have fun with your new one, and keep up the good training. When it finally cools off in New York you are going to feel great!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.001.500.004.00

Weather - 72 degrees, sunny.

Weather cooled today, it felt really nice with no humidity.

I am enjoying the consecutive easy days, each successive run my legs feel fresher and have more pop. When I ran the small hills in Busey Woods this morning I was able to cruise them with more ease than usual.

To deplete my excess energy I ran the final 1.5 miles at about 6:05 pace - it felt good.

#226

z.m. - #139

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 79 degrees, sunny.

Ran a short and easy 3 miles. Will do the same for the next 3 days.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 25 minute walk home.

#227

z.m. - #140 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.001.500.004.00

Weather - 85 degrees, sunny.

Another short run. Ran at an increased tempo for the final 1.5 miles to burn excess energy.

Will be running a 5k this Friday, I should be well rested for it.

#228

z.m. - #141 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.000.500.003.00

Weather - 88 degrees, sunny, humid.

Was contemplating an abbreviated track session with 2nd Wind tonight, but decided it would be smarter to run my shortened reps alone. The track has a new surface, I could smell the freshly laid tar in the mid afternoon heat. I ran 6 x100m hard with 100m floats.

It is interesting to experiment with different training/tapering methods. There are so many different ways to get ready for a race, it is about finding what is comfortable/successful for my present skill level.

Regardless of how the 5k goes this Friday, I feel strong and fresh with not only daily running, but also with the other hours of the day. Middle age is not so bad when I have the energy of a 25 year old.

#229

z.m. - #142

 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 68 degrees, cloudy.

A nice cool day with a bit of rain. Just an easy 3 miles. I ended up at the track for no good reason and ran a medium-hard mile.

While running the 4 laps around the track I made a spontaneous adjustment to my form. My lower legs were kicking higher than normal, I could feel the calf muscles pushing against my hamstring. I am not sure if a high kick is efficient at a normal pace, but it seems to help when I am trying to gain speed.

When I returned home I watched some racing videos on youtube, and saw that most of the elite runners had a high lower leg kick.

#230

z.m. - 143

Comments
From Benn on Thu, Jul 03, 2008 at 22:34:22

good luck in the 5k tomorrow. Slice and dice 'em baby! :) You can do it! WILL SMAAASH!

Race: Champaign County Freedom 5k (3.1 Miles) 00:18:48, Place overall: 41, Place in age division: 4
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.500.001.003.5010.00

Weather - 72 degrees, sunny.

Weather was good for this race. It was too bad it started at 11:00am, because at 8:00 it was 62 degrees and cloudy. Last year the weather for this race was in the upper 80's and humid, so nothing to complain about.

I woke up with a stiff lower back. I am painting the exterior of my house, and on Wednesday I was priming the bottom slats and I was bent over for 15-20 minutes. That was enough to set my back off. Fortunately running is an activity that makes it feel better. As I started my 2.5 mile warm up jog to Assembly Hall I could hardly move. From experience I know that the longer I jog, the better it will feel. By the time I got to the race site it was feeling somewhat better, although I was not sure if I would be able to give 100% effort. After checking in I stretched, and this helped, I felt almost 100% when I started doing 300m hard sprints. Seeing all of the racers warming up gave me a shot of adrenaline, and this made me feel 100%. I felt I was ready to go, and I was able to finally concentrate on the state of my legs - they felt very fresh and strong, I can't remember a day in which they felt so good. The 2 weeks of hard workouts, followed by a 1 week drastic cut down in mileage is a method I will want to repeat. If my back could hold out I had a confident feeling that I was going to be able to push a hard pace and feel good about it.

With 10 minutes to race time I met up with Yong from the Wednesday track workouts. We are similar in 5k speed, although he has much better sprinting speed than I do (upper 60's 400m, upper 20's 200m). We decided we were going to key off of each other during the race. He has trouble pacing the first mile, going out in 5:30 or faster, which causes him to slow in the final mile. I convinced him to follow me the first mile, which I wanted to run in about 6:15-20. After the first mile he was going to pick up the pace and I would try my best to string along. It seemed like a good plan, and when Yong gave a loud whoop at the start we were off.

We watched as many people passed us. I turned to Yong and told him he would be repassing many of these people in the second mile, so hold back. He was able to do this, although he picked up the pace at about the 1400m mark, and I let him go ahead. I did not have my watch on, but Yong told me after the race that he passed the first mile in 6:05, which means I hit it at 6:10. A little fast for me, but I felt good. I watched Yong getting further from me, but I came up to Margaret B., a kick woman in her 50's who always takes first in her age group. She had a hard pace going, so I tucked in behind her and followed.

At the half way turn around I was still feeling good, although my breath was getting a bit over worked. Yong was about 50m up on me, but at this point I started to gain on him very slowly.

With 1 mile to go I caught up with Ken W., and decided it was here that I had to make a move. I was still feeling good, which meant it was time to push the pace and see how much discomfort I could tolerate. It is the point in the race which fills me with both dread and desire - dreading the pain, yet desiring to push past my limits. I passed Ken and Margaret, and was about 30m behind Yong. When I turned onto Kirby Ave I had an 800m straightway to push hard, and then the final turn and 400m next to Assembly Hall.

Yong was laboring, and just before the turn I pulled up beside him. I usually don't talk during a race, but I wanted to give him a jolt of inspiration. "Yong, 400m to go, this is the part of the race which is made for you - let that speed out!" He turned to me, and then he dug deep and started to go. I watched him pulling away, at the same time gathering myself for the final push. At this moment a young runner who had passed us a bit earlier, saw us passing him and he moaned, "come on, this is too early to start sprinting!" He was pissed. "If you have this much left you should have been running harder earlier" he scowled to me. He put on his jets and started to move past, and I laughed, feeling the agony of the effort, and the joy that comes from giving 100%. I followed Yong and the young runner into the final 100m. When I saw the clock I was stunned - 18:36, 37, 38, 39. That got me moving and I sprinted into the chute in 18:48, beating my old PR by 25 seconds. Yong finished in 18:46, so our plan was good - we both set a PR, and when we got out of the chute we were bent over, laughing, congratulating each other for our efforts.

#231

z.m. - #144

Comments
From Benn on Fri, Jul 04, 2008 at 18:14:55

ALRIGHT MAN!!! HUGE PR!! So exciting!!! WAY TO GO!~

From will on Fri, Jul 04, 2008 at 20:12:14

Benn - Thanks for the comment. It feels really good to have a good race. I was on a down cycle the past couple of months, it feels great to being going back up.

You are getting in some strong bike rides, keep it up, your gonna be really fit! Have fun with your family this weekend.

From JimF on Sun, Jul 06, 2008 at 17:11:56

Great race and congratulations on the PR! Looks like the training is paying off.

From jtshad on Mon, Jul 07, 2008 at 17:17:44

Congrats on running a smart race and getting that PR!

From will on Wed, Jul 09, 2008 at 22:44:30

Thanks for the encouragement Jim and Jeff. Jim, hope your sinus infection clears up soon, and Jeff, way to grind out those 4am runs!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.001.000.004.00

Wetaher - 73 degrees, sunny.

Felt good on my easy run this morning, so no ill effects from yesterday's 5k.

After my run I was doing strength exercises in the park and saw Medlinda ride by on her bike, she was heading to work at the Nature Center. She stopped to say hi, and discovered we both have long runs planned for tomorrow, so we decided to drive to Lake Mingo together in the early morning for a hilly trail run. She is planning to run 3 loops, which is 21.9 miles. I don't think I will run that far, since my last long run was "only" 17.5 miles. I should  stay in the 17-19 range for now, so I will plan on doing 2 loops and a couple of miles on the roads. Michelle might join us, but probably not, since she may have run long today.

#232

z.m. - 145

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
21.900.000.000.0021.90

Weather - 83 degrees, sunny, humid.

Longest run of the year. Drove to Lake Mingo with Melinda for a 3 loop slog on the single track forest trails. We started at 7:00am, and I finished 3 hours and 24 minutes later.

Each loop is 7.3 miles in length, with lots of small hills and bridge crossings to navigate. Overall pace was 9:18 per mile. Loop 1 pace was 10:00, Loop 2 pace 8:37, loop 3 pace 9:27.  

We took the first loop conservatively, coming in at 1:13. Second loop we split up and I hit 1:03. Third loop I slowed down to avoid hitting the wall, and finished in 1:09, although I bonked in the final mile.

Other than the final mile I ran comfortably within myself. My previous long run was 2:30, so 3:24 is a large increase in time spent on my feet.

I feel pretty good right now, I hope to have only minor stiffness for a day or two.

I will plan on running easy on Monday and Tuesday, and then a track session on Wednesday.

I am planning to run the Fisher 5k this Saturday. Since there will be no taper I will most likely not have as good a race as on the 4th.

#233

z.m. = #146

Comments
From jtshad on Mon, Jul 07, 2008 at 17:15:17

Wow, what a run! Nice job and hope you can recover by your Saturday race!

From Benn on Wed, Jul 09, 2008 at 07:44:49

Holy SMOKES! You are a beast Sir Will! A BEAST I SAY!

From will on Wed, Jul 09, 2008 at 22:45:49

Thanks, guys, I hope I can continue to grind out the long runs in the next few months.....

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.002.500.007.50

Weather - 78 degrees, cloudy, humid.

Ran 7.5 miles today, probably 2.5 miles too many, but I felt good, so decided to push.

My legs felt surprisingly good today, not sore, and filled with energy. That is crazy, considering I ran 21 miles yesterday.

When I finished the run I did some stretching and strength exercises. My legs were starting to tighten up a bit, which is why I think I ran too far today.

Tomorrow I will plan to run only 3-4 easy miles, so that my legs can recover for the Wednesday track session.

#234

z.m. - #147

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.002.000.004.50

Weather - 83 degrees, sunny, very humid.

Standing around outdoors caused me to sweat, and when I started running I was drenched. Cooled down 3 times at the fountain in the park - it reminded me of when I lived in Chicago, running along the lake front and jumping in the lake after a tough run, that is such an awesome sensation!

Legs felt slightly sore in the quads, but otherwise I felt good. The short mileage today will hopefully allow me to run a hard track session tomorrow. If I am still feeling sore I can always cut the workout short.

Afterward 5 sets of strength exercises and stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#235

#148

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.003.356.85

Weather - 82 degrees, sunny, humid.

Had a fun track session today, lots of people showed up (10-12). The clipboard called for 5 x 1000m with 7 minutes between starts, which means about a 3 1/2 minute float. With the long rest I was able to give an honest effort for each interval. Times were 3:34, 3:35, 3:42, 3:46, 3:42. The 4th interval was run too slow, but I made a nice comeback on the 5th.

Overall a good workout. Considering my 22 mile run 3 days ago, my legs responded well, and my energy felt about 80%. I did not give an all out effort on the intervals, just trying to hit 5k pace. The first 2 intervals equated to a 5:45 pace, and the 3rd and 5th was 5:57 pace.

If I can continue to build my endurance, maybe next year I can run a 5k averaging below 6:00 pace. I guess I have a new goal.

Fisher 5k in 3 days, so Thursday and Friday is easy easy.

#236

z.m. - 149

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.001.000.004.50

Weather - 86 degrees, sunny, humid.

Ran to the arboretum and then ran 1.5 miles barefoot in the grass. Legs slightly fatigued, but my energy level was high. I felt like doing a 10 miler, but knew that would be foolish.

Afterward 4 sets of strength exercises and stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#237

z.m. - #150

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.002.000.004.50

Weather - 88 degrees, sunny, humid.

A good day for heat training, ran 4.5 easy miles around the park and Busey Woods.

My form is slowly evolving, it seems once the body builds enough strength it jumps to a more efficient style.

Tomorrow the Fisher 5k. Not expecting much from this race because of the 2 hard workouts I did this week, but if my energy level is high I should still be able to put in a good effort.

#238

z.m. - #151


Race: Fisher Fair 5k (3.1 Miles) 00:19:19, Place in age division: 1
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.003.108.10

Weather - 72 degrees, cloudy, rain.

Fun race today, rode to Fisher with Yong and Ben, when we arrived at the race site a nasty storm was blowing through - lightning, high winds, heavy rain.  I warmed up on the town streets, hoping the lightning would pass quickly. The race was delayed 30 minutes, and by the time we were off the line the sun was out.

Yong and I planned to do the same strategy as last week, so he followed me the first 1200m, then started to increase his pace. I hit the first mile in 6:22, which was a few seconds slower than I wanted (last week I hit the first mile in 6:10). Yong was moving pretty good, and Ben was about 20m ahead of Yong. During mile 2 I trailed Yong by about 30m, and Yong followed Ben by about the same distance. At mile 3 Ben picked up the pace and Yong and I tried to cover it. I was feeling pretty good, legs were slightly fatigued from the hard training sessions this past week, but my energy was good enough to let me make a move. I passed 3 or 4 runners trying to get to Yong. With 800m to go we were moving close to 6:00 pace and trying to go faster. I was in control and the final 400m I was able to have a nice sprint, coming into the chute in 19:19. Yong closed in 19:14, and Ben in 19:00.

Considering I did not taper for this race, I feel my time and effort was appropriate.

Next week is the Mattoon 10k. I am looking forward to it because it will be my first 10k in racing shape. I am hoping to run it in 41:xx.

#239

z.m. - #152 


Comments
From Tom on Sat, Jul 12, 2008 at 20:20:34

Good job on the race! I think with the times you've been running 5Ks as of late the sub 41 10K should be very doable. Sub 40 minute looks likely to me unless this 10K course is particularly slow.

From Benn on Sat, Jul 12, 2008 at 21:20:21

GREAT RACE, WILL!!!! ALRIGHT BUD!

From josse on Sun, Jul 13, 2008 at 11:51:58

Good solid effort on the race. I think it is good to run races not tapered. Then when we do taper for them they seem easier, sometimes;)

From will on Mon, Jul 14, 2008 at 07:59:21

Thanks for the comments.

Tom and Josse - keep grinding out the running miles, and Benn, - good luck on the bike!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
14.000.000.000.0014.00

Weather - 75 degrees, sunny.

My wife and I left town this weekend and returned to the place where we met 20 years ago, Northern Illinois University in Dekalb, IL. I was sickened when the mass shooting occurred there this past year, and I can't seem to feel the same way about the school because of it. But the place has not changed much, other than a slew of trashy strip malls on the outside of town, which are easily avoided. The town itself is still its sleepy, quiet self.

I woke up early this morning and left the hotel with the intention of running an easy 5 or 6 miles around campus. But I got lost in nostalgia and was visiting all the places which meant something to me - the small woods behind my dorm, the center of campus, and the bike trail that follows the Kishwaukee River. I ended up running 2 hours at a leisurely pace.

This was supposed to be an easy day, and in a way, it was, although I am not sure if running 2 hours can be considered rest the day after running a 5k. Tomorrow I am planning to do an intense hill workout, maybe I should wait until Tuesday before subjecting myself to further strain.

In the late morning we went to Lake Shabbona, about 15 miles southwest of Dekalb. I spent a lot of time hiking and reading there when I was a student, so it was a treat to see the place again. The day was beautiful, warm and windy, with no humidity. We walked a quiet trail in our bare feet, gazing at a landscape of shadowy green trees, undulating gold fields filled with flowers, and weaving rows of tilled farm land.   

#240

z.m. - #153

Comments
From JimF on Mon, Jul 14, 2008 at 14:21:44

Sounds like a fun time and turned into a nice run.

From will on Tue, Jul 15, 2008 at 08:51:48

Jim - Looks like your heading into a high mileage week - good luck!

From JimF on Tue, Jul 15, 2008 at 20:43:54

Yes, I am trying to up the mileage. This year is the most that I have ever run so just trying to take it up slowly and not get injuried. Thanks!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.750.006.750.0012.50

Weather - 86 degrees, sunny.

Decided to run the hill workout today - 100m at 5k pace to the base of the hill, 100m hard up the hill (regular form on odd repeats, bounding on even), and 250m downhill sprint. Recovery was a 300m jog. Was able to complete 24 reps, the most I have done this year. My last hill session was 22 reps on June 23rd. I did not have a set number of reps that I planned to run, I just wanted to keep going until my form corrupted from fatigue. It appears that my body can increase its strength by an average of 2 reps from session to session.

I was proud of this workout, not only because of the number or reps, but because I ran it in noon time heat with no water.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises and 20 minute walk home.

#241

z.m.- #154

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.001.000.005.00

Weather - 86 degrees, sunny, humid.

Felt good to run short mileage in the park and Busey Woods. Cooling off in the fountain was refreshing.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 45 minute walk home.

#242  

z.m. - #155

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.003.257.25

Weather - 90 degrees, sunny, humid.

Decided I was fresh enough for a track workout with Second Wind this evening, so no tapering down for the 10k this Saturday.

Another good turnout, 10-12 people, and everyone put in a great effort in the heat. The clipboard called for pyramid intervals. Here is how I did :

200 - 37, 37, 35, 35

400 - 81, 82

800 - 2:57. 3:02

400 - 85, 79

200 - 37, 36, 35, 35

The only off interval was the 85, but then I pulled a 79 without even trying too hard, so I guess that makes up for it.

My 200 times are an improvement from the spring, when I was running 38-40. But since the resurfaced track has no lines painted yet, it is possible my times are a second or two off. Because of this I added 1 second to each of my 200 times just in case I was coming up short.

I will be riding to Mattoon with Mike this Saturday, he was at the track session tonight, so I guess we are both going to be somewhat fatigued on race day.

#243

z.m. - #156

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.250.000.000.004.25

Weather - 88 degrees, sunny, humid.

4.25 easy miles around the park and Busey Woods. Other than a bit of fatigue in my legs, I felt good.

Considering the number of hard workouts I have done this week - 5k race, 2 hour run, 24 hill repeats, and a track session in 90 degree heat - I feel as if I have just run easy all week. Pretty amazing to be this fit - what will I feel like in 6 months? The only requirement is to stay healthy.

#244

z.m. - #157 - This is the last day for meditating, I will take a break and see if I can maintain my sense of inner balance. If not, I will start up again.

Comments
From JimF on Fri, Jul 18, 2008 at 10:28:55

Definitely a strong week of running! Glad to hear that you are feeling good. This should pay big dividends down the road.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 90 degrees, sunny, humid.

Another hot day, I went out and ran 5 easy miles at noon at the arboretum, 1.5 miles in bare feet. Notwithstanding the heat and humidity, I had a lot of energy and felt like running 8 or 9 miles, but I decided to save it for tomorrow's 10k.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#245

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 86 degrees, sunny, humid.

This is a day that turned out differently than expected. 

I woke a little before 4am, and was out the door at 4:45am, riding my bike to Mike's house, about 8.5 miles away. The ride was quiet and dark, about 30 minutes into the ride a dull gray light illuminated the streets, and then it began to rain.  

When I arrived at Mike's house I waited in his driveway for about 10 minutes. At 6:00am I rang his bell, and a man dressed only in boxer shorts opened the door. I realized then something was wrong.

I checked the house address and realized that I had turned onto Crestview Road, instead of Crestwood. I guessed that Crestwood had to be close, and it turned out to be 4 blocks away. I arrived at Mike's house at about 6:05am, but he had already left for the race.

Dejected, I rode home in the rain.

Later in the day I ran 5 easy miles.

This week will be all easy days, a time to let my body repair itself and become stronger.

I am running the Bix 7 mile race next weekend. That is, if I can find my brother-in-law's house.

#246 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.002.000.005.00

Weather - 86 degrees, sunny, humid.

An easy 5 miles today through Busey Woods and the park. Lately my easy runs have included a fast paced 1-2 miles. Today the final 2 miles were run at 6:10 pace. A few months ago I would not have considered that an easy run, but my current fitness level is not strained by shortened bursts of speed. If I were to run 5 miles at 6:10 pace, that would be too hard, I am not fit enough yet for that to seem easy.

#247

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.001.505.50

Weather - 86 degrees, sunny, humid.

I wanted to run some short distances at a hard effort, so I headed to the track so that I could put a time to my effort.

I ran an initial 400m at a moderately hard pace to get warm, and came in at 81 seconds.

The second 400m I went at 95% effort, and hit a 73. I had never run a 400m faster than race pace, so I did not know what to expect concerning time, perhaps a 76-77, so was pleasantly surprised.

After a 4 minute walking recovery I decided to run a mile at 95% effort, and came in at 5:54. I was expecting to run 5:46-5:50.

After thinking about the mile run, I realize that I have rarely run a mile at full effort. I have no idea how to pace myself with the distance. It is short enough to not allow an initial easy pace, yet long enough to prevent a sprinting pace at the start. With practice I should be able to bring my mile time down.

I then ran easy to the arboretum and took off my shoes and ran .75 miles in the grass.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and a 15 minute walk home.

#248



Comments
From JimF on Tue, Jul 22, 2008 at 09:01:55

Good job on the track workout. I haven't ran a timed mile since high school. From what I remember the best way to bring down the mile time is to do 400 repeats. We used to do 12 to 16 400's at about 2 mile pace. We also did 200's at mile pace. Of course the strength that you have from your distance running will help a lot.

From will on Wed, Jul 23, 2008 at 00:56:42

Thanks for the mile advice. I am becoming intrigued with the mile distance, it is a test of speed and endurance, and the pain is pretty much there the whole way. If I practice running a hard mile consistently, I may become better adapted to its intense stress.

Nice 18 miler you did earlier this week, you are logging some serious mileage.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.002.001.007.00

Weather - 83 degrees, sunny, humid.

An unusual running day. Michelle will be watching our pets this weekend since we will be in the Quad Cities for the Bix 7. She wanted to meet me today for a run with the 2nd Wind club at Meadowbrook Park so that I could give her our house key.

A couple of years ago I never missed a Tuesday "fun" run with the club. However, I eventually determined that running the concrete pathway at Meadowbrook was causing too much stress on my feet. Once I stopped going to the fun run and did the majority of my workouts on trails and grass my body felt less stressed.

I arrived at Meadowbrook at 6:30, just in time for the mile portion of the run. I decided I was going to give another hard mile effort, just as yesterday. I was talking with Michelle in the back of about 40 people when the mile started, so I had to run on the outside grass for about 100M. When I got to the front I saw Ken Welle giving a good effort, so I tried to get close to him. I caught him with 800m to go, and then started to press the effort. There was one runner ahead of me, and I used him to pull me through to the finish. I ran 5:55, so 1 second slower than yesterday, although I am not sure if the pathway is an accurate mile. Because I was surrounded by other runners, today's effort felt easier than yesterday.

After a 15 minute break of socializing, everyone lined up to run the 3 mile course. I decided I was going to run easy with Mike. We started at 8:45 pace and eventually worked our way down, and with 1 mile to go we were cruising easily at 7:00 pace. With 800m to go I pressed and was moving at 6:15 pace.

After the run I ran 1 mile easy back home, then walked the final mile.

The next three days will be short easy runs, with some hard sprints thrown in.

#249 

Comments
From Benn on Sat, Jul 26, 2008 at 06:38:29

I am not a fan of the "pounding" on cement either. I laughed a bit at the 3 mile course description. You remind me of a buddy I ran with in college that would always start off in the back gabbering away about something, then come race time would run a good 1:30 faster per mile to go back up to the front and catch where he needed to be. Haha. Glad you had fun, Will!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 80 degrees, sunny. 

Not as humid today, so running felt relaxed and light. Ran 4 easy miles, 1.5 barefoot at the arboretum.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 10 minute walk home.

#250

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.000.002.000.003.00

Weather - 80 degrees, sunny.

Another nice day for a run. Ran 1 mile to the track and ran 8 laps at 6:50 pace. I was trying to get a feel for how it would go at Bix in a couple of days. The only thing missing was 6,000 runners, bands lining the streets, and hills.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#251 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.000.500.003.00

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny, humid.

Ran 1 mile to the track, then did 6 x 100m accelerations, followed by a few easy laps.

Nothing else to report.

#252

Race: Bix 7 (7 Miles) 00:48:09, Place overall: 509, Place in age division: 26
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.007.000.0010.00

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny, slight humidity.

Good weather for a July race. I lined up with 13,000 others at 7:40am and waited for the 8:00 start.

I ran this race 2 years ago, when I was just starting out with racing. I made the mistake of checking the "over 60 minutes finish time" box on the entry form, and I was put into a chute with some very slow runners. It took over 3 minutes before I crossed the start mat, and because of the wall of people I was forced to run the first mile in over 10 minutes. I was not able to get away from the crush until mile 3.5. I ended up averaging 8:00/mile and finished in 56:00.

This year I confidently checked the "under 49:00 finish time" box, and it only took 30 seconds to cross the start mat. I hit the first mile in 7:00, which was faster than expected because of the 600m Brady Street hill which starts the race. Second mile was crossed in 13:30, and I then settled into a consistent 7:00 pace for the rest of the race.

Not much out of the ordinary concerning my own running, other than the external sights and sounds - bands, Elvis sightings, Bill Rogers and Joan Benoit on the course somewhere, and the Kenyans with their super-silky long strides. Oh, I almost forgot, when I was trying to find my way to the proper chute, I must have looked lost, because a race volunteer came up to me and asked if I was an elite runner - that made me smile....

I finished in 48:09, which is what I was expecting. The average pace was 6:52, which is a slight improvement for road races in the 7-9 mile range. Considering the course was hilly, I probably could have averaged a 6:48 on a flat course.

What did surprise me was my age group place - I was 26 out of 497 runners, which put me in the top 5%. Even though I train hard, I am still a slow runner. Reading the blogs here give the impression that 1 out of every 2 runners averages 5:30 miles in races of 5k and above. I have to remind myself that someone averaging 5:30/mile is sub-elite, and definitely not common.

#253

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
20.000.000.000.0020.00

Weather - 77 degrees, sunny, slight humidity.

Got up early this morning, and being in the Quad Cities I decided to do a long run along the Mississippi River bike/run trail.

I found that the 7 mile race did not take much out of me - no soreness or stiffness, and energy level was good. I usually won't run hard 2 consecutive days, but it is not everyday I get a chance to run in a new and beautiful place.

The trail was flat throughout, and I ran 1:30 out, and 1:30 back, with an average pace of about 8:40-45. That would be approximately 20 miles for the run.

I am back home now, and feeling a little stiff, but I can walk down stairs without a problem, so it should only take a couple of days to recover.

#254

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Mon, Jul 28, 2008 at 10:15:40

20 MILES?!?! That's as far as I bike on a normal day! Crazy Will CRAZY I SAY! You got any big plans coming up for #300 or 1 year?! You are well on your way to the next running streak record. Read about this guy that has run every day for 27 years straight. Absolutely insane! I hear you with the running (biking in my case) in a new or interesting place. I can't wait to go to Canada so that I can rent a bike and go cruise on the bike paths and such!

From JimF on Mon, Jul 28, 2008 at 21:41:30

Very nice long run. Sounds like a great place to run.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.003.000.006.00

Weather - 81 degrees, sunny.

Ran 1.5 miles to the arboretum, then 3.75 miles barefoot around the grass loop. That is the longest I have run without shoes. My breathing was excellent today. I ran most of the barefoot miles at 7:15 pace, and it felt effortless.

Quads were somewhat sore from the 2 consecutive hard days, so I will run short and easy days until my legs feel better.

One bad thing about todays run, when I was running quickly through the grass the top of my left foot felt weak, and I had to slow down. It could be a sore tendon. I will have to keep a close watch, if it continues to feel weak I will cut out hard workouts until it is healed.

#255

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Mon, Jul 28, 2008 at 18:14:03

What do you mean "top"? As in under the ball of your foot? or your metatarsals like where the toes connect to the foot?

From will on Mon, Jul 28, 2008 at 19:21:05

Benn - not the bottom, but the middle portion of the top foot near the inside step - it is tender when it bends and pushes forward. Probably sore from overuse, so I need to cut back hard workouts until it feels better.

You are nailing the bike workouts, way to hit 100K yesterday!

From The Howling Commando on Tue, Jul 29, 2008 at 08:10:06

Smart to cut back a bit before hammering out the next workout. And thanks ! I am optimistic that I can complete the Century ride now. :)

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 88 degrees, sunny, humid.

I iced my left foot 4 or 5 times yesterday, along with soaking it in a hot bath, and massaged it 2 or 3 times. 

This morning it felt pretty good biking to work and walking around.

When I went on my run in the late morning I took it easy, making sure not to go faster than 8:00/mile pace. I ran barefoot .75 miles around the  arboretum grass loop. Entire 5 miles the foot felt better than yesterday, so it appears to be nothing too serious.

Afterward 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#256 


 

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Wed, Jul 30, 2008 at 10:33:13

Glad to see the foot is feeling a bit better, Will! Like the new picture! Have to admit it's quite intimidating as you're landing fully on your right foot. I'm just glad you don't live in NY. I'd have to constantly check over my shoulder when I'm on the road to make sure that Will the Rocket is setting to make a Slice and Dice Take no Prisoners dash for the line :). Keep up the great work buddy

From will on Wed, Jul 30, 2008 at 20:26:18

Benn, great week of bike riding, you are in monster shape - keep working hard!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.002.000.005.00

Weather - 84 degrees, sunny, humid.

Ran a couple of hard loops at Busey Woods at 7:00 pace, the rest of the run was at 8:00-8:45. Legs were about 80% recovered, and foot felt 90-95%.

Considered doing a track workout tonight with 2nd Wind, but the only reason to do so was to burn some energy and have some fun. Not being fully recovered, though, made these reasons not good enough, so I skipped the track tonight.

Afterward 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#257 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.002.500.005.50

Weather - 86 degrees, sunny, humid.

High humidity today, it felt amazing on the Busey Woods loop - I could feel the heat emanate from the tall grass which borders the pathway - it felt really good.

Legs are now 85% recovered, and my foot seemed 99%, just a slight twinge now and again. I ran 2.5 miles at 6:45-7:00 pace, it felt great to have some strength back in the legs.

Afterward 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#258

Comments
From JimF on Fri, Aug 01, 2008 at 09:27:57

Glad to hear that your foot is feeling better.

From will on Fri, Aug 01, 2008 at 13:36:59

Thanks, Jim.

Considering that you ran your highest monthly mileage in July, that may explain why some of the days toward the end of the month had been up and down. Nice work, and keep it up in August.

From JimF on Fri, Aug 01, 2008 at 17:45:20

I think you are probably right. The hot/humid weather is not good to me but you seem to be able to run right through it. I need to learn your secret.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.003.500.006.50

Weather - 87 degrees, sunny, humid.

Another hot/humid day. Went out at noon and felt great. Legs 90%, and I forgot about my left foot, which means it is doing well.

Did some more loops at Busey Woods, this time extending it to 3 hard miles - hitting the soft dirt trails at 6:30 pace, and then slowing to 8:30 pace on the boardwalk. Ran the final mile hard around the park, kicking the final 800m.

I am going to miss a circuit race in August (Mahomet half marathon) because I will be going to Door County, Wisconsin for 1 week with my wife. I am looking forward to getting out of town and running some new trails. I plan to do 2-a-day runs while there, and to also follow the Percy Cerutty school of training - running up and down sand dunes in my bare feet. My favorite part of each run will be the end - jumping into Green Bay! It will be like my old Chicago days when I jumped into Lake Michigan after each workout.

I don't have any races scheduled for a while, yet I feel very fit. It seems a shame to not use the positive energy I have accumulated for racing. Maybe I should find an out of town trail race in August. If not, September will offer some racing opportunities.

#259


Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 76 degrees, sunny, humid.

Went out early this morning for an easy 5 miles. Felt a little lethargic, but legs were 95%, and no problem with my left foot.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#260

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.001.500.004.50

Weather - 63 degrees, sunny.

A cool morning, unfortunately my energy was low, so I plodded along for a couple of miles. The last 1.5 miles I started feeling better and ran 6:45 pace.

Did 3 sets of strength exercises and some stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

This week I have no training schedule to follow, will probably run a Wednesday speed session, but the other days will just run how I feel.

#261

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.001.005.00

Weather - 88 degrees, sunny, very humid.

Hottest day of the year so far, humidity was high, after running 5 miles my shorts and shirt were soaked.

Went to the track at 12:30pm and decided to run hard. Knowing I would not last long in the heat, I gave myself a 200m rest so that I would stop after 10 or 15 minutes.

400m - 79 seconds; 200m - 38 seconds; 400m - 85 seconds; 200m 39 seconds; 400m 90 seconds.

After the track I ran to the arboretum, then did some stretching and strength exercises. Walked 15 minutes home.

#262


Comments
From JimF on Tue, Aug 05, 2008 at 13:24:33

I know what you mean about the heat/humidity. Looking forward to some cool fall days.

From will on Wed, Aug 06, 2008 at 08:55:58

Nice 13 mile run on Tuesday, you are doing great combining speed and distance.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.500.002.500.004.00

Weather - 78 degrees, cloudy, rain.

A bit of rain made things seem easy today, I also ran a new route. Legs felt fresh and I ended up doing a rare tempo run. I always seem to neglect tempo runs, and even today I did not specifically have it planned. After a 1 mile warm up I reached the U of I campus and brought the pace down to 6:45-7:00. It felt pretty easy, and I kept this up for 2.5 miles.

I am contemplating running a 12k trail race this Saturday in Palatine. The only thing holding me back is the race site is 3 hours from Urbana. I would have to leave my home at 3:45am, and would not get back until mid afternoon. I am feeling fit, though, and racing season will be over in a couple of months.

#263

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Tue, Aug 05, 2008 at 19:58:11

Hey Will! Nice training as always. I agree that you are definitely fit and in good racing shape. Sometimes it's nice to enter a race like the 12k trail. Plus you had fun on the trails last time? Use that and the confidence you have of all those great runs these past months to kick butt! Who cares if you have to wake up at 3:45. That is what we as runners live for. We find satisfaction in the fact that we can be up and on the roads at quarter to four in the morning, drive three hours and run a 12k race long before the average person is even up and out of bed! Rock on buddy! Hooo haaa!

From will on Wed, Aug 06, 2008 at 09:00:46

Thanks, Benn - your comment pushed me over the edge, I decided to run the race this Saturday.

I love trail races, the last one at Mingo was awesome. This week will be a new trail, from what I saw on the internet it looks like a fair course, mostly flat and half on limestone path, half on single track dirt. I can feel the energy building....

From The Howling Commando on Wed, Aug 06, 2008 at 10:06:52

Alright Will! That's the spirit! I'm glad I can at least inspire someone! :-D I'm headed out tomorrow for Canada. I really just hope I don't lose my fitness level Going to be gone a whole week with probably only one fun ride up there if I decide to rent a bike.

From will on Wed, Aug 06, 2008 at 11:19:36

Have fun in Canada, Benn! Sounds like a romantic getaway - time to forget about training and allow all the hard work to settle in with r&r.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.002.256.25

Weather - 80 degrees, sunny, slight humidity.

Decided to run a track session with 2nd Wind. Since I will be running a 12k trail race this Saturday I made sure to run an abbreviated workout.

While I was warming up on the infield grass a pleasant looking female runner introduced herself. She had just moved to town from Miami, FL, and was a collegiate runner now in her early 30's who had run numerous marathons. She told me she was training for the New York marathon in November.

The clipboard called for 5 x 1000m with 7 minutes between starts, for me that was about a 3 minute rest. After the 5 x 1000m we were going to run 800m hard on the straights, easy on the turns.

I decided to run the 1000m hard, but once I became fatigued I was going to cut it short. I ended up doing 3 x 1000m, I started the 4th rep and stopped at 400m because I felt I was moving past my comfort level. I did run the 800m at the end of the session.

My energy was low today, did not feel like running hard, so I was surprised that my 1000m times were where they should have been for a 19:15 5k runner : 3:37; 3:42; 3:47. I was getting progressively slower, which was due to my lack of energy. My leg strength was there, but the will was lacking. That is probably going to work in my favor for the race this Saturday because if I was feeling normal I would have pushed harder.

#264


Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.000.001.250.003.25

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

Ran 1 mile to the track, then a few laps at a moderately hard pace. Afterward 10 x 100m barefoot wind sprints in the infield grass.

#265

Comments
From JimF on Fri, Aug 08, 2008 at 20:18:01

Good luck in the trail race!

From will on Fri, Aug 08, 2008 at 22:03:09

Thanks, Jim, it should be fun.

You had a great week of training - impressive mile repeats, and a 20 miler tomorrow - good luck!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 77 degrees, sunny.

Ran 3.5 miles to the car rental agency. I ran easy, yet the pace seems to be faster than it was 4 or 5 months ago. It is difficult to know if I am going too hard. I watch my respiration, but I wonder how easy it can be if my legs are doing a lot of work.  

Race tomorrow, it will be interesting to get up at 3:00am, I better get to bed....

#266 

 

Race: Xterra Xtreme Trail Run 12k (7.45 Miles) 00:50:10, Place overall: 9, Place in age division: 2
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.006.451.0011.45

Weather - 66 degrees, cloudy, bit of rain.

A good morning for a trail race - cool (for august) and a bit of misting rain.

The night before the race I was planning to get to bed by 9:30pm so that I could get 6-7 hours of sleep. But at 9:00pm I got a call from my sister-in-law - her 19 year old son was in a serious car accident, and her husband was out of town on business. She had no car to get to the accident site, and she was hoping my wife could give her a ride. However, my wife was out of town for a couple of days visiting her father. Fortunately I had the rental car which I picked up that day, so I drove her to the accident. Luckily her son had only minor injuries, but the front end of the car was destroyed. Also, it was his fault, and I think this and the shock of the accident was the reason he was sitting on the curb crying when we arrived.

I arrived home a little after 11:00pm and didn't fall asleep until almost midnight. I woke at 3:15am, and made the 3 hour drive to the race. I arrived a little before 7:00am, so no problems finding the race site.

I warmed up on some of the race trails and found them to be good for running - a wide swath of crushed limestone was to be the main route of the race. It was relatively dry and in good condition. Considering I had gotten 3 1/2 hours sleep, and then had to drive 3 hours, I felt surprisingly energetic. I figured this was due in part to race day adrenalin, so I was hoping it would last me throughout the race.

The runners, about 100 of us, lined up at the edge of a large meadow, and they sent us on our way. I was feeling relaxed and confident, and I can't recall having had such a clear picture in my head of my philosophy of racing and running. Life consists of thoughts, ambitions, the will to achieve and to experience something good and positive. There are an infinite number of reasons, outlooks and attitudes one can take toward any activity. I have a solid philosophical foundation, and this carries over to running. As I ran through the meadow and into the woods, my body and mind were loose and ambitious, the goals of the day set in my feelings and emotions - 1) allow the mind to do its job, which was to be focused in the moment and to make lightning quick decisions; 2) allow the body to run its natural pace; and 3) to remain detached, observing the things around me as the race unfolded. Each of the runners on the course were focused upon their own outlooks and attitudes, each one no doubt unique. I sometimes wonder how successful my philosophy is - does it allow me to reach my potential on any given day?

Feeling a wave of confidence and fun enveloping me, I enjoyed running the first two miles with a free and easy stride. I looked at my watch as I crossed the 2 mile marker, 13:40 - a 6:50 pace. That is a quicker than normal start for me, but it felt good.

After the 2 mile mark the race became more intense. The course was a consistent dose of moderately sloped hills, and I needed to monitor my effort on the ups and downs. I was crushing the downs, allowing my legs to open up and fly. I took the ups conservatively, slowing a bit, trying not to overtax my reserves.

There were a number of runners who challenged me from mile 3-7.5. A woman in her mid-20's battled me for about 20 minutes. I would pass her on the downs, or put in a surge to leave her behind, but a couple of minutes later she would re-pass to my surprise. I would then tuck in behind and follow her pace for a couple of minutes, and then surge again. I felt a sense of competitive pleasure when I surged and passed her, each time going a little bit faster and longer, wondering if she would be able to cover my move. After one of these surges I tucked in behind another woman in her early 20's. She was wearing elite runner garb - tight shorts, and a narrow tight top – which allowed me to observe her finely strung muscles which were moving with a rhythmic force. I followed in her wake for a few minutes, and then the other girl pulled beside me. This time she seemed hesitant to pass. Maybe she was intimidated by the other woman. We were a tight trio as we ran through the hilly woods, a light rain falling on our hard working bodies.

During miles 3-finish I began taking greater risks than I normally would in a race. I was eager to push myself to the edge, hoping not to fall over. This year most of my races have been evenly paced throughout the entire distance, but today I was surging, battling other runners, testing my limits. I had to fight the fear that I would go too fast for too long and then collapse. The thought of being re-passed by runners passed earlier is not pleasing - it exhibits a faulty plan, poor tactics, and that I don’t know what I am doing. Eventually, though, some risks have to be taken if one wants to improve, and if one falters, slows, and is passed, well, what of it? So I convinced myself to confront the edge of my running ability, to experience the exhilaration and pain of running faster than normal race pace, all the while trying to remain in control.

When the three of us reached a somewhat steep, twisting downhill, the elite-garbed woman braked with her right foot, slowing a bit. At this moment my reaction was to put in a sprint surge, and to gap the 2 women. I broke wide right around the turn, and ran an all-out sprint. The downhill was about 250m, and when it ended I had passed another runner who had a 35m lead on me at the start of the hill. Later, after the race, he came up to me and said - "you were flying!"

After this longish sprint burst I needed to focus on my breath, trying my best to keep it manageable. I was risking the race here, as there were still 3 miles to go. I slowed somewhat when I reached the flat, and wondered if I would be re-passed by the 3 runners I had just passed.

I now had to battle a series of hills. About 75m ahead was a runner who had passed me at the 2 mile mark. He looked strong, and I was surprised that I was gaining on him, as he did not seem to be slowing or faltering. I approached a steep downhill of about 300m and began sprinting again. I was still trying to recover from the previous surge, and now I was pressing further, uncertain how much more I could tolerate. When I reached the bottom there was no time to recover, because a steep 300m uphill needed to be climbed. As I approached it I experienced a large flow of adrenaline – the kind that not only gives the body strength, but also inspires the will. A quote from Ryan Hall suddenly flashed in my head : “I had reached a juncture at this point in the run: either I could get discouraged with the reality that I am not able to think myself into sprinting up the hill or I could accept, and even relish, in the pain and discomfort running throughout my body, embracing the pain as part of my mission. Then something happened that I have never experienced during any painful running session: a smile slowly crept across my face. It was kind of a weird reaction to have, but for some reason I felt very alive and there was a new joy that I found in simply going all out. It was a great feeling to know that I was pushing myself to the max, that at this moment I had looked deep into myself for strength and used whatever I could muster.” I had come to a crossroads in the race, and for a few seconds as I began the ascent, I pondered what move I should make. Should I slow down and keep my reserves in check, or should I attack the hill and go even further onto the edge? Goal 2 was to allow my body to run at its natural pace, and it was screaming to go. In an eye-blink I found myself moving faster, my legs churning viciously. I did not want to think about the consequences of this folly, but maybe it wasn’t so stupid after all – for a few moments as I climbed the hill all out, it was as Ryan Hall had written, the exhilaration to be maxed out, pushing into a new realm of pain, fear, and perhaps, ecstasy. About mid-hill I passed the runner and wondered what his thoughts were – “that jackass is gonna crash!”; “, I’m toast”; or, “god damn it, I’m going with him!”

Reaching the top of the hill, I was met with a smaller hill, not as steep. I tried to maintain the pace, finally lessening the intensity upon reaching a flat patch of land. There were 2.5 miles to go.

I saw a runner 50m ahead, he looked strong. Too tired for another surge, I just put my head down and ran. 2 miles did not seem too bad. Maybe I had passed through the pain unscathed. My pace must have been steady because I was now 20m behind the runner. I realized that if he made a move I would be too far behind to cover it. I willed myself to do a mini-surge so that I could get to within 5m, and once behind him I felt better about my chances of finishing strong.

Now that I had a leader to follow, I began to relax, no longer having to measure the intensity of pace. I would only move ahead if he slowed suddenly. With 1 mile to go the runner I had passed on the hill made a surge and got behind the two of us, we were now a trio running single file. We were running a 6:40 pace, waiting anxiously for the moment when one of us would make a break. My plan was to press at the 7 mile mark. Having practiced 800-1000m repeats at the track for the past two months, I wanted to believe that I could cover 1 x 800m in 2:50-2:55.

When we reached the 7 mile post the leader quickened his pace. I refused to let him go, and we were now into it, fighting for the finish. I realized I was running at 400m repeat pace with 700m to go. I contemplated slowing down because the leader was going too hard too soon, to keep up I was going to need to run back to back 400m in mid 80 range. But I instinctively covered the pace, my stride lengthening from a wave of end-race adrenaline. I lost sense of the runner behind me and did a quick look-back. We had dropped him.

The two of us kicked out the final 400m through the meadow, with 200m to go I thought I was going to be able to find another gear, but it wasn’t to be. I went into the chute in 50:10, 2 steps behind, beating my 12k PR by 1:22.

#267

Comments
From jtshad on Tue, Aug 12, 2008 at 18:02:38

Great race report, I was totally taken in by the physical and mental struggle you had and the ability to push your limits to a great new PR.

Enthralling! Keep up the strong running and this will happen even more often, overcoming the doubt, trusting your training and capabilities to experience the pain and elation of a new PR.

From will on Tue, Aug 12, 2008 at 20:59:22

Thanks, Jeff. I am excited that I am making progress, it is a lot of fun when the injuries stay away.

Congratulations on your half marathon victory, 1:16 is amazing...

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.002.000.006.50

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

I ran from the rental car agency to the arboretum, removed my shoes, and ran 4 loops (3 miles) barefoot. I monitored my left foot, because last week when I ran 4 loops barefoot it felt weak during the final loop. Today I had no problems, and ran the final loop at 6:45 pace.

#268

Comments
From JimF on Tue, Aug 12, 2008 at 10:13:56

Nice job on the trail race over the weekend. I have never done a trail race but it sounds like fun.

From will on Tue, Aug 12, 2008 at 20:56:50

Thanks, Jim. That was one of my best races.

Impressive 21 miler you put in over the weekend, hope your knee gets better soon.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.001.004.50

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

Beautiful day, no humidity. Ran to the park and Busey Woods at a relaxed pace. Ran the final mile around the park in 6:00.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#269 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.500.001.000.503.00

Weather - 82 degrees, sunny.

Perfect day, ran to the track for some short bursts. Ran 1 mile at theshold pace, then 11 x 100m wind sprints barefoot in the infield grass.

I am looking forward to a hard track session tomorrow.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#270

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.003.007.00

Weather – 78 degrees, sunny.

Track workout with 2nd Wind, 8 x 600m with the first 400m at 5k pace, and the final 200m at a faster kick pace. The rest was shorter than usual, about 2-3 minutes.

2:08, 2:09, 2:08, 2:08, 2:10, 2:09.

The first 6 were run at a consistent pace, I hit the 400m mark at 87-88 for each.

The final two I wanted to risk a faster pace, I passed the 400m mark in 79-80, however, I had to stop after 500m because of exhaustion. This shows improvement, because 79-80 is rep pace for me, and I was able to extend it to 500m for each one.

#271

Comments
From JimF on Thu, Aug 14, 2008 at 14:16:25

Great job on the track workout. Good even splits shows some real consistency.

From will on Thu, Aug 14, 2008 at 20:19:25

Thanks, Jim, lately everything is going well, I hope it continues.

Nice workouts this week, your dedication is definitely going to make you a stronger runner. Sounds like your knee is getting better, that is great!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.750.000.001.254.00

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

Easy run today around Busey Woods and through the park. The final 7 1/2 minutes I ran 6:00/mile pace.

My easy runs are now ending with 5-8 minutes of hard running. It does not  take much out of my body, yet it forces it to adjust to the habit of running fast. The more fit I become, the more I can do. Patience is the key.

#272

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Thu, Aug 14, 2008 at 20:54:32

Hey buddy. How was this week of training for you? Just got in and just read the 12k race report. That was really nice of you to help your sister in law the night before a big race. Glad the kid's okay. What can I say about the race.. it sounds like you ran your race and you had a phenomenal showing out there. You truly are a wonder. To think they are calling Michael Phelphs the "boy wonder". .. I think Will is the "die-hard-guts-turning-smashing-slicing-dicing-machine wonder"... okay not so catchy, but still I think you get my point. Hope to hear from you soon. Keep on rockin' mate!

From will on Fri, Aug 15, 2008 at 08:10:14

Benn - great new pic you posted - it's kind of blurred, but it looks like you have some cool facial hair growing :)

Thanks for the encouraging comment about the race. It was one of my best races of the year, everything came together - weather, quiet mind, and somewhat fresh body.

Glad you had fun in Montreal. I have been there twice. Once as a prelude to Paris, and second on my honeymoon. I remember those bike lanes - I stepped into a lane without looking and almost got run over by a speeding two wheeler - the rider cursed me in French. I remember running every morning in the Parc Royal - it was fabulous to look down on the city and the St. Lawrence as the sun was coming up. One morning I saw a couple having some fun on a bench.

Great track session you had. It looks like the time off from running healed your foot. Now you are in monster shape from biking, and healthy. All roads are open!

I am going to Door County Wisconsin tomorrow for a week. I plan on doing double workouts - long runs through Peninsula state park, and running sand dunes in my bare feet at White Fish Park. It should be a blast.

From The Howling Commando on Fri, Aug 15, 2008 at 08:47:21

Double workouts? You ARE A BEAST! haha. Yeah I have a bit of a beard going on. I think my dad's jealous. I haven't shaved in about 2 weeks hah! I knew you were ready for a perfect race, especially after all those races with the rain, wind and cold earlier. I'm so glad you had a great race :). As for the running, hopefully my jogging will continue to get stronger. I hope I can continue the biking to and from the track as well. It will be a great day when I can run like I want to again!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.750.000.001.255.00

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

Ran to the arboretum and did 2 loops (1.5 miles) barefoot. After putting my shoes back on, I ran the final 7 1/2 minutes at 6:00 pace.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

Tomorrow we leave for Door County. I hope to do a lot of running, hiking, and photographing.

I will try to find a local library so that I can keep this blog updated, if not I will write down my daily workout sessions on paper and input them when I get back next week.

#273

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 57 degrees, sunny.

Ran 3 easy miles at 6:45am before leaving for Door County.

#274

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Sat, Aug 16, 2008 at 08:27:15

You're going to have a blast @ Door County man! Enjoy!!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.004.004.0013.00

AM

Weather - 62 degrees, sunny.

First morning in Door County was beautiful. Drove to Peninsula State Park and ran 5 easy miles on a segment of the Sunset Trail.

PM

Weather - 80 degrees, sunny.

Returned to Peninsula State Park with my wife, and we traveled the Sunset Trail, her on  bicycle, me on foot. My plan was to run 2 x 4 mile loops, starting at Nicolet Beach. The first loop I felt energetic and ran one of my best sessions of the year - 4 miles between 6:15-6:30 pace. Rachel was having trouble keeping up with me.

When we finished the first loop I took a plunge in Nicolet Bay. I can't think of many things which are more healthy and refreshing than jumping into a cool lake after a hard run.

The second loop I took it a little easier, averaging about 7:15 for the 4 miles. This time Rachel got her revenge and I trailed her most of the way.

#275

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.003.000.009.00

AM

Weather - 63 degrees, sunny.

4 easy miles at Peninsula Park. Not sore from yesterday's double session.

Afterward 4 sets of strength exercises at Nicolet Bay.

PM

At the library now, planning to travel to Whitefish Park this afternoon to run up and down sand dunes.....

The dunes were beautiful, but closed to hiking and running, so I decided to run 4 barefoot miles along the beach. It was very pleasant getting the feet wet while listening to the pounding surf.

After the run a refreshing jump in the lake to end a great day.....

Tomorrow morning if I am feeling good I will plan to run 15-20 miles at Peninsula Park.

#276

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.000.009.000.0022.00

AM

Weather - 58 degrees, sunny.

Perfect weather for a long run. Started at 6:15am at Peninsula Park, finished 2 hours 30 minutes later. Ran 2 x 9 mile loops through woods and meadow. Very soft trails, the scent of pine and hemlock permeating the fresh air. Felt good the whole way, kept a consistent pace, did not get tired. My right achilles had a slight twinge/ache at mile 12, but after stretching it felt fine.

After the run I jumped in Nicolet Bay and let the water cool my fatigued leg muscles.

Hiked 4 miles in the late morning at Newport Park with Rachel, it felt good to stretch the legs with an easy activity. 

PM 

Weather - 68 degrees, sunny.

Ran 4 easy miles at Peninsula Park. Legs stiff for the first mile, the last 3 miles felt normal, was able to run 7:30 pace easily.

#277 

Comments
From ThE HoWLiNG CoMmAnDO on Wed, Aug 20, 2008 at 16:01:52

I've said it before and I'll say it again... you sir are a BEAST!!! KILLER WORKOUTS TODAY!

From will on Wed, Aug 20, 2008 at 16:20:24

Benn, you are doing some great workouts also! If you practice some swimming you can kick some butt in a triathalon.

I'm off to Whitefish now for beach running and swimming....

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.000.009.000.0017.00

AM

Weather - 57 degrees, sunny.

Weather is too fine! Surprisingly my legs felt normal this morning, so I decided to run 1 x 9 mile loop at Peninsula Park. The Hemlock Trail is my favorite so far - silent woods, big trees, plenty of solitude, and a soft mossy surface make for enjoyable running.

The final 5 miles I experienced that peculiar sensation which occurs after a long run - supercharged respiration - I was able to cover the 5 miles at 6:45-7:00 pace with easy breathing, it felt too easy.

Afterward I jumped in Nicolet Bay, swimming for 10 minutes. Then 3 sets of strength exercises and stretching.

PM

I am in the library at Sister Bay, will now drive to Whitefish Dunes with Rachel for some beach running and swimming. What a great day so far....

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

Drove to Whitefish Dunes and found some accessible dune trails. Ran twice up Mt. Baldy, then did two loops of an unbelievably lush landscape redolent of sweet pine and drenched in golden summer colors.

When I hit the beach my energy was not expended, so I ran 4 miles along the shore barefoot. As I ran along at an effortless 6:45 pace, I realized that this day was one of the most spectacular of my life - running 9 miles through forest trails in the AM. Boating on a sundappled lake with Rachel in the late morning. After a nap more running through beautiful dunes and then barefoot flying along water's edge - it was not only the immense and differing beauty that was enveloping me, but the supreme state of health and fitness that I was experiencing. The ability to run and run and run without getting tired or injured is a blessing.

To end this special day Rachel and I had a great dinner at Mission Grill, I broke my vow of vegetarianism for one day and ordered fish. It made my body feel a bit odd, but it was good nonetheless.

#278 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
10.500.006.001.0017.50

AM

Weather - 58 degrees, sunny.

1 x 9 mile loop at Peninsula Park. Energy a bit on the wane the first 4 miles, then I started feeling normal and ran at an easy 7:45-8:00 pace for 3 miles. My body took over and decided to run the final mile at 6:15 pace. It was a thrill to pass two people riding bicycles on the trail as I neared the lake.

After the run I jumped into Nicolet Bay and let the cool water soothe my legs. I then did 3 sets of strength exerecises and stretching.

Will soon drive back to Whitefish Beach and do some more dune and beach running. My energy has been endless this week....

PM

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

Ran 6.5 miles on the back dunes trails, twice up Mt. Baldy, then 2 miles barefoot on the beach. Was starting to feel fatigued the last mile, so will run a short loop tomorrow to help my legs recover.

After the run jumped in the lake and cooled off my legs, it felt great.

#279

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Fri, Aug 22, 2008 at 06:52:34

"My energy has bee endless this week...." Man I'll say! SUPER WILL is what we have to call you now. Super miles. Super fast. Super time doing it! Keep it up buddy! All this distance training is going to work wonders for your racing later in the fall!

From will on Fri, Aug 22, 2008 at 12:51:52

Thanks, Benn. The new and beautiful environment has inspired my training. When I get back home tomorrow evening it will be odd returning to low mileage singles running. Oh, well, Door County has been a great running camp.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
9.000.002.000.0011.00

AM

Weather - 62 degrees, cloudy, humid.

4 easy miles at Peninsula Park. Felt ok, legs not sore, but energy is finally beginning to wane. Will probably run 4 more this evening.

First day of humidity here, I sweated more in 4 miles than my 18 mile long run a few days ago.

After the run 3 sets of strength exercises and some stretching.....

PM

Weather - 75 degrees, sunny.

Recovered nicely for the evening run, ran 7 miles at Peninsula Park. Legs a bit weary from the higher than usual mileage, but no soreness. 

After the run jumped in Nicolet Bay to cool the legs. 

#280

Comments
From JimF on Fri, Aug 22, 2008 at 16:58:04

Great week of running! You have had some bigs days this week. I'm also feeling the humidity here in Indy. Hope we get a break soon.

From will on Sun, Aug 24, 2008 at 00:11:22

Jim - This was my best week of running this year. Double runs every day and never got sore or run down. I am looking forward to a decrease in mileage this week, it will be fun to feel my legs getting stronger as each day passes.

Considering you had some days where your sleep was not sufficient, you did a good job working with what your body allowed. Once you get back to 8 hours of sleep per night, your energy will be higher and running will feel easier - keep up the good training!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.500.005.000.0010.50

Weather - 68 degrees, raining.

Final run in Door County was a good one - 10 miles at Peninsula Park in rain. Ran on the forest trails from 6:05-7:30am.

Rachel and I stopped at the Sister Bay Cafe for breakfast before leaving town. While eating 3 big pancakes I mentioned to Rachel that my total mileage for the week was 99.50 miles. I then jokingly told her that the holy grail of training was a 100 mile week. Rachel asked for the car keys, and as I handed them to her, I asked her what she needed them for. She replied, "you are not leaving Door County until you run 1/2 mile more so that you can reach 100 miles." I laughed, and readied myself for a short 4.50 minute run along Sister Bay on a full stomach.

I never thought I would have the strength to run 100 miles in a single week, and even more odd is I am not sore or tired from it. It feels like I ran a normal 50 mile week, nothing special. I think if I would have set a goal of 100 miles this week, I would not have reached it, but having instead followed how I felt for each run, I was able to get there without trying. Each run was a joy, a challenging struggle, but not a strain. I think I am finally learning how to run.

#281

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.001.500.004.50

Weather - 72 degrees, sunny.

Back home and back to the usual running routine. 4.5 miles through the park and Busey Woods, felt a bit stiff the first mile, then loosened up to normal 8:15 pace. The last 1.5 miles was 6:30-6:45 pace.

Will run easy and short all week, looking forward to a nice recovery.

I might run a small 5k at Crystal Lake Park this Saturday if I feel 100% recovered.

#282

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 75 degrees, sunny.

3 easy miles through the park and Busey Woods.

After the run 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#283

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 66 degrees, sunny.

4 easy miles through the park and Busey Woods.

After the run 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

I weighed myself today, first time since the winter, and saw that I am 10 pounds overweight. I was surprised because I have been running so well lately. I don't think I have ever been overweight and fit at the same time. I can blame it on my recent eating habits, which has included more cheeses and dairy, and a few sweets. I guess I can't eat with impunity even if I can run 100 miles in a week. I am confident that in 2 months I will be back to a good running weight if I cut out the fatty foods. I am motivated because I have been setting PR's with the extra weight. I should be able to gain some more speed when my weight goes back down.

 #284

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 82 degrees, sunny.

My seasonal allergies started this week, and last night was my first bout of asthma. It woke me at 4:00am, allowing me to get only 5 hours of sleep. I was dragging at work this morning, and my 3 easy miles felt like 6 hard ones. I will go to bed early tonight and hopefully get a full nights sleep.

#285

Comments
From JimF on Wed, Aug 27, 2008 at 20:10:28

Hope you get to feeling better. Those allergies can be a real pain.

From jtshad on Thu, Aug 28, 2008 at 16:50:30

I am with Jim F. Man, think about your pacing with you at your goal weight! Keep up the strong running once you get past these allergies.

From will on Thu, Aug 28, 2008 at 23:31:42

Thanks for the comments. The next couple of months I will not be at my best, but running everyday should help keep my lungs clear from asthma.

Good luck with your upcoming races!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.001.000.003.50

Weather - 82 degrees, sunny, humid.

Energy was a bit better today, but still recovering from last weeks high mileage. Ran 3.5 miles, the final mile pace was 6:45.

Last week my mental and physical state was on a mountian top, but this week I have sunk into a valley. Low energy, fatigued muscles, allergies and asthma have initiated a fast decline. I will continue to take it easy until I feel better.

I don't have much enthusiasm for racing a 5k this Saturday, but the race is only a mile from my house so it will be hard to pass up.

#286

Comments
From JimF on Fri, Aug 29, 2008 at 10:41:12

Hope you feel better/stronger for the race on Sat. You are doing the right thing by letting your body recover from the heavy training.

From will on Fri, Aug 29, 2008 at 19:44:03

Thanks, Jim. You are having a great week of training, fast tempo run yesterday!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.000.000.001.503.50

Weather - 83 degrees, sunny, humid.

My energy felt higher today, probably because I had a respite from night asthma for the past couple of days. Muscle fatigue is still lingering, so I feel about 75% overall. Ran 2 miles easy, then worked hard for 1.5 miles at 6:30-6:45 pace.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

I think I will end up running the 5K tomorrow at the park if I get an asthma-free sleep tonight. I won't be 100%, but I will follow my usual strategy of allowing my body to set the pace.

#287

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.003.006.00

Weather - 68 degrees, sunny.

A nice morning for a race. I felt pretty good jogging to the park, about 80% recovered, which is better than I have felt all week. My goal was to allow my body to set the pace. I had little desire to push myself too hard today.

The initial pace was moderate, and I was able to get to a comfortably hard pace at the halfway point, which I passed in 10:10. The second half I never went beyond the comfortable pace, and I finished in 20:20, which is my slowest 5k of the year.

This 5k indicates that my racing season is coming to a close. I plan to run 2 more races, the Wild Wilderness 7.5 mile trail race in September, and the Farmdale 33 mile trail race in October. After Farmdale I will take a month of easy running, and in December begin to build a new base.

This year has definitely been a success, and I am looking forward to my first ultra marathon. I have not put in super long runs, but my training has been consistent for 10 months, so I should have the strength to finish the race, although my time will most likely be mediocre. Running 5-6 hours in autumn woods will be pleasant and beautiful, at least for the first 3 hours.

#288

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Sun, Aug 31, 2008 at 15:29:13

I admit, Will I had to look at that closely when I saw that it was in fact 33 miles and not 3.3 miles for the Farmdale run! That sounds so awesome! I really hope that once I get healthy I can do an ultra or two. You are a beast!!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.504.00

Weather - 83 degrees, sunny.

After yesterday's race the bottom of my right foot felt cramped. When I walked home from the race the cramp was not too bad, but I noticed it.

When I rested at home the front part of the heal became tight, and it remained that way. I iced it, then went for a walk in the evening. It loosened up on the walk, but when I returned home and sat down it tightened up again.

I checked the internet and found that the symptoms match plantar fasciitis. It is too early to know if that is what it is, so I will have to monitor it closely and hope for the best.

Rather than worry about it, I did what I have done for the past 10 months, go for a run. I walked a half mile before beginning to loosen the foot, then ran 4 miles. The foot loosened sufficiently to where I barely noticed the tightness. I even ran the final 800m hard, just to see.

After the run I did 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home. During the walk the foot was not too bad. When I got home it became stiff, so now I am icing it.

I am not sure how this will turn out. I may have to stop running for a while if the pain becomes progressively worse. Or, if it remains the same, I can at least run 4 miles a day until a change occurs. From what I have read it can take up to a year for it to heal. I don't know if running is bad for it or not, but I will run as long as it allows me to.

I am still planning to run the Wilderness race in 3 weeks if the foot does not worsen. As for the 33 miler, I have two months until race day, so by then I will have a better idea of what I can do.

#289

Comments
From jtshad on Wed, Sep 03, 2008 at 16:51:57

Sorry about the foot and I hope it is not PF but just something like some bruising as PF can take a while to get over. Rest, ice, stretch and hopefully these can head off a more serious injury.

From will on Wed, Sep 03, 2008 at 22:28:04

The foot seems to be getting better, I will hope for the best.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.001.000.004.00

Weather - 68 degrees, sunny, humid.

Ran 4 easy miles this morning. My right foot loosens sufficiently to allow me to run, so that makes me happy.

During my down time I am icing and massaging the foot, don't know if it will help.

#290

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.001.504.50

Weather - 95 degrees, sunny, humid.

My foot felt more relaxed and about 50% better this morning, so I am happy that it is recovering rather than becoming worse.

Ran 4.5 miles in hot noon-time heat, the final 1.5 miles at a hard pace. My foot did not bother me during the run, but later in the afternoon I was on my feet for 3 hours painting the house and the heel became a bit sore.

After the run 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

Icing the foot now...

#291

Comments
From JimF on Wed, Sep 03, 2008 at 21:42:07

Hope your foot feels better. Definitely tough when you have to be on your feet that long.

From will on Wed, Sep 03, 2008 at 22:25:43

Thanks, Jeff, it felt pretty good today, hopefully it will continue to improve.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.002.005.00

Weather - 80 degrees, clouds/rain, humid.

Very humid, but wet, so it felt good to be running in a mixture of rain/sweat. Ran 3 miles easy and 2 miles hard on the usual park/woods route.

My foot felt slightly better than yesterday, and it did not bother me during my run. After the run I took a hot bath and massaged the foot. When I finished the bath I placed my foot on a frozen water bottle and rolled it back and forth for 15 minutes. The massage/ice therapy appears to be having a good effect, because everyday the stiffness decreases.

I thought there was a good chance I was going to have to stop running by now, but it looks like this may not be a serious injury. I will hope for the best.

#292


Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 73 degrees, raining.

4 easy miles in a steady rain. I have been feeling a bit of over-training syndrome for the past 2 weeks, but today I felt a bit of energy resurface. I will continue to run easy until I feel recovered.

I have noticed that my resting heart rate is above 60, which is about 7-10 beats faster than normal.

My foot seems to be recovering, today I hardly noticed any discomfort. I massaged and iced it, will continue to do so until it feels 100%.

#293

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.000.000.000.001.00

Weather - 62 degrees, night.

Easiest run of the year - 1 mile around my neighborhood with Maggie the dog. My foot is almost back to normal, so running only 1 mile will be good for it.

#294

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.000.000.000.001.00

Weather - 66 degrees, clear.

Ran 1 mile in the evening with Maggie the dog. It feels odd to have run so little the past two days, but tonight I was reminded why it is good to pull back occasionally - I could feel my body's increased strength because of the rest.

My foot feels pretty good, everyday is better than the last. 

#295

 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 68 degrees, sunny.

Returned to a more normal easy-distance, running 4.5 miles on the usual park/woods route. My foot was normal today, 100% healed, which is a relief. Being injured now, even though the race season is just about over for me, would have been an obvious blow to my fitness and enjoyment of daily running.

I am unable to run any hard workouts these days because my allergies are depleting my normal energy levels. I feel groggy and heavy while running, and my respiration is poor. So I have to plod along for the next 2 months, resting up for the winter base build and a new year of running.

After my run 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#296

Comments
From JimF on Sun, Sep 07, 2008 at 18:32:50

Nice run! Glad to hear that the foot is healed.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.000.005.500.007.50

Weather - 67 degrees, raining.

This was the first day since Door County where I felt energetic and healthy. I decided to run how I felt and did a 5 mile tempo run at 7:15 pace. It was raining so it was more exciting than usual. I hope my energy continues to be good during the next few weeks.

After the run I did 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#297

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 64 degrees, sunny.

I woke at 4:30am due to my allergies, so I was dragging all day. Ran 4.5 easy miles in the afternoon which seemed more difficult than it should have been. 

#298

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather -63 degrees, sunny.

Was planning to do some hills today, but my allergies did not allow me to get sufficient sleep last night, so I settled for 5 easy miles. 

#299

 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.003.007.50

Weather - 73 degrees, humid, raining.

Running with allergies and asthma is a day to day roller coaster. Yesterday I was hoping run some hard hills, but lack of sleep due to allergies drained my energy so I ran 5 easy miles instead.

Today I was planning to run easy but when I got to the woods I started to feel a boost in energy, so I decided to do my favorite workout - hard loops on the trails. Although my respiration was only about 80% due to congestion, I was still able to run at a good speed, and finished with 4 intervals of 1200, 1200, 1600, 1200, and then ran 200m at top sprinting speed.

Now at home I feel great, energy high and my spirits are up. Tomorrow it may be back down into the dark valley of allergies, so I will enjoy this respite.

After the run 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 40 minute walk home.

#300

Comments
From JimF on Fri, Sep 12, 2008 at 10:02:26

Good run and good job listening to your body to take advantage of the good days.

From will on Fri, Sep 12, 2008 at 17:51:33

Thanks for the comment, Jim.

You have had a great week of training - tempo, hills, medium long run. Soon you will be able to take it easy, a well deserved taper for the marathon!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 75 degrees, raining.

4.5 easy miles, with 1 mile barefoot on the golf course.

Unfortunately I won't be able to run on the golf course any time soon because the course manager saw me running on his fairways in my bare feet and got pissed off. He came after me in his golf cart in the rain, flagged me down, and told me to get the hell off his course. I asked him if I could run 600 yards down the fairway to the cemetery because that was where my shoes were. He emphatically stated no. The only way off the course was to go onto a busy road with no sidewalks, so I decided to pay no heed to the man. If he wanted to chase me down in his cart, good luck to him, because I was determined to turn it into a race and I was confident he would feel like a fool for chasing a skinny barefoot runner in the rain. I took off running down the fairway without looking back. When I made the turn onto the fairway adjacent the cemetery I saw him driving his cart a few hundred yards away. He must have decided that chasing me down was not worth the effort. 

So the golf course is no longer a training option, but I did not run there very often anyways. I still have the park/woods route and the arboretum for my training runs.

After the run I did 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#301

Comments
From Camille on Fri, Sep 12, 2008 at 19:05:25

Welcome to the blog. I liked your story about the golf course. Hilarious!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
20.000.000.000.0020.00

Weather - 76 degrees, cloudy, humid.

Wanted to go long this morning, so ended up running 3 hours around Urbana. I imagined myself running the 33 miler, so I kept the pace conservative and slow. I did run 7:30 pace at miles 5-7, but the other miles were between 8:30-9:15 pace. Running slow allowed me to not go over the edge, I actually felt pretty good at the 3 hour mark, other than my legs being tired.

I am still having trouble imagining myself running at the 5 hour mark. I realize there is a chance I will have to stop before finishing the race. That does not bother me, because what excites me is the chance to run as far as I can in a beautiful environment.

#302

Comments
From jimf on Sat, Sep 13, 2008 at 14:34:14

Great run! I can't imagine running for 5 hours. This was a good run to get you ready.

From The Howling Commando on Sun, Sep 14, 2008 at 18:29:11

Way to go, Will! Happy 300th! Sorry it's belated, but I've been so stressed with school I haven't logged onto FRB in a while. What a spectacular run, sir! Keep it up and you are going to have an awesome time at the ultra!

From will on Sun, Sep 14, 2008 at 20:21:03

Thanks for the comments.

Jim - great tempo run yesterday, your speed endurance was awesome in those humid conditions.

Benn - Congratulations on your 7 mile run! Looks like your injury ordeal is over. I liked the Karnazes quote, I am going to find that book, I liked his first one. Way to hang tough in school and work, and great new pic!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 74 degrees, hard rain. 

A hard rain fell this morning but that did not stop me from getting in my easy run. I ran through the flooded streets and the woods path was flowing like a creek, where I saw a box turtle enjoying itself, and a little further down the path a lone goose was standing still in the 2 inch deep water.

I was reminded of a run this past winter, when the rain was freezing and I was wearing shorts. That run toughened me up, and made today's run seem very pleasant in comparison.

My legs were not sore from yesterdays long run. I took a hot bath after because I was covered in mud. Knowing that the warm water would exaggerate any inflammation in my quads, I took a bottle of ice and rolled it over my thighs for 15 minutes after the bath, I think this helped reduce any soreness which may have occurred today.

I also slept well last night, about 10 hours, and my allergies did not bother me.

After the run I did 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#303

Comments
From JimF on Mon, Sep 15, 2008 at 19:39:58

You are the man! I was a wimp yesterday and ran on the treadmill during that mess. Good job getting out.

From will on Mon, Sep 15, 2008 at 21:02:42

Impressive 800's track workout, Jim, consistent and fast. You are very fit, and appear ready for a good, hard effort in Chicago.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 64 degrees, cloudy. 

Nice and cool today, I took it easy and ran 4 miles. Felt good and seem to be reaching for another boost in fitness.

Tomorrow I am planning to run hill repeats at the arboretum, that should get me somewhat ready for the difficult 12k cross country race next weekend at Kickapoo. Last week I had to cancel the hills because I was feeling lethargic and not getting enough sleep due to allergies. This week I am catching up on sleep and feeling stronger. 

#304

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.004.007.50

Weather - 67 degrees, sunny.

Was not able to get out for a run until 5:00pm, and I was feeling sluggish and tired. I still wanted to try running some hills, so I jogged 1.5 miles to the arboretum and planned to do the usual hill workout -  100m at 5k pace to the base of the hill, 100m hard up the hill (regular form on odd repeats, bounding on even), and 250m downhill sprint. I knew it was going to be rough because the 1.5 mile warm up jog was taxing my respiration.

I was able to complete 12 hill reps, the first 3 were a strain on my lungs, but it became easier to breathe after each completed rep. I think I was able to complete 25 reps during my last hill workout, but 12 still seems decent considering I am nearing the end of my racing cycle.

After the run 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 15 minute walk home.

#305

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.500.000.000.005.50

Weather - 73 degrees, sunny.

5 easy miles today, with 1 mile barefoot in the grass. 

After the run 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#306

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.003.000.007.00

Weather - 82 degrees, sunny.

I ran 1.5 miles to the arboretum, then got into the workout - 400m run at 5k pace with a 200m recovery on dirt roads.  It was noon so the temperature was warm. I did not have water, but my body did a good job of keeping its temperature under control. I was able to run 12 x 400m, which is pretty good considering my allergies are making sure I am not at full strength. My effort was a bit softer than a normal interval workout, one reason being my low energy, another is that I am finished running fast for the year. I am trying to maintain my fitness, but I am letting the speed get away for now.

After the run 2 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 25 minute walk home.

Reading Benn's blog I discovered Dean has a new book out, today I got it at the library. I am looking forward to learning more about this amazing runner. 

#307

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 73 degrees, sunny.

Ran an easy 4.5 miles in the park and woods. Felt like going longer, but knew it was wiser to feel fresh and relaxed at the end of the run. 

Maybe I will do a medium long run tomorrow, 10-12 miles. I will see how I feel.

#308

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
23.000.000.000.0023.00

Weather - 78 degrees, cloudy, raining.

What started out as a medium length run turned into a 3 1/2 hour long run. When I was nearing the 90 minute mark it started to rain, which kept me cool and refreshed, so I altered my plan and decided to run until I hit the wall.

I wanted to get a recent feel of the discomfort which the wall can inflict, so that when I run the ultra marathon next month I will be sure to keep the pace moderate and slow, especially for the first 15 miles.  

I tried to make todays pace reflect the pace which I will set for the race, which is about 9:00-9:15 per mile. A few of the miles I probably ran 8:30-8:45, but when I started to feel bad I made sure to slow down until recovering.

Last week I ran 3 hours, but todays run seemed so much more. Maybe it was the route, or the weather, but I seemed to hit more peaks and valleys today. At the 3 hour mark I felt punch drunk, which means that I lost some leg coordination. I felt like it would be easy to trip on a stone or root. I wasn't exactly staggering, but my leg strength began to slowly dwindle as the minutes pressed further forward.

I never did feel awful, I was in control the whole way, which gives me confidence. When I stopped I wasn't yet at the wall, but I could feel the death march commander creeping along the nearing horizon. I know that I am going to have a date with this taskmaster at the race, probably around mile 25-26, meaning I will have to suffer through 7 miles of agony. I can't wait....

After the run I walked 25 minutes, then plunged into a hot bath. Immediately after the bath I rolled an ice bottle on my legs for 20 minutes. They did not feel sore after this, just a bit fatigued, which is a good sign. Hopefully there will not be much soreness tomorrow.

#309



Comments
From jimF on Tue, Sep 23, 2008 at 12:04:33

Great job on the long run. I love the line where you say "I will have to suffer through 7 miles of agony. I can't wait..." Only a runner could say something like that. Keep up the good work.

From will on Thu, Sep 25, 2008 at 19:54:49

Jim, you've had an amazing week of training! I notice that you are tapering now, and still putting in some quality stuff. I think that is a good idea, but you mention that your legs are sometimes fatigued. With all the quality runs you have put in during the past few months, I don' t think you have to worry about losing any fitness, rather, the most important thing is to feel fresh, relaxed, and energetic. If you put in some short easy runs for a few days I think you will see an increase in strength and freshness.

Good luck in Chicago!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 73 degrees, cloudy.

Just an easy 3 miles today. Legs felt good, no muscle soreness from yesterdays 23 miles. It feels good to be able to run 3.5 hours and have no bad effects the next day.

After the run 2 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 45 minute walk home.

#310

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.002.500.008.50

Weather - 80 degrees, sunny.

Decided it was time to buy new shoes, so I went to Body 'n Sole and bought 2 pair - Asics and Mizunos. 

Felt excited to run in new shoes, ended up going 8.5 miles. 2.25 miles were barefoot at the arboretum, then I ran a new route at the South Farms which I discovered on my 23 mile run a couple of days ago. The Mizuno's felt awesome. I was about 300 miles overdue for shoes, I am lucky my feet tolerated the old ones.

After the run 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#311

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Tue, Sep 23, 2008 at 07:11:19

Way to go, sir! You are a machine! New shoes are always fun I have to say :) I know I feel the same way. I just have to take them outside and get them dirty and make them mine :)

From will on Thu, Sep 25, 2008 at 19:45:39

Hey Benn, hope school is going ok. Sounds like it is rough going right now for you. Hang in there and try your best, that is all you can do. I like this old Zen quote - "When the mind is scattered, take hold of the breath"....

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 82 degrees, sunny.

4.5 easy miles through the park and woods.

Wore my new Asics. The right shoe slips a bit on the heel, so I had to tie the laces further up the shoe, which then presses the top of the shoe into my foot. It is not perfect, but still usable. I will use the Asics for short easy runs and the Mizunos for longer, harder workouts. 

#312

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 82 degrees, sunny.

3 easy miles at the arboretum. I found a new area at the arboretum where I can do strength exercises, so I will probably be doing more workouts than usual at the arboretum.

After the run 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 30 minute walk home.

#313

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 83 degrees, sunny.

3.5 easy miles at the arboretum, followed by 3 sets of strength exercises and stretching. 

The 7.5 mile trail race at Kickapoo is this Sunday. My muscular fitness is good, but due to allergies my energy is never over 80%, and my respiration is always poor. Because of this I won't be trying to set any PR's at the race, rather, I am just going to enjoy running on the trails and try my best to run a hard pace.

#314

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 82 degrees, sunny.

3 easy miles around town.

My competitive spirit wants to do well at the race this Sunday, but my allergies won't allow it. I can't run without getting tightness in my lungs, so I will try to be content with running middle of the pack.

One of my old college friends who lives near Farmdale will be going to the race next month to cheer me on in my quest to run 33 miles. After the race if I can still stand I will take him to lunch. I am sure I will be famished.

#315

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 60 degrees, sunny.

3 easy miles. Nothing else to write about.

#316

Comments
From Benn on Sun, Sep 28, 2008 at 16:31:32

Hope you had a blast today, Will! :)Can't wait to hear how it went!

Race: Wild Wild Wilderness Trail Race (7.55 Miles) 00:01:00
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.007.550.0010.55

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny, humid.

Ken W. asked me how I did after the race, and I responded "this is one to forget". During my warm up I felt well enough, noticing how strong my legs were. However, I was mindful that my allergies have been interrupting my sleep, the evening before the race I sat up from 2:00-5:00am.  I was also aware that I should be in rest mode at this point in the season, so I was not mentally ready to give a 100% effort, and I was satisfied to run at 80%.

That is how I started the race, leisurely and comfortable, passing the first mile in 7:25. I picked it up a bit, probably running 7:00 pace for miles 2 & 3. During mile 4 I experienced the awful sensation of having the body shut down. It felt similar to mile 19 in last years trail marathon, which I described as hitting the wall - pace slowing drastically, having no choice but to walk the uphills, and then the final insult of injuring my foot during the last 2 miles, which put me out of commission for 6 weeks.

However, hitting the wall at mile 4 seems ridiculous, so I knew that it was not caused by too much effort expended and a subsequent draining of glycogen, after all, I was running comfortably, giving only about 80% effort.

As I continued to slow down during mile 5, I recalled my first half marathon a few years ago. I ran it with Melinda, not racing, but rather just strolling along comfortably at 9:00 pace.When we hit mile 11 I felt the body shutting down, just like today. I could no longer keep pace with Melinda at 9:00/mile, and was struggling to run 10:00 pace. I wanted to desperately stop, but being my first half marathon, I stubbornly trudged along, finishing in an inglorious 2:07.

A few hours after the half marathon I was struck with symptoms of heat stroke - excess perspiration dripping from my face, the need to vomit, and the feeling that I was going to lose consciousness.  I iced myself in the tub to bring down the fire burning inside of my body, and was fortunately able to recover my normal body temperature.

By mile 6 in today's race I knew I was suffering from the first signs of heat exhaustion, which could possibly lead to heat stroke. I knew I had to take the final 1.5 miles easy to avoid a repeat of the half marathon. I slowed down to 9:30 pace and trudged along in misery, wanting desperately to walk. Perhaps I should have walked, but I was too stubborn and kept on with the wall-like death march. From the point in the race where my pace slowed I traded leads with Joe P., a friendly guy in his mid 20's. At Mingo I finished 6 minutes ahead of Joe, but today he was enjoying his revenge. I was actually surprised to be even with Joe with 800m to go, but he then started his final sprint to the finish, and all I could do was recall my 800m effort at the X-Terra race last month and wish for a better day. The last 800m was humbling, I was staggering like a drunk, and slowing to what felt like 10:00 pace. I was barely hanging on as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 runners passed me in a span of 10 seconds. During the final 100m one of the race volunteers observed my pathetic pace and said, "come on, you can go faster than that!" I tried to smile and instead went slower, going into the chute in 1:00.

Considering that I ran this same course in January in 59:00 in muddy slop, I feel kind of good that I almost equaled that performance with heat exhaustion.

And so my last short race of the season is a memorable one for the wrong reasons, but that is why running is an exciting sport, I never know how I will perform on any given day.

Next up is the Farmdale 33 miler in 3 weeks. I will run slow and easy leading up to the race, hoping to recover my confidence in my running fitness and ability.

#317

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Mon, Sep 29, 2008 at 07:52:29

Hey it's okay buddy. Not every race can be your best one! Especially when you do something crazy like run EVERY DAY for nearly a year! Focus on the prize :) Great health, nice body, OVERALL GOOD TIMES!!

From jtshad on Tue, Sep 30, 2008 at 15:48:24

As was already said, not every race is an "on" race. You at least paid attention to the signals your body was sending...and listened. There will be other races, like a 33 MILER! Dang, now there is a run!

From Will on Tue, Sep 30, 2008 at 20:06:17

Thanks for the comments. You guys are running great, enjoy the autumn weather!

From The Howling Commando on Wed, Oct 01, 2008 at 23:39:39

Will - you are going to be jacked .. 33 miles.. I calculated that in my car on the way to college today.. it took me 39 minutes to drive. I can't fathom being able to run that far. You are a testament to hard work and determination. Rock on buddy!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 72 degrees, sunny.

Was not sure how I was going to fare today. Felt weak and lethargic starting the run, but after a mile I felt normal. So the heat exhaustion symptoms did not set me back too much. 

After thinking about yesterdays race, and even the previous 5k, I have concluded that next year I should end my racing season when my allergies begin, which is early September. I will run all easy days until I feel normal, which is around the beginning of November. So I will have 2 months to recover from a long summer of training and racing. It seems like a good plan, as there is no point in trying to run hard when I can't sleep or breathe normally.

Maybe it is a mistake to run the Ultra, but I am already registered, and the most that can happen is I feel tired and sluggish, and stop before the finish line.

After running 2 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 25 minute walk home.

#318

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 63 degrees, sunny.

3 easy miles around the neighborhood. 

#319

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.000.000.000.002.00

Weather - 65 degrees, sunny.

2 easy miles, just taking it easy.

My crash at last Saturday's race has my subconscious mind worried. Last night I dreamt I was racing around a track and after a couple of laps experienced another body shutdown. I am wondering if I have lost my ability to sustain a hard pace for longer than a mile or two. I realize my allergies are the cause of this, and once they subside in November I will hopefully return to normal health, but it is unnerving to lose the ability to run hard in such a short amount of time.

#320

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 62 degrees, sunny.

3 easy miles.

If I try to go faster than 8:00/pace my breathing becomes erratic and my heart rate accelerates more than it should. I guess my body is telling me this is the month to take it easy.

#321


Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
21.500.000.000.0021.50

Weather - 75 degrees, sunny.

Before my race crash last week I was planning to run a moderate long run today. The race taught me I am incapable of running fast during my allergy season, so I decided to find out if I was also incapable of running long.

I set out at 12:00pm sharp with the intent of running until extreme discomfort set in. The first few miles were slow and easy, at mile 4 I did some 200m sprints and my heart responded by over-acclerating its rate. I slowed down and decided to run easy for the rest of the run.

At the 3 hour mark I found myself in the middle of a South farms corn field. I stopped, telling myself I could not take another step. I thought of Dean K.'s method of picking a spot to run to. I decided to run 30m to a shrub. When I got to the shrub I picked a small tree and ran to that. I continued to do this for another 20 minutes until I reached Anderson Street, and then walked 30 minutes home.

On my run I realized that the reason I can't run fast is because the passages in my lungs are constricted, hence my body can't get enough oxygen. This is similar to training at altitude, and the inability to run fast at altitude. When looked at this way, I don't mind so much having to struggle to run 8:00 pace.

It has now been a month of "altitude" training, and I want to get off the mountain and run free again. To do this I must get my lungs back to normal. Meds might work but they cause unwanted side-effects. A possible solution is to restart my meditation practice. Sitting still for an hour breathing deeply has a calming effect on mind and body, and it just may relax the lungs enough to allow an improvement in oxygen flow.

It is 2 weeks to Farmdale, if I meditate for an hour every day I may see some improvement by race day. I will hope for the best.

#322


Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 70 degrees, sunny.

3 easy miles and 3 sets of strength exercises. 

No leg soreness from yesterdays long run. I am happy that my legs are able to withstand such a beating.

#323

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 75 degrees, sunny.

Ran 1.75 miles to the arboretum then ran 1.5 miles barefoot on the grass loop. 

After the run 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 25 minute walk home.

#324

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.002.500.006.50

Weather - 77 degrees, sunny.

My body must be adjusting to running with insufficeint oxygen, because today is the best I have felt in weeks. I ran easy to the woods, then decided to go moderately hard on my normal 3/4 mile loop. I was able to hold a pace of 7:00-7:15 for 3 loops without too much discomfort, even though my lungs were constricted.

This is a good sign if I can run hard with low oxygen, in a month when I am back to full oxygen capacity it will be interesting to see how fast I can go.

#325

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Mon, Oct 06, 2008 at 20:42:51

Hey Will are you going for a record with the consecutive days? or are you stopping at a year? just wondering how that works. I am excited for your 33 miler coming up

From will on Tue, Oct 07, 2008 at 15:43:28

Benn, funny you should ask that today. When I got up this morning my stomach felt upset, so instead of getting ready for work I lay in bed for about 30 minutes to see if I would feel better. I ended up vomiting 7 times in 3 1/2 hours. One of the first things I thought about was how I was going to get my run in. I held out hope that by this evening I would feel good enough to run a mile or two. If not, I thought about what a great ride it has been, and that I would just start over again.

So now it is afternoon, I have stopped vomiting, and am now attempting to eat something. If I can hold the food down I will try to get my run in this evening.

I think the record is decades, so no, I have no desire for setting a record. I guess the reason I am running every day has to do with a comment Sasha left on my blog during my first month here - he recommended an active rest on easy days rather than not running at all. I figured if he was correct in his assumption, then running everyday is the way to go, and from then on I have run everyday and have found his idea to be correct for me, my body does not seem to get overly tired from the easy running on days that I would have normally not have run. I also believe it has helped my body become stronger and better at running.

I'm excited too about the 33 miler. I just finished reading Dean K.'s new book, that was awesome, and I also just finished rereading his first book. Man, I love the chapters on his first Western States, what a beast of a course, and he describes his trials and pains with great lucidity - very inspiring for me! I am feeling hesitant about running 33 miles. I have put in 3 long runs recently of over 3 hours, and they did not take much out of me. However, by the end of each of those runs I was really struggling to keep up a decent pace (9:00 for me). I am wondering if I have enough guts and determination to run the extra 2.5-3 hours with that kind of hurt - I guess I am going to find out!

It looks like your running is going great, and I read your comment about wanting to run a 50 miler - wow, awesome, you can do it! Put in the training and by next summer you should be good to go.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.000.000.000.001.00

Weather - 63 degrees, raining.

Tough day, thought there would be a chance of no run. 

I woke this morning with an upset stomach, and soon after I was vomiting 7 times in 3 1/2 hours. After all food had left my stomach, I felt a little better, and had a little bit to eat. I took a nap in the afternoon but when I awoke I felt like another wave of vomiting was going to hit.

I lay in bed waiting for the inevitable, but fortunately I began to feel the nausea pass.I got dressed and put my running shoes on, and ran 1 mile in the rain. I burped 5 or 6 times, but I was spared having to vomit on a street corner.

Not sure how I will feel tomorrow, but one day at a time, I'm glad I got my run in!

#326

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Wed, Oct 08, 2008 at 10:42:26

Man Will you take HARDCORE TO A NEW LEVEL.. no seriously. You are nuts buddy! I am glad you got your run in. Hopefully you were able to rest and you feel better today!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 62 degrees, clear. 

Ran 5 easy miles under moonlight at the aboretum. Made a nice recovery today, about 85% back to normal. Energy was good, stomach a bit upset, but no vomiting. 

Being a vegetarian, it is not often that I eat something that makes me ill, so I am surprised to have ingested tainted food. Have not figured out what it was, but I did have lunch at a Thai restaurant, so maybe I had some bad tofu?

#327


Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 60 degrees, clear. 

Ran 3 easy miles at sunset, then 3 sets of strength exercises  and stretching at the arboretum. 

No stomach problems today, so fortunately a quick recovery.

My legs feel very fresh and strong. I am guessing it is because I am unable to run fast due to my allergies, thus my legs are spared the strain. I have put in 3 long runs in the past 4 weeks, but those do not seem to have had a negative effect, which makes me conclude that running fast is more stressful than running long.

Farmdale is a little over a week away, and I have been reflecting upon pacing strategies. The race website lists the 11 mile loop splits from last years finishers, which has given me a glimpse into the experiences of the runners.

A few of the top runners were able to manage even splits, although the first place runner blazed the first loop, then slowed considerably in the 2nd and 3rd loops. However, his first loop was so fast that he was able to maintain his position for the entire race. He must have been hurting in the final 5 miles, though.

The majority of the runners were unable to control their pace in the first loop, going too fast for the distance, and thus slowed in the 2nd loop, and slowed further in the third. The third loop is where many runners crumbled, some running 45-60 minutes slower than the first loop, which shows not only a lack of endurance, but discipline.

Another observation is that some of the younger runners fell into the trap of going out too fast, thus dying in the final loop. Perhaps this is because of their lack of patience, and also having too much pride - it has to feel good running away from the other runners for 2 hours, but their lack of foresight punishes them during the final 3 hours. It can't be fun being passed by older runners with only 5 miles to go.

It being my first attempt at such a long distance, I am almost certain I am going to be one of those runners who goes out too fast. Not because of pride or impatience, but because I have never run at 10:00 pace before. My long runs are at 9:00 pace, which I am afraid will be too quick for the distance.

I went to the track last week to time myself for a mile. Unlike earlier in the year when I was trying to run as fast as possible, this time I was trying to run as slow as I could. I wanted to see what pace my slowest possible running stride produced, and it was 9:50. It was painfully slow, just a bit faster than a walk. Yet some runners in an ultra move at 12:00 pace and greater. For this reason I believe I am going to be one of those people who dies in the final loop, walking dejectedly towards the finish line.

#328

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Fri, Oct 10, 2008 at 21:00:45

I think you hit on some important issues, Will. Just looking in Marathon times from around my region over the years, I have found those results to be the same as previous years ones for the 33 miler.. people start off way too fast. Though I know a lot of times for 50+ milers even the winners argue they start off fast, hit the wall, and then kind of fight it and coast on in knowing they will slow down.

As far as 10:00 pace is concerned (which is what I run at now that I'm back into jogging): I found that I can still manage the same cadence as running as I used to, just shorten my strides so I can maintain that slow pace but still feel like I'm "running" in a way. If I were you I'd err on the side of caution. Better to have energy left at the end then to be crawling to the line. Just go out there adn have a good time. My buddy finished 12th in the JFK 50 miler a couple years ago.. and he started off in the back of the pack. At the first check point he was 2nd to last.. of over 1000 runners. While I'm not saying go out THAT slow, just stay within yourself. And just treat it as a long fun run :) You can do this. You've been preparing for this for a long time!

From will on Sat, Oct 11, 2008 at 00:33:05

Benn - thanks for the ideas and encouragement.

I have been running 33 miles in my head for weeks now, and I am with you all the way - start off slow. My plan is to have a very easy heart rate during the first 11 miles, which is determined by easy breathing. When I feel my breath becoming labored, I will slow down. I believe a high heart rate sustained too early will cause the leg muscles to shut down before the finish.

The second loop I will go just a bit harder. The final loop I hope to have something left, and when I reach mile 29 start running it like a race - I am hoping all of the moderate running will allow this.

That is the plan, but I know how I operate. When I am new at something I miss a lot things, and not until much practice do I make improvements. I can't bypass experience, so I will be happy if I can just make it to the finish in one piece.

I remember Salem, MA - the police cars had a picture of a witch on a broom - very unique!

I'm happy to read that your running is going well, have a great weekend....

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.000.000.002.50

Weather - 65 degrees, clear. 

Ran 2.5 miles with Maggie the dog. We went to the track and raced 800m. 

#329

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.500.000.000.001.50

Weather - 74 degrees, clear. 

After painting the house in the afternoon, I went for a 1.5 mile run at dusk, then 2 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 10 minute walk home.

#330

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.000.000.000.008.00

Weather - 57 degrees, clear.

Allergies woke me at 3:00am, so I decided to go for a run. I was surprisingly energetic, and after 4 miles I started to feel pretty good, so I kept on going. The stars were numerous and bright and by the end of the run the moon was a drippy crimson setting on the horizon.

After the run I did 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 30 minute walk home.

#331

Comments
From JimF on Mon, Oct 13, 2008 at 19:38:07

That is a early morning run. I wish I could have started the marathon at 3. Good job pushing through the allergies.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

Spent the afternoon painting the house. I started this project in May, and today I finally finished. It was like an ultramarathon - if I contemplated the amount of time and work that needed to be completed, I would have given up long ago. Instead, I practiced my Zen, one brush stroke at a time, and 5 months later, I have a newly painted house. 

After finishing off the house, I ran 4.5 miles at dusk. I am feeling pretty good these days in spite of my allergies. Running easy every day has given me a much needed rest from fast running. I know this is the Fast Running blog, but I can't run hard year round. After this Saturday's 32 miler (1 mile was lopped off the course due to flooding) I plan on running easy for 5-6 weeks, maybe even until the new year.

#332

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 78 degrees, sunny.

The maple trees in town are turning bright red and yellow, so I decided to run to Busey Woods and the park to admire the changing foliage. This is a beautiful time of year to run in nature.

I have been lucky this week, most of the days my allergies are not as bad and I am getting longer and deeper sleep, which should help me during my race this Saturday.

My legs are feeling great, no injuries, so I will be going to Farmdale at close to 100% muscle capacity. My respiration still sucks, but that's the way it goes, I will work with what I have.

The past two weeks I have been thinking maybe I should do some speed work to put some stress on my body, but I think that is a bad idea. I remember Bruce Fordyce saying that when you are not feeling at 100%  running strength, most runners believe they need to work harder, but it is better to take it easy and do less. And I also recall Frank Shorter's famous saying "It does not matter what you do during the 2 weeks leading up to the marathon, the work done before this period is what matters". So running easy seems better than running hard this close to the race.

After the run 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 30 minute walk home.

#333

 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.000.002.000.004.00

Weather - 62 degrees, raining.

I ran 1.75 miles to the arboretum, then removed my shoes and ran 2 grass loops (1.5 miles) in a hard rain.

A high school cross country team was running grass loops also, so I hooked up with a small group and ran the best I have in a long time. I averaged about 7:00 pace, and my respiration felt about 90%.  I was also excited about my ability to run hard in my bare feet. I no longer worry about sticks or other debris because my feet are now tough and flexible enough to withstand the pressure.

The 32 miler is just a few days away, and I am feeling good. The weather report is calling for a high of 62 and partly sunny, so should be a fine day for running in the woods.

#334

Comments
From JimF on Thu, Oct 16, 2008 at 12:52:06

Glad to hear that you are feeling better going into the big run this weekend. Sounds like the weather is going to be great. Good luck!

From will on Fri, Oct 17, 2008 at 05:54:40

Thanks, Jim. It sounds like you are slowly getting over your muscle soreness. Good to know your desire for racing is still strong, you should be able to run some fast times at the shorter distances. Am looking forward to see how you do.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.000.000.000.001.00

Weather - 63 degrees, sunny.

Took it real easy today, running just 1 mile. I want my legs to be fresh for Saturday.

#335

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.000.000.002.50

Weather- 63 degrees, sunny.

Ran an easy 2.5 miles to the car rental agency.

Big race tomorrow. I am driving to Washington, IL this afternoon and staying at a hotel.

#336

Race: Farmdale 33 mile Trail Race (33.5 Miles) 06:08:08, Place overall: 14
Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
33.500.000.000.0033.50

Weather - 40-60 degrees, sunny.

I am not sure where to start, how to describe such an unusual experience. 3 years ago I never would have guessed that I was capable of running 33.5 miles. I am still having trouble believing that I really did it.

The fun started on Friday evening. When I arrived at the hotel they told me I was not on the reservation list, and they had no available rooms.  I handed them my Expedia receipt, and explained that I had already been charged for a 2 night stay. The receptionist told me to take a seat while she tried to figure things out. So I sat in the lobby eating a peanut butter and honey sandwich, deciding what my next move would be. I could look for another hotel in the area, or drive 2 hours back home, get up at 3:00am, and return to Washington. After a 30 minute wait the receptionist told me they were going to bump a late arrival because I had already paid and was present. I felt bad about the person getting bumped, but she told me they would find that person a new hotel. I wasn't going to refuse the room, and I felt relief that I could now relax in my room and not have to endure 4 more hours of driving.

I decided to drive to Farmdale at 7:00pm after I got settled into my room. It was only 10 minutes from the hotel. I picked up my racing bib and running shirt. They had a fire going because the evening was cool, about 40 degrees. They offered me some pizza, but I thought it would upset my stomach, so I declined. 

When I got back to the hotel room I reread an inspiring Western States story, and then dozed off.

I arrived at the race site at 7:00am, took a 15 minute walk around the grounds, and then readied myself at the starting line. They sent us on our way at 7:30am. It was about 40 degrees, clear, and no wind - perfect! I wore 3 shirts, gloves, and shorts. I was planning to ditch 2 of the shirts at the end of the first loop, knowing that in a couple of hours it would probably be in the low 50's.

The ultra runners were grouped with the 8 mile runners, so I did not bother trying to keep up with the leaders. Actually, after running 400m into the woods, I turned around and realized I was dead last. I had to laugh, and could not believe all of the ultra runners would be going out at sub-10:00 pace. I can see why runners hoping to achieve a  sub-5 hour time would go out quick, but there was only going to be 5 or 6 runners at the most who would achieve that kind of result. I am not sure how slow I was running, but it seemed similar to my 1 mile track experiment a couple of weeks ago, so it must have been close to 10 minute pace, which seemed reasonable. If I could achieve 10 minute pace in the final loop, I would be very happy.

After a quarter mile I passed 4 or 5 runners in quick order because they were walking tiny hills. I was planning to walk the longer hills, but we had not reached any yet. I scooted along for a mile, but 2 women behind were starting to annoy me because they were talking loudly. I decided to get as far from them as possible, and went a little faster and slowed down when I could not hear them any longer. I caught up with a man and a woman who were running together at 9:30 pace. It seemed good to me, so I followed them for a few miles.

Before reaching the first aid station we had to cross a creek at about mile 3. I had not been aware of the creek crossing, but I had brought extra socks and had them in my car near the starting line. I decided to change into a dry pair after the completion of each loop, but I realized I would be running 24 of the 33 miles with wet socks.

When we reached the first aid station I asked how far into the course we were, and they told me 4.5 miles. It seemed longer than that, and the man and the woman I had been following agreed with me. I was not thirsty or hungry, so I left the 2 runners and started off on my own.

I tried to keep my pace as moderate as possible. My plan was to delay the onset of the death-march/wall until the 3rd loop. That required having a knowledge of the causes of the wall phenomenon. Some things I have read declare it is caused by a depletion of glycogen. This may be true, but there may be more at work here. I hit the wall at the Wilderness race a few weeks ago at mile 3, and I surely had not run out of glycogen. I also recall reading that running at too high a heart rate for too long a time can cause the body to shut itself down. I planned to eat while running, making sure my glycogen supply remained steady, but I also had to make sure my heart rate never went beyond an aerobic level. Since I do not have a heart rate monitor, I was going to have to monitor my breath, making sure it remained easy. I was confident that if my breathing remained steady I could cover the full distance without crashing and burning.Well, that was the plan, anyways.

I passed a few more runners by the time I reached the 2nd aid station at mile 6.5. I was feeling pretty good, not tired, but still hesitant about what I was attempting to accomplish. I still had 27 miles to cover, so it was too early to know how it would turn out. 

After the aid station I began following 2 men and a woman on a tricky single track trail with lots of little hills. The woman was directly ahead of me, she had a knee brace on, and seemed like a tough runner.

Before long we reached the 3rd aid station, which happened to also be the 2nd aid station, I think we looped around it for a few miles and then did a return trip. I was starting to feel warm, so I poured some water on my head, ate some peanuts, and stood around for a few minutes to get rested. I asked one the volunteers how many miles we were into the loop. "About 6.5", he said. It did not seem right, as I had already been running for about 1:45. If he was correct I did not think I was going to be able to finish the race, because I was moving too slow.

I decided I needed to go a little faster, but I held steady and continued to follow the 3 runners. Soon after the aid station we came to a beautiful earth dam that was about 600m in length, and it towered over the countryside, allowing a great view of the small creek and woods. When we got off the dam we went into more woods, and soon reached the end of the loop. The volunteer had told me mile 6.5, which is correct for the second station, but not the third. The third was actually at mile 9.5.

When I reached the finish shoot I saw that it took me 2:01 to run the first loop, which was about 10:54 pace. I had walked a number of the hills, and had spent about 5 minutes at the aid stations, which put my actual running pace at 10:15, which meant, I hoped, that I had a lot of energy saved in the bank for the next 2 loops. Throughout the first loop I continually thought, "the real race does not start until the 3rd loop. The first loop is a test of will, to see who will over-extend by going too hard."

I stopped at my car, changed out of my wet socks, ate some strawberries, blueberries, nuts, and drank a can of V-8 and water. I had to pee, so I walked to the porto-potty, but all 3 were full. I found a place in the woods and went. When I was ready to go I had forgotten how to get on the trail so I had to walk 150m back to the directors tent and ask directions. He pointed to the direction I had just come from. I looked at the clock, it was at 2:09. I realized I had managed my time poorly, and taken too much time lounging around. I knew I had some money in the bank, so I decided to run at 9:00-9:15 pace during most of the 2nd loop.  I knew I could negative split the 2nd loop, and I was looking forward to passing the runners who had gone out hard in the first loop, and now were slowing down.

It felt good to lengthen out my stride, and dry socks felt nice also. I was surprised that my feet were holding up with no blisters. I started to pass a number of runners, including the 3 that I had been following during the 1st loop. They had obviously managed their time better than me and had started the 2nd loop sooner. When I reached the blond woman I slowed a bit and decided to follow, because we were on narrow single track, making it difficult to pass. About 1 minute later I looked up and saw her crumpled on the ground. I stopped to see if she was ok. She got up slowly, said yes, and that it was her second time falling. She was really tough. I followed her a little bit longer, making sure she was ok, and when we got off the single track I resumed running at 9:00 pace. I passed 4 or 5 runners, and then came upon 2 guys who looked back when they heard me and didn't seem to like that I was running faster than they were. I passed them, and then we came to a long hill, which I walked. One of the guys who I had just passed came flying by on the hill at about 7:00 pace. I was not sure what his idea was, but it did not bother me in the least. When I got to the top, I saw that he was walking the downhill. I laughed, and said, "are you sprinting the uphills and walking the downhills?!". He laughed and said he was pacing the other guy, so I knew he was just getting in a hill workout, and was not running the full 33.

I was looking forward to reaching the first aid station, because that would mark the halfway point of the race. I was still running strong, and felt I was expending energy well within my means. Once I reached the half way point, I expected the struggle of the race to begin in earnest.

When I arrived at the aid station the volunteers seemed more concerned about my welfare than the first time around. They were pushing me to take S-caps, which I had never tried before. They told me it would counteract all the water I was drinking. When they said this I realized I had not been drinking a lot of water because it was fairly cool outside. However, I decided to go along with their advice and I swallowed 2 caps and ate some pretzels. They tried to get me to eat some nasty looking strawberry fig newtons, but I normally avoid all junk food, so I politely declined and instead ate some peanuts. I poured some water on my head, felt refreshed, and took off running again.

I now knew that I was approaching the critical miles of the race. At last years marathon I hit the wall at mile 19. However, I ran hard for the 18 miles leading up to that horrible mile, and today I had run easy the whole way. I knew I had a chance to hold it all together, I just needed a little luck, and a lot of determination to hit the right pace that would not throw my body off its natural rhythm.

I passed more runners, who were looking fatigued and tired. I caught up with a woman in her late 40’s who looked strong. I slowed down and ran at her side. I decided to start a conversation, and discovered she had run 3 100 milers and a number of 50 milers. She also told me she had taken a fall today, and showed me her hand. It was swollen, maybe she had broken a bone. But she had a smile on her face when she said, “I don’t need my hand to run this race”. Soon after she stopped to walk, and I continued on my way. She yelled out to me, "I hope to catch you in the 3rd loop.”

Before I knew it I had passed the other 2 aid stations and was already back on the beautiful damn. At this time I noticed that my quads were starting to get slightly sore. It was not very bad at this point, but I knew it was going to get worse as the miles wore on. I saw two runners up ahead and I was gaining on them. I had completed almost 22 miles and I was still going strong. Just past the dam I caught up with one of the runners, it happened to be Chris M., who directs the Clinton Lake 30 miler, and whose blog I read regularly. I introduced myself, and told him I was a fan of his blog. Just then we reached the end of the second loop, and the clock read 3:58, which means I had run the loop in 1:50, a big negative split.

Chris and I parted ways and I walked to my car, changed socks again, ate some more fruit, drank 2 V-8’s, and swallowed 5 or 6 chocolate covered espresso beans. I never drink coffee or ingest caffeine, so I was hoping for a big energy boost from the beans. I grabbed a bottle of green Bolthouse juice and a hummus sandwich, and started running. I realized I had only peed once in 4 hours. Probably not a good sign.

On my long training runs I had taught myself how to eat a sandwich on the run, so as I ran mile 23 I chomped heartily into my hummus sandwich while downing large quantities of juice. By the time I had finished my sandwich my thighs were beginning to ache, but I had not hit the wall yet, which made me happy. I decided to continue running at 9:00-9:15 pace. I soon caught up with Chris, and I slowed down to about 10:30 pace so that I could talk with him. One of the things he told me was that instead of shortening the course due to flooding, the director had actually lengthened it to 33.5 miles. I was kind of glad to hear this, because it made me feel less slow. We stayed together for 2 or 3 miles, crossing the creek, and then another runner came up behind us. At this time I decided I needed to pick up the pace, so I said good-bye to Chris and started to lengthen my stride.  I still had good energy, and I was approaching mile 26, which was encouraging. I ended up taking a wrong turn on the trail and ran 200m up a hill. When I looked down I saw Chris and the other runner down below, following another trail. I groaned and turned around to backtrack. I soon caught up with Chris, passed him a second time, and then caught the other runner.

When I reached the 1st aid station at mile 26.5 I drank a lot of water, took 2 S-caps, ate some pretzels, and talked with the aid volunteer for a few minutes. He asked me if this was my second loop. I told him it was my third, and he looked at me in surprise. I must have looked fresh, or looked like a not very good ultra runner. My time was pretty slow, so I don’t know why he was surprised.

I took off down the trail again. I was now into unknown territory, but holding up good. I was expecting to have to run in discomfort, but about the only thing I had to put up with was the ever-increasing soreness of my thighs. The down-hills were now a drag because I did not have the agility to handle them with grace. But my energy was still with me. I slowed down a bit, and was now running about 9:30-10:15 pace, but all things considered, that was ok with me.

I got into a zone and just chugged along through the trails, feeling kind of odd in the head, like I was drunk. I started singing, which I rarely do. Before I knew it I had reached the 2nd aid station at mile 28.5. Only 5 miles to go. If I could avoid the wall I would be able to breeze through them, but if I lost my composure those last 5 miles would be hell. I poured 3 cups of water over my head, rubbed some body glide under my right armpit because it was starting to rub raw, ate some salty snacks, then got back into the woods, pounding the tricky single track and navigating the hills like a drunk staggering down an alley at 3:00am.

I kept chugging and chugging, my breath becoming a little labored, but still manageable. I was now in the real race, the point where body is aching and the mind is low on energy, causing the world to look a whole lot different than normal.

When I hit the third aid station, the volunteer asked if I was on my second loop, and looked surprised when I told him it was my third. Once again, I decided either I looked too fresh, which I now highly doubted, or I just do not look like a competent ultra runner. I actually double checked in my head if I really had run 3 loops. I tried to recount my experiences, and decided that I indeed had run 3 loops.

With only 1.5 miles to go, and not having hit the wall, I was feeling ecstatic, and went running down the trail with very stiff legs, looking forward to seeing the dam for the third time. Before reaching it I came upon another runner who was with his pacer. I did not feel like passing, so I slowed down and ran behind them. When we reached the damn they slowed to a walk, so I plodded past and started to feel elated. I was almost there, 33.5 miles almost complete, 6 hours of running in the woods. When I got to the last stretch of woods I started to run quickly, giving it everything I had. Now I could breathe hard, the adventure almost complete. I had avoided the wall, and could allow myself the luxury of running at 8:00 pace for a half mile. When I saw the chute I sprinted across the meadow and finished  in 6 hours 8 minutes.

My old friend from college, Rick, was at the finish, and when I saw him I ran to him and gave him a hug and a big smile.

The run was over, the day a success. I loved every minute of it, and I am looking forward to running another one next year.

#337

Comments
From cody on Sun, Oct 19, 2008 at 22:22:50

Nice race and excellent race report. Thanks for sharing all the insights into both yourself and an ultra. I might THINK about doing a race like that one day.

From barry on Sun, Oct 19, 2008 at 23:24:13

Congratulations that is an awesome time. WOW, that is a race that i could not run. I have a hard time running 22 miles. Your should be very proud of yourself. Keep up the good work!!

From JimF on Mon, Oct 20, 2008 at 14:35:02

Great job completing this ultra trail run. Sounds like you enjoyed yourself and kept a great attitude throughout. You have done a excellent job this fall of persevering through your allergies to be able to accomplish a race like this!

From Jon on Mon, Oct 20, 2008 at 16:09:20

Nice work- enjoyable race report to read, and I was glad you never hit the wall. Congrats.

From The Howling Commando on Mon, Oct 20, 2008 at 17:00:04

YOUR FIRST ULTRA, BUDDY! YOURE MY HERO!!!

What an awesome race report! You had a great race! You definitely should be proud of this one! :)

From will on Mon, Oct 20, 2008 at 21:38:31

Thanks for the comments, everyone. It was a fun race, but I am looking forward to some easy running over the next 6 weeks. I need a break....

From tarzan on Mon, Oct 20, 2008 at 22:14:47

Great race report and congratulations on finishing so strongly. It sounds like a nice course to try.

From GTI on Thu, Oct 23, 2008 at 01:37:28

JW!

Thanks for leading me over to *your* blog. I should have known.

Once again, congrats! You did a great job. (And no major wrong turns, like me!)

You may have found this already, but www.trailrunnermag.com offers a pretty comprehensive trail race calendar you can use to find a 50-miler to take a shot at next summer. I'm hoping to have time in my calendar to go after my first 100.

I'll keep reading...

From Will on Thu, Oct 23, 2008 at 13:13:09

Thanks, Greg, for the link, I will check it out.

Good luck with your attempt at 100, you definitely have put in some good training.

I will keep reading your blog for inspiration and training ideas.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 60 degrees, sunny.

I returned the rental car, and somehow managed to run 3 easy miles back home. My legs felt as flexible as concrete, but they loosened up the further I ran along.

I was almost certain I had no injuries from yesterdays race, but would not be sure until I ran today. I am happy to say that all seems normal. The only ill effect is extreme muscle damage in my quads, which should be 100% recovered in 7 to 10 days.

So I have made it to the resting phase of my training without getting injured, that is probably my best accomplishment of the year. For the next 5-6 weeks all runs will be easy, no speedwork, and no racing.

In December I will begin to rebuild my base.

#338

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.500.000.000.001.50

Weather - 58 degrees, sunny.

My legs are very sore, so I ran easy and short today. 

After the run I did some upper body exercises, at least that part of my body feels normal.

They posted the results of the race today. I discovered that I placed 14 out of 66 runners. I am surprised I placed that high. Rachel asked me yesterday how I thought I placed, and I guessed 25 out of 50. I made a lot of mistakes out there, I think I could have run 30 minutes faster if I knew how to use my time better. But it was my first ultra, so I will hopefully learn as I gain more experience. 

#339

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 58 degrees, clear.

Legs felt better today, still sore, but flexibility much improved. Running subsequently was easier, I was able to extend my legs and run at 8:00 pace for about 800m.

After the run did 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#340

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 53 degrees, sunny.

My legs are making a nice day by day recovery, I'm surprised how quickly my energy for running has returned. Just an easy 3 miles, then 5 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

#341

Comments
From JimF on Thu, Oct 23, 2008 at 10:22:18

Good to hear that you are recovering nicely and energy is high after a tough run!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 58 degrees, cloudy.

Legs still on the mend, but I had a minor setback. Upon arrival at the arboretum I was feeling good and my pace unconsciously picked up. My left thigh rejected this small bit of speed and I felt a bit of spasm in the muscle. I immediately slowed and it allowed me to continue running. 

Later in the day I felt a bit of swelling in the left thigh, so I have to make sure to run slow for the next few days to let everything fully heal.

Walked 30 minutes home after the run.

#342

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.250.000.000.001.25

Weather - 48 degrees, cloudy.

Just 1.25 miles around the neighborhood with the dog. Legs felt pretty good.

#343

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.500.000.000.002.50

Weather - 53 degrees, clear. 

Ran 1.75 miles to the arboretum, then 1 grass loop barefoot. 

Legs are feeling better each day. My right leg is about 85%, but my left leg is still trying to recover from the thigh spasm 2 days ago. It did not cause me any problems today, but I could feel it when I was doing my strength exercises.

It does not matter how long it takes for me to recover, I am happy to have no serious injuries, and I am looking forward to easy running in the coming weeks.

After the run 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

I noticed I ran only 17.50 miles this week. That is the lowest amount in a long time, I guess it fits with the current plan - taking it easy....

#344

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.250.000.000.004.25

Weather - 49 degrees, cloudy.

Was able to run a bit faster today, legs are recovering nicely.

#345

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 37 degrees, cloudy, windy.

First cold day for running this season. One day I am running in shorts and a singlet, the next long underwear, sweats, 3 shirts, jacket, hat and gloves.

I ran 4.50 miles on the arboretum loop to MBK and back, then 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 35 minute walk home.

Legs are feeling 95% recovered.

#346

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.500.000.000.005.50

Weather - 48 degrees, sunny.

Instead of waiting until dusk to take my run, I decided to run at 2:00 pm so that I could get the most warmth out of the day. It felt pretty nice out there, and the leaves on the trees are at their best right now, a luminous cloth of bright colors which shades the world in a soft glow.

Ran around Busey Woods, legs felt 100% today, so it only took 10 days for me to recover from the race.

It is good I am taking a break now because the combination of cold weather and my end of season allergies is potent - it makes me out of breath to run at 8:00/pace. I notice, though, that if I can run very slow for 4 miles, my lungs loosen up and I can then run 7:30 pace with  no problem. I did that today, and it felt good to move quicker than normal.

Thinking back to last year, I don't think I overcame my tight lungs until April, when I ran a 19:13 5k in cold, rainy weather. So I will have to run slow for the next 5 months. Kind of depressing, and I am thinking about not racing until then. I tried some races last year in the winter, and I had poor results each time.

My best months are July and August. When I was in Door County running my 100 mile week I ran consistently at 6:30 pace with more ease than my current 9:00 minute miles. I also ran my best 12k in early August, averaging 6:44 pace on hilly trails.

Knowing the above, I think I should only race May-August, May and June for tune-up races, and July and August for the real thing. For the remaining months only slow and steady running because that is all my body will allow.

During the slow months I need to keep myself motivated, so instead of running short and fast, maybe I can concentrate on participating in long, slow ultras. I ran my first ultra 2 weeks ago without having the ability to run fast, but it did not prevent me from running 6 hours at 9:00-10:30 pace.

My 1 year anniversary on this blog is only a couple of weeks away. Since I can only run fast 2 months out of the year, maybe I should call it quits here and just keep a generic blog. Afterall, this is the Fast Running blog, so what is the point of keeping a record of my slow, plodding months. I do like the abililty of this blog to quickly track all months and miles, so maybe I should stay for that reason alone.

After the run 4 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 30 minute walk home.

#347

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Wed, Oct 29, 2008 at 08:10:11

Hey buddy! Don't ever quit on the FRB. Heck look at me. They let me stay around and I been a couch potato for nearly a year! You are needed on the blog! Just like those fall colors you saw at Busey's Woods the other day, each runner here brings a new and different perspective, and if we lose one it affects the whole picture. Don't worry about taking some "down" months. All good runners do. I know that I especially will be cutting back runs and all during the winter only because it's just so hard to run in the snow and cold.

How exciting is that.. You're so close to 1 year anniversary on blog and of running consecutive days!

From JimF on Wed, Oct 29, 2008 at 08:48:35

It would be great to have you stick around the FRB. The main thing here is working with others to achieve your goals whatever they happen to be. We all go through ups and downs but it certainly is better to have others to share the experience with. Also, we get to benefit from your experiences and feedback (like just running an ultra). Glad to hear that you are completely recovered!

From will on Thu, Oct 30, 2008 at 07:34:48

Thanks for the ideas on why I should stay. I guess if the moderators don't kick me out for being slow, no reason not to hang around and keep trying.

Benn, it is great to see your mileage creeping up, and your running faster, good job!

Jim, good luck at Huntsville!

From The Howling Commando on Thu, Oct 30, 2008 at 11:21:12

Thanks, Will! Are you kidding me? Even on your "slow" days you're faster than me! They let me stay on when all I did was eat cheese with my whine and walk 20:00 minute miles haha.

From jtshad on Fri, Oct 31, 2008 at 11:46:30

Stick around on the blog! The tools are improving all the time due to suggestions and Sasha's work, so why not? Fast is in individual thing and is not a requirement. It is great to have a variety of folks to compare notes with and to help keep us all motivated! Plus, we need to keep others from outside of Utah and Idaho contributing your race results and thoughts to keep us diverse!

Oh, great job on the 3 hour run, sounds like the allergies died down a bit!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 51 degrees, sunny.

Went out in the afternoon to enjoy the brisk weather. Ran through Busey Woods and enjoyed the leaves and the light.

After the run 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 30 minute walk home.

#348

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
19.500.000.000.0019.50

Weather - 63 degrees, sunny.

A really great day for running, and I ended up going 3 hours around the South Farms, MBK, the Arboretum, Crystal Lake, and Busey Woods. I went easy for most miles, so I am calculating an average of 9:15 pace. 

I felt best at 90 minutes, and ran between 8:00-8:30 pace for 20 minutes after that.

At the 1:50 mark I stopped at Strawberry Fields and bought a sandwich, fruit, and a drink. I sat under a nearby tree and ate, then started running again and stopped at the 3 hour mark.

I feel I could have gone another hour, but I felt it best not to push my body too hard right now, 3 hours is long enough.

#349

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.001.500.000.008.50

Weather - 70 degrees, sunny.

Another great day. My lungs felt 90%, which is better than I have felt in 2 months. Consequently it was very easy to run, and I ran quicker than my normal plodding allergy pace. I even dipped below 7:00 pace when I was doing loops in Busey Woods. 

I planned to do 4 miles, but with the day being so nice I could not resist running further. I wanted to get to South Farms but when I got to the arboretum I had already run over 8 miles, and I did not think it wise to go any further because of yesterday's run.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 30 minute walk home.

#350

Comments
From JimF on Sat, Nov 01, 2008 at 11:22:47

Great run! Glad to hear that you are feeling better. Looks like some great running weather this weekend.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.250.000.000.005.25

Weather - 71 degrees, sunny.

Amazing weather for November 1. My run was very enjoyable, the leaves in town and in the woods are yellow and red, and the warmth feels great.

After the run I stopped at Strawberry Fields, bought a sandwich, fruit, and juice, and sat under a nearby tree and had a satisfying lunch.

#351

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.500.000.000.007.50

Weather - 72 degrees, sunny.

Another great autumn day. Rachel and I went to Homer Lake, I ran, and she hiked. I did a full loop of the forest paths, the trees were spectacular. I ate too much before running, and it felt like a basketball was dribbling inside my stomach, but I still managed 7.5 miles.

#352

Comments
From JimF on Mon, Nov 03, 2008 at 11:05:07

Nice run! This weather has been incredible. It is great to get out on these kind of days.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.000.000.000.008.00

Weather - 74 degrees, sunny.

It felt like summer, looked like autumn, a good combination for training, so I ran to the South Farms and looped back through MBK to the arboretum.

After the run 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 30 minute walk home.

#353

Comments
From matt on Mon, Nov 03, 2008 at 16:21:10

I love your picture man. You look totally intense. Keep up the great training.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
10.500.000.000.0010.50

Weather - 73 degrees, sunny.

My allergies are lessening, and since it is still warm, I am able to run at close to normal speed. 

The last few days I have had good running energy, most likely caused by long, deep sleep. Today ran 10.50 miles  on the South Farms/MBK loop. After mile 5 I picked up the pace, but still was able to breathe easy. The final mile was the fastest, it felt really good.

I voted this morning.....

#354


Comments
From The Howling Commando on Tue, Nov 04, 2008 at 16:51:48

So much for laying off the mileage! You're pouring it on, and pouring it on thick buddy! Woot for voting! I voted 7 or 7:30 this morning. Couldn't wait! You vote for Obama?! Being from his home state and all

From will on Tue, Nov 04, 2008 at 17:42:45

Benn - Most of my runs until the end of the year will be on feel. If my body is charged up and ready to run, I don't mind going 8, 10, 12, 20 miles, as long as it seems easy and my heart rate is under control. What I don't want to do is put too great a strain on my system right now.

Saw that you clocked some fast miles this week, way to go! Looking forward to when you get back to racing, it should not be long.

Yeah, I'll admit I lean left, so I voted for the man from Illinois. Tonight there is a big party, family all the way from Dayton, Ohio drove in to celebrate a hoped-for Obama win. I noticed that the polls put Utah as the state which most supports McCain, I am guessing for religious reasons.

From The Howling Commando on Tue, Nov 04, 2008 at 17:52:31

Yeah a lot of religious reasons make the west Republican. But fortunately there are a lot of Democrats in New England and California :) Should be an easy Obama win. If not, then the Republicans rigged another election and there will be riots in the streets!

I can't wait to race again! It's been way too long. I'm running a 10k for "fun" later this month, though I hope to go a little "harder" than an easy run and maybe even average 8:00 pace for it!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 74 degrees, sunny.

Felt a bit of muscle soreness in my quads, so just an easy 3 miles today, then 2 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 30 minute walk home. 

#355

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Thu, Nov 06, 2008 at 13:00:28

I hear you on the quad issue, though I don't log nearly as many miles as you! You're a tank :)

Such wonderful weather! I'm jealous!

From will on Thu, Nov 06, 2008 at 16:42:57

Looks like your training is reaching a higher level, Benn. Saw you did a 2 run workout today - awesome!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
12.500.000.000.0012.50

Weather - 58 degrees, raining.

 I felt good on my run today. I was hoping to run in the rain, and the weather cooperated. The temp was 62 when I started, but dropped to 58 with some moderate wind when I finished. I was planning to run 3 hours, and I ran the South Farms/MBK loop 12 minutes faster than last weeks 3 hour run. I have been getting good sleep, and my lungs are returning to normal, and on my run today I had to keep slowing myself down because there is no need to run 8:00 minute miles for 3 hours. I think I averaged 8:30 miles, which is 30-45 seconds faster for my long runs during the last 2 months.

I stopped to refuel at Strawberry Fields, ate a hummus sandwich, banana, and some blue juice in about 6 minutes. When I restarted my run I could feel the chill of the wind and rain and decided 12 miles was good enough, so I ran a half mile back home and called it a day.

I am having a good week of training, so my confidence is beginning to return.

#356

Comments
From jtshad on Thu, Nov 06, 2008 at 16:44:28

Nice run, glad you felt good about it. I am envious of your weather. We are still around freezing here and I ran in 20 degrees this morning (albeit no rain).

From will on Thu, Nov 06, 2008 at 16:51:59

Thanks, Jeff. You are tough as nails, your motivation to run twice a day in all weather is inspiring, also your skill/knowledge and high level of achievement.

By the way, your latest pic is great - looks like tough conditions!

From jtshad on Thu, Nov 06, 2008 at 16:55:10

Your must have felt a bit like my picture based on your run description. I too wanted to stop but convinced myself to go on only because it was my goal race.

Thanks for the compliments, but your motivation is just as impressive. Keep up the great running.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 42 degrees, cloudy, windy.

November weather has finally arrived. I felt a strange tightness in my chest at the beginning of my run, so I decided to take it easy and run only 3.5 miles.

After the run 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 30 minute walk home.

#357

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.000.000.000.008.00

Weather - 35 degrees, cloudy, windy.

Ahhh, cold, windy weather with gray skies -  a perfect day for running with an iPod.

I have been training on feel for the past couple of months, no set plans for any day. Today I found myself heading once again to the South Farms. It has such a lonely, melancholic beauty which interacts well with a solitary runner. I did a modified loop for 8 miles.

My iPod was perceptive of the mood of the day, the shuffle chose some appropriate music for such a blustery afternoon - Les Yeux Fermes : II Happy Ending, by Terry Riley; Philip Glass' Koyaanisqatsi; Death is a Disease and Lux Aeterna by Clint Mansell - that is some heavy-hearted sound.

I have ended up with weekly mileage in the low 50's recently, and I am taking it easy, so I must still have some good fitness left over from the summer.

This morning I went photographing at the railyard, and while tramping around with my tripod and camera equipment discovered that carrying a heavy backpack yesterday morning was the cause of my peculiar chest tightness. Today the tightness was gone, so maybe it was a muscle spasm in the pecs.

#358

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 33 degrees, windy, cloudy.

It felt like winter today, so I wore a lot of layers and trudged to the park and woods. After 2 miles my legs started to feel loose so I picked up the pace a bit. Just an easy 5 miles while admiring all the leaves on the ground.

I noticed that November 9, 2007 was my first blog entry at FRB, and I ran 5 miles that day. So I have made a full rotation around the sun, my commitment to running and staying fit not wavering. With a full year of consistent running behind me, perhaps this year more progress can be made. I certainly feel more confident because I remained injury free, and I can run a variety of distances, from 5k's to ultras. Not much is holding me back right now.

Running in the cold today, it was like I never left last winter. In a perverse way, I kind of enjoy winter running, the toughness acquired last year never left me, and I am ready once again to battle the elements in my quest to remain fit.

#359

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.250.000.000.008.25

Weather - 28 degrees, sunny.

Cold, but clear, and I seem already accustomed to cold weather trudging. Did the South Farms/MBK modified loop again. I actually saw another runner on the South Farms dirt road.

During my 2 mile warmup I saw 2 ginko trees releasing an endless stream of golden leaves. It was a spectacular show, it looked like the sky was dropping sunrays. I stood beneath the trees and listened to the leaves striking the ground, it was just like rain.

After my warm-up I stopped at the arboretum and did 3 sets of strength exercises and stretching, then started the South Farms loop.

#360

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Mon, Nov 10, 2008 at 10:39:08

Gingko trees! Yay! Emma wants those leaves on the table at the wedding :) Or wants them instead of flower petals? I forget. But anywho great run :) Slicin and dicin' fo sheezy.

From GTI on Mon, Nov 10, 2008 at 12:47:21

Hey! Got the note you left on my last blog post.

Congrats on your 1 year blog-o-versary! It's nice to have that log in front of you in black and white showing you what you need to do and what you have already done, isn't it?

When I first started running for exercise, I used to tell my friends that, yeah, i ran, like 2 or 3 times a week. Then after 9 months of that, I finally started keeping my spreadsheet. I didn't have a training plan, I was just charting what I finished. I was genuinely surprised to see that it was really more like once a week, on average, and sometimes not even that. Once I had that record, it became so much easier for me to set goals and chart a forward path.

Clearly, you've had a similar experience.

Whenever anybody tells me they want to start jogging or walking for exercise, I tell them they just need to do 2 things: buy a halfway decent pair of shoes, and keep a little log of what they do.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.750.000.000.0013.75

Weather - 36 degrees, cloudy, raining.

36 degrees and rain is normally not a good combination, but riding my bike home from work in the rain felt pretty nice, so I was looking forward to my run. 

I did not have a plan for the run, I just wanted to get out the door and enjoy the interesting weather. I first ran to the park and Busey Woods and did a loop, admiring all the colors of the leaves - on the ground. Especially beautiful were the bare ginko trees. Unlike other trees, the leaf of the ginko falls consistently straight, and the weight of the leaf prevents them fron being blown around. Thus a clean circle of yellow leaves surrounds the base of the trees. Today I saw numerous Ginkos surrounded by a ring of yellow color, which made me stop to admire the odd mixture of late autumn gray/brown with bright yellow. 

I was feeling good after the woods loop so I decided to run to the arboretum. Once there I decided to head to the South Farms, and I enjoyed the muddy starkness of the dirt road and empty fields. When I was cutting through the harvested corn field a flock of crows flew into the air and I stopped to watch them battle the wind and the rain. The gray sky and rain, the large black birds, the "caw caw" sound, the muddy muted colors, with me standing solitary in the middle of a large field, reminded me of Van Gogh's last painting, and I once again felt the heavy melancholy of the season. I shook my head in awe and continued on with the run.

I ended up doing a full loop of the South Farms, and I finished the run in front of Jimmy John's, so I stepped inside to get a #6 veggie sandwich. I walked home, sandwich in hand, eating and grinning in the rain, my hands getting cold, and the wetness finally beginning to chill me. I was looking forward to a hot bath...

#361

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Tue, Nov 11, 2008 at 16:38:53

I like how you made your run report take the form of a story :)

13.75 miles? "Taking it easy" my butt! You freaking dominate. I'm jealous!

From will on Tue, Nov 11, 2008 at 17:05:50

I guess the season is making me feel poetic, plus, after an 18 month break, I am back to photographing things, and this is making me more sensitive to nature and my surroundings.

Believe it or not, these runs are feeling easy to me. I hate to admit it, but I prefer long, plodding runs in nature to gut wrenching 800's on the track.

Today on my run I was thinking how I am finally discovering my own running rhythm and style. It is more art than science for me, the musicality of the long distance runner. I'm not going to be breaking any pr's with this kind of training, but I sure am enjoying it.

From JimF on Tue, Nov 11, 2008 at 19:28:29

Very nice run! This is the best kind of running when you just enjoy being outside and experiencing all that is around you. Many times I forget to take it all in so thanks for reminding me to just enjoy my running more instead of always looking at goals/times.

From jtshad on Wed, Nov 12, 2008 at 09:43:02

You blogs lately have been inspiring in that, as Jim indicated, it reminds me to appreciate being outside and just "being" and looking at the world. This is something I need to remember during this maintenance mode time.

From The Howling Commando on Wed, Nov 12, 2008 at 10:03:01

There's this Japanese guy who has run like 500+ marathons, and takes pride in just running for the sake of running. He judges how "good" a marathon is based on its eco-friendly, supportive workers, and his overall finish time (longer meaning better!) Anywho he carries a camera with him and photographs the race supporters and everything . Made me really want to have my own camera for when I run my next 'thon.. have a POV picture to remember things by. Sometimes I really wish we had built in cameras in our eyes!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.750.000.000.0013.75

Weather - 48 degrees, cloudy, misty rain.

Today was similar to yesterday, only 13 degrees warmer, and not raining as hard. 

I went out the door looking forward to another run, and after only 3 blocks I found myself moving quick. It normally takes me 2 miles to warm up, so I was surprised to feel so energetic and loose. After 1 mile I realized that my feeling of lightness was probably caused by my loss of 2 or 3 pounds. Yesterday I was slogging around town in 2 pairs of soaked sweats, 3 shirts, 2 jackets, and a hat. Today was just shorts and 3 shirts, and I was only misted, not saturated with rain. 

Today was also the first day in a while where my lungs were at 100% capacity. No matter how fast I ran my breath stayed calm, and my pulse remained consistently low. 

The run went by so fast, and before I knew it I had already covered yesterday's route, but 8 minutes faster. I even finished at Jimmy John's and got another sandwich. It was easier walking home today because it was warm.

#362


Comments
From The Howling Commando on Thu, Nov 13, 2008 at 10:14:40

What a great week you're having, Will! SO CLOSE TO 1 year mark too :-D What's the celebration!?!

From will on Thu, Nov 13, 2008 at 11:18:48

That's right, I have not been thinking about it too much, but only 3 days to go for #365.

I guess I should celebrate, but I do that every day when I go for my run :)

Since #365 falls on a Saturday, I guess I will order take out food from Bombay Grill, my favorite Indian restaurant, and then have a couple bites of Ben & Jerry's FROYO - you know your getting old when a celebration consists of that :)

I'm glad your doing so well with your training, Benn, it is fun and inspiring to read about your progress.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.750.000.000.0013.75

Weather - 47 degrees, cloudy, windy.

"If we really want to live, we'd better start at once to try; If we don't, it doesn't matter, but we'd better start to die" - W. H. Auden

The above quote is from the opening page of Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi's book "Finding Flow". I was reminded of this book on my run today because I was reflecting on why I feel so good when running long distance.

I once again ran the same loop I have been traversing for the past two days. In the hours leading up to these runs I can feel my body/mind craving the experience which occurs at about the 70-90 minute mark of the run - when the energy level begins to swing back and forth, and my being becomes wholly immersed in the experience.

"The metaphor of 'flow' is one that many people have used to describe the sense of effortless action they feel in moments that stand out as the best in their lives. Athletes refer to it as 'being in the zone', religious mystics as being in 'ecstasy', artists and musicians as aesthetic rapture."

I have found various activities which  produce this flow-like experience - photography, reading, chess/poker, and of course, running. I have also found activities which produce the opposite reaction to flow, which is when time seems to stand still, for all the wrong reasons. I will admit that so called "parties" have always had a sobering (even when drunk) effect upon me, and is an activity I place in the anti-flow category - time slows down to a crawl, I feel mental discomfort, and I look for any excuse to get out of the crowded room.

Some people would call this outlook anti-social, but that is a negative term which does not fit. It is not the people I don't like, it is rather having to endure gossip and idle chit chat. "Pro-solitude" is perhaps a more accurate word.

But to get back to my recent training days, I have found that once the run extends long enough, flow, which was already present from the beginning of the run, becomes more intense, and could be called "flow squared".  It is such a potent experience that I very well could be addicted to it. I can think of worse addictions, I suppose.

After the run I wanted to do some strength exercises, but instead I stopped at Jimmy John's and ate a sandwich as I walked home.

#363

Comments
From JimF on Fri, Nov 14, 2008 at 09:56:31

Man you are ing out the long runs this week and sounds like you are really enjoying them. Great job!!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
17.000.000.000.0017.00

Weather - 49 degrees, cloudy, raining.

A time in the not so distant future :

Will : "Hello, my name's Will"

 Crowd : "Hi Will"

Will : "I'm a runaholic, and I haven't had a training run in 24 days.

Crowd : claps

Will : "umm, sometimes when I am at work, I read running blogs when the boss isn't in the room. I am trying hard to kick that habit. I find myself having trouble listening to people because my mind constantly daydreams about what it feels like to run a 5:30 mile. In my closet at home I have 9 pair of running shoes and 46 race tshirts. I know I should throw them in the trash, but if I ever have to paint the house, they could be put to use.  It is my hope that with the help of this group, I can kick my running addiction."

#364

Comments
From jtshad on Fri, Nov 14, 2008 at 14:54:21

Now that is funny! We must be kindred spirits because my closet looks the same for the same reason (ok, I keep my old shoes in the garage, but they are great for mowing the lawn in!).

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 38 degrees, cloudy.

I was finally able to run a short distance today, although if I had not overdressed, and was bothered by nipple chafe, it may have been a different story.

Yesterday was another great run, a steady rain fell for the first 9 miles, then it just misted for the final 8. I was so into the pleasure of running that I did not notice that my left nipple was bleeding. Usually that can be a painful experience, but it wasn't until I saw the round red stain on my bottom running shirt when I got home that I realized the heavy soaked clothing had caused problems.

Today my nipples were sore, and I thought it was going to be colder, so I was sweating a good amount. Those two things made me stop at 4 miles.

It is hard to believe how well my legs are holding up with all the middle-distance long runs I did this week. I thought for sure that I would be a little sore from yesterdays 17 miler, but instead my legs were lively and felt fine.

365 consecutive days of running. I didn't know if I had the type of body that could withstand the strain of everyday running, but I had no injuries, and there was rarely a day that I felt like I couldn't go. I was sick only 2 or 3 days, but I was still able to get out the door and run a mile or two.

This week I have been running as if in a dream. I have two types of running dreams, either I am going so slow that it feels like a crawl, bending over, even, to claw my way to the next step, or I am moving effortlessly quick, and for a long distance. These fast runs usually occur along the Chicago lake shore, probably because I lived there for 6 years in the 90's. This week I was going effortlessly long, and although it wasn't very quick, it felt fun and good. The fact that I am not tired at the end of the week from doing 75 miles in singles lets me know that I wasn't overdoing it, or trying to reach some mileage goal come hell or high water. It was just running in its purest form, to get out the door, to live life for the joy of it, to see and to be in the beauty of the world.

Without the 365 days of running, perhaps this week could not have been possible. It took a whole year to get to the point which my dreams declared was possible. A year is long time, but then again, it is not. May year two be just as long, and short....

#365

Now that I am making photographs again, I will sometimes post new pictures here. It does not have much to do with running, but it shows what I see when I am out on my training runs. 


Road Study, Rain Effect, Printed 2008

 Road Study, Rain Effect
Printed 2008

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 32 degrees, cloudy.

The colder weather is not too inspiring, so I ran just an easy 4 miles today.

#366

I made this print a few days ago :

 

Wyalusing, WI, No. 1
Printed 2008

Comments
From Nevels on Sun, Nov 16, 2008 at 15:53:12

Nice

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.750.000.000.0013.75

Weather - 31 degrees, cloudy, snowing, windy.

I was not intimidated by the weather, so I ran the now routine South Farms/MBK loop. It felt nice to run in the first snow, although it was only light flakes with nothing on the ground. The final 5 miles were into a stiff wind, so it was a challenge to finish. I kept my mind on the Jimmy Johns sandwich awaiting me at the end of the run, that was good inspiration.

I stopped at the 2 mile mark of the run to do 3 sets of strength exercises, then I started the run again.

#367


A few days ago I made a print of the sculpture which I pass during the MBK portion of the loop. A few weeks ago there was a field burn and the black earth, gloomy sky, and the sculpture seemed like a powerful combination. I'm not sure I expressed its essence, but it felt good to  try.

 


November Loss
Printed 2008

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.750.000.000.0013.75

Weather - 32 degrees, sunny, no wind.

The usual, 13.75 miles and a Jimmy John's sandwich.

#368

 

A print made last week :

The Railyard, Winter Study
Printed 2008

Comments
From JD on Wed, Nov 19, 2008 at 14:03:01

These prints are great. Are you taking/developing the photos?

From will on Wed, Nov 19, 2008 at 16:35:44

JD - I have been doing film photography for 17 years. I think I am one of the few remaining photographers using film/darkroom.

I started keeping a generic blog of my photographic work a couple of months ago. If you are interested in knowing how I am making these prints, the blog explains some of the techniques :

http://704studio.blogspot.com/

I read some of your running blog, I started training 3 years ago, so I am also still in the beginning phases of running/racing. Good luck this winter, stay healthy!

From JD on Wed, Nov 19, 2008 at 21:35:57

Thanks Will. The photo blog is excellent. Really.

Did your average pace come down quite a bit after your first few months of running? Or were you naturally this fast? I'm curious because I'm just getting started and my average pace is around 9 min/mile or slower. I'm hoping I can improve on that within a year or so.

From will on Thu, Nov 20, 2008 at 11:57:08

My first 5k a few years ago was 22:15. My first half marathon was 2:07, which I improved to 1:48 the following year. I think if I ran a half now I could be around 1:35-40, depending on the season. Most of my PR's came this year.

Running is like photography, the more I work at it, the more I learn, and the results always seem to be improving.

I don't think there are any short cuts to improvement, even the fastest runners probably need a lot of training to reach their running potential. I have learned that patience in running/training is critical, without it injury and disappointment would dominate.

Since you are just starting out, I believe you will see improvement as each month passes. After you have been doing it for a couple of years it takes more time and work to find the improvement.

I think it is most important to stay injury free. An injury will put a stop to the running, and then obviously the fitness level drops, and so it slows down the entire process.

I have been injury free for over a year now, and the consistent running is leading me to new levels of endurance and speed.

Lately I have been running some good medium distance runs which don't take much out of me. I was not capable of this 6 months ago.

I think the main thing is to enjoy the process of running, and to let it unfold naturally. Your body and spirit will then discover its unique style of training and racing.

From JD on Thu, Nov 20, 2008 at 13:17:50

Thanks, your input is very helpful. Good luck with your running and your photography endeavors.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.750.000.000.0013.75

Weather - 40-45 degrees, sunny, windy.

13.75 miles, 3 sets of strength exercises, and 1 Jimmy John's sandwich.

I registered today for the Clinton Lake 30 mile Trail Run on March 28, 2009. Game on...

#369

 

Print made a couple of weeks ago :

Wyalusing, WI, No. 2
Printed 2008


Comments
From JimF on Wed, Nov 19, 2008 at 17:23:06

Good running! You are really knocking down the miles.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
20.000.000.000.0020.00

Weather - 32 degrees, cloudy, windy.

I was planning to run short, but before I knew it I had already covered 7 or 8 miles, so I decided to challenge myself and go long. When I turned into the 15mph wind at mile 9 I had to slow down and it was a struggle to move forward. 

At mile 15 I reached the arboretum hill, and I stopped, thinking the run was over. I was tired, I had been running against the wind for 6 miles, and the last thing I wanted to do was run up the hill. But my mind became inspired, thinking - "I have run 15 miles to get to this point, which is really the start line of the long run. Do I really want to stop at the starting line?" I started running up the hill and so had my answer.

The final 5 miles were on the South Farms/MBK loop, and it was not as pleasant as the first time around. I now had to battle my growing fatigue along with the elements, but I am happy to say I completed the run, and I feel it was one of my more gutsy training runs.

I did the whole run without food or water, and since I did not bring any money along, could not even reward myself afterward with a Jimmy John's sandwich.

The 2 mile walk home against the wind seemed more difficult than the preceeding 20 miles. I was tired and could not keep my eyes open, I wanted to lay down on someone's front lawn and fall asleep. I was happy when I arrived at my doorstep.

#370

 

I made this print 2 days ago :

 

The Railyard, Autumn Study
Printed 2008


Comments
From The Howling Commando on Thu, Nov 20, 2008 at 17:19:44

OH MY WILL!!! I want that print!! That's amazing! :) So cool!!!!!

and 20 miles?! You're insane. In an awesomely amazing way. I wish I had your ability! :)

From Burt on Thu, Nov 20, 2008 at 17:30:04

Nice run and nice picture.

From will on Thu, Nov 20, 2008 at 17:35:57

Benn - I am so sorry about your achilles, that really is a blow. It seemed like you had worked up gradually, not sure how you could have gone about it differently. Get well soon, and keep your thoughts on good things. You have a great family and future wife, so you still have a lot of luck!

As I was on mile 16 I was just about to cut onto the South Farms, but I was tempted to stop and call it a day. But then I saw about 50 crows fly over me from a nearby field and I followed them onto South Farms Road, then I knew it was too late to turn back, and I thought, "This is INSANE!" - So yes, you are right, sometimes running is insane, but like you said, in a good way.

Hey, if you want that print, it is yours. I feel like I can make the sky better, so it is more of a work print, but if you don't mind a sub-par effort from me, I can mail it to you. Send me a private message with your shipping address and I will mail it to you soon.

Get well soon, Benn, you deserve it!

From JimF on Fri, Nov 21, 2008 at 14:47:57

Awesome run! You are amazing me with these consistent long runs.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.500.000.000.006.50

Weather - 27 degrees, sunny.

I realized today when I started my run that somehwhere in the last 2 or 3 months I have become stronger and fitter. How else to explain feeling fresh as a daisy the day after a tough 20 miler? 

I felt like running another 20, or at the least, my usual 13.75 route, but yesterday at mile 15 I promised my body a short easy one today, so I settled for a South Farms/MBK half loop.

Last year at this time 6.5 miles was my long run. Amazing how far one can go in one year.

After the run 3 sets of strength exercises and 30 minute walk home.

#371

 

Printed last month :


The Railyard, Winter Study
Printed 2008

Comments
From JD on Fri, Nov 21, 2008 at 15:30:08

Is this railyard an area you get to run?

From will on Fri, Nov 21, 2008 at 17:51:11

The railyard is about 1 mile from my home, it is about 1 mile long by 150m wide, and it is open to the public, although I have never seen anyone there except myself.

I go there with my camera quite a bit, but I have never run it, not sure why. I guess there are more inviting places to run, but it is a great place for industrial type landscapes.

From wheakory on Sat, Nov 22, 2008 at 00:50:25

Nice run yesterday and following a 20 miler with an other strong run. I like the pictures.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 29 degrees, cloudy.

Just an easy 4 miles. I wanted to give my body 2 days of short running for recovery. Feeling good, just being safe.

Afterward 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 30 minute walk home.

#372

 

Printed a couple of days ago :



Comments
From The Howling Commando on Sat, Nov 22, 2008 at 19:58:35

You really have a photographer's eye, Will. I'm in love with your prints mainly because I am an Ansel Adams fan and your style is a lot like his!!! Keep these awesome prints coming!

From will on Sat, Nov 22, 2008 at 20:24:08

Thanks, Benn. Adams is one of the classic masters. I read his 3 volumes on photography when I was starting out in the early 90's, and I am probably one of the last remaining photographers using his Zone system, because nobody uses film anymore.

You have a great attitude toward healing your foot, keep working hard on the bike, and don't lose hope.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.750.000.000.0013.75

Weather - 45-35 degrees, clear.

I worked in the darkroom in the early afternoon, then got out the door for my run at 3:15pm. The weather was very nice for late November, and I wore shorts and 3 shirts. Consequently I felt very light, and the run was beautiful and effortless. 

It is hard to believe running 13.75 miles can seem so easy. I get into a trance-like zone after 1 or 2 miles, all discomfort fades, and I am left with the late autumn sunlight and a few field crows pushing me onward.

Part of the reason my daily mileage has recently increased is because of having found the South Farms route. I have an affinity with the landscape there. When I start my run I don't know how many miles I am in for, and I usually begin by going to Busey Woods. After 3 or 4 miles I find myself running to the arboretum, and once there I can't resist the pull of the South Farms. Once on the dirt road I feel happy and child-like, and I gaze at the sublime beauty that surrounds me.

When I reached the South Farms road today the sun was sinking into the horizon, and the sky was an  ethereal pink/orange/pearl blue, with clouds shooting like arrows into space. I stopped a few times to gaze at various vistas, and I thought of Van Gogh, how he would have liked to paint the big clumps of shadowed dirt that edged off the road into endless space.

Once I got into the corn fields I felt the depth of the fast fading shadows, and the cool evening air put a charge into my stride. 

When I reached run's end at Jimmy John's, the last vestiges of light were being swallowed by long lines of car lamps. 

#373

 

I made a second version of the Railyard, Winter Study a few days ago :

 


The Railyard, Winter Study, Version 2
Printed 2008

Comments
From JD on Mon, Nov 24, 2008 at 11:17:34

Nice descriptions all around.

The length of my runs are generally undetermined too. It's nice to have easy options to extend a run when I feel up to it.

Have a great week. You got any races coming up?

From will on Mon, Nov 24, 2008 at 12:40:55

Right now I am taking it easy, no races scheduled for a while. On my photography blog I recently insert a countdown timer for the Clinton Lake 30 mile Trail Race - 123 days to go :)

I may run 1 or 2 long distance fun runs this winter, the 28 mile Riddle Run at the end of January, or maybe the McNaughton 30 miler in December (doubtful). I will treat those as training runs, so I won't go very hard.

I ran a lot of intense, short races in 2008. In 2009 I am focusing on 2 ultras, Clinton Lake, and maybe a 50 miler in July or August. Other than that, maybe a few short races, but not as much as 2008.

Nice 14 miler for you yesterday, keep it going...

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.750.000.000.0013.75

Weather - 44-34 degrees, clear.

Another mild day, and I started at 3:15 pm again, so when I got to South Farms the sun was setting. Very inspiring to be out there when the light is fading and the air is turning cold. 

I wanted to do some strength exercises, but it was dark and I was hungry. Tomorrow I will have to do some.

#374

 

Print made 2 days ago :

 


Lake Study, Fog Effect
Printed 2008


Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.750.000.000.0013.75

Weather - 38-29 degrees, clear.

There is only one thing better than running the South Farms, and that is running the South Farms at dusk...

#375


Printed last year :


North Avenue Beach, Chicago
Printed 2007


Comments
From JD on Tue, Nov 25, 2008 at 20:13:43

Way to crank out the miles!

This is an awesome print. It draws the mind out along the fence line. Nice tones.

From JimF on Wed, Nov 26, 2008 at 10:34:05

Good job on the run and the pictures are looking good as well.

From jtshad on Wed, Nov 26, 2008 at 11:33:46

Nice running.

Are those prints of your work? Impressive!

Happy Thanksgiving.

From will on Wed, Nov 26, 2008 at 11:40:34

Thanks for the comments. Running right now is going well, the weather has been mild, which makes it less burdensome.

Jeff, yeah, I am getting back into the darkroom and working again. Running and making pictures is a good way to spend my days.

Everyone have a good long weekend!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 45 degrees, sunny.

Nice weather, but my energy was down, so only 4 miles. Did 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching,  and 30 minute walk home.

#376

 

Printed last month :

 


Lake Pontchartrain Study
Printed 2008

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 35 degrees, sunny.

Just some easy miles before leaving town.

#377

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 38 degrees, clear. 

Caught a cold, so decided it was not wise to run more than a few miles. 

After the run 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 30 minute walk home.

#378

 

Print made a few days ago :

 


Logging Pond
Printed 2008


Comments
From JimF on Sat, Nov 29, 2008 at 19:07:26

Hope you get to feeling better. Smart to just take it easy.

From will on Sat, Nov 29, 2008 at 22:11:14

Hope you had a good holiday, Jim.

Your training is smooth, now you just need to glide into the upcoming marathon.

From kungfublonde on Sat, Nov 29, 2008 at 22:50:47

Is that print by you?

From will on Mon, Dec 01, 2008 at 00:02:31

Kung Fu Blonde - I visited your blog, great photos, you have a clear and fun style.

I recently started my photography printing again, so I am having fun with running and making pictures. Yes, that is a recent film print of mine. I am just starting to do both film and digital, it should be fun.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.000.000.000.002.00

Weather - 45 degrees, cloudy.

Feel pretty bad today, so just 2 miles around the neighborhood.

#379

Comments
From JD on Sat, Nov 29, 2008 at 19:47:30

Hope you get the rest you need and recover well.

Have a good one.

From will on Sat, Nov 29, 2008 at 22:08:45

Thanks, JD.

You had a good week of training, a little bit of speed and some good distance. Keep going!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.500.000.000.006.50

Weather - 32 degrees, snow.

Very unusual day. I woke at 6:00am, am not sure why. I felt sick, but I got out of bed and looked out the window. The sky was just beginning to gather some light, and it illuminated a fantastic snowfall. Snow was clinging to all objects - trees, fences, bikes, sign posts, etc.

Even though I felt like crap I gathered my photography gear and headed out the door. I knew I was going to the railyard, and I couldn't wait to see what it would look like.

I recently decided to try both film and digital photography, film for b/w, and digital for color studies. I don't own a digital camera, so I borrowed Rachel's. I ended up getting 30 shots on digi and 11 with film at the railyard. It was fun switching to both cameras, but my hands got numb and I left the yard earlier than I wanted to.

When I got home I let my fingers thaw, then I headed out the door with my running shoes and the digi camera. The camera is so small it fits snugly in my running jacket. I wanted to take some pictures of the South Farms, and also anything else along the way that looked interesting. 

I ended up going 6.5 miles, and got about 50 more digi captures. A fun and beautiful day!

#380

 


MBK part of the loop

 


Turning into the corn fields


 

Running in the corn fields with some rock doves

 



Entering the South Farms road

 



 
South Farms road at mid-point


 

 Running in the corn fields

 


End of the South Farms loop

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
1.000.000.000.001.00

Weather - 35 degrees, cloudy.

Knocked out by a cold today, I ran 1 mile home from work, knowing I did not want to have to go back outdoors after getting home.

I feel like this won't be gone for about another week. At least my legs are feeling really fresh.

#381

 


Comments
From The Howling Commando on Mon, Dec 01, 2008 at 19:43:28

Ick. Make sure you drink your OJ! You are a tank and will be back and better in no time. How was your Turkey Day? :)

From cathey on Tue, Dec 02, 2008 at 20:40:39

Thank you for sharing - your photos are so beautiful and make me sad that I rarely see snow anymore. A NewEnglander by birth, I have lived in Florida for a long time (18 years) and forget training in the cold, but the rewards that this brings are more than just training miles...Not that I do not appreciate a day like I had today to run - barely 60 and sunny/cool, but I forget the magic of ice, snow and waiting for that next clean snow blanket. Anyhow - feel better.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 28 degrees, cloudy.

Still sick, but I was able to run to the arboretum and then do 3 sets of strength exercises.

My legs feel great with all the rest I am getting.

#382

 

A picture of the railyard a few days ago :

Railyard with Tripod
Digital Capture 2008

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 36 degrees, cloudy.

Every day I feel worse than the last day. The thing that feels good are my legs, so I am managing to still get my daily run in. Today the same as yesterday, to the arboretum and then some strength exercises.

#383

An alley  3 blocks from my house :



Comments
From JimF on Thu, Dec 04, 2008 at 11:33:11

Hope you get to feeling better. Those viruses can be pretty rough right now. Good that you are getting out.

From will on Thu, Dec 04, 2008 at 12:47:22

Thanks, Jim.

The marathon is creeping up on you. The weather report of low 36 high 50 actually sounds decent. All you need to do now is get your mind off the race, relax, and enjoy the easy running.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 20 degrees, sunny, windy.

A cold day, but it does not seem to bother me anymore, I learned last year the more layers the better. Wore 4 layers today, and it felt like 70 degrees while I ran to the arboretum. I did 3 sets of strength exercises after the run.

#384

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 15 degrees, clear.

First time in a while I had to wear a face mask to protect myself from the cold. Today I finally made it over the hump, and am feeling a bit better, but kept the run short and very easy. 

#385


Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.000.000.000.002.00

Weather - 25 degrees, snow, windy.

I'm beginning to recover from my illness, so I decided to run 2 miles to work to catch up on some things. I'm probably 5-7 days away from being able to run farther than 5 miles.

#386

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.000.000.000.006.00

Weather - 20 degrees, cloudy.

Feeling a little better day by day, the cold is still in my lungs, but not as bad as a few days ago, so it is getting easier to run. Nice and easy 6 miles today, felt good to run more then 2 or 3 miles. My legs feel fresh and strong, so the lay off was probably a good thing overall.

Also did 3 sets of strength exercises and stretching.

Last year I went to Brookens gym quite a bit to do my strength exercises, so far this year I am doing them outside in the cold. I will try to keep this up, as it saves time.

#387

Print made yesterday :

 


Rawley's Bay, Door County
Printed 2008

 

Comments
From JD on Sun, Dec 07, 2008 at 23:35:20

Good to see your feeling better. What sorts of strength excersizes are you doing?

From Carolyn in Colorado on Mon, Dec 08, 2008 at 12:32:36

Hi Will.

I just want to introduce myself and say hello. I lived in the Champaign/Urbana area for four years in the 90s (in Urbana for one year and then in Savoy for three). My third child was born in Carle Foundation Hospital.

I noticed you and figured out that you were from Urbana when I read your discussion forum posting about your friend who is sick and she mentioned Carle Park in what she wrote.

I'll be checking your blog from time to time. I'm also interested in hearing what sorts of strength exercises you are doing.

From will on Mon, Dec 08, 2008 at 18:56:31

JD - Thanks for the note, I was finally able to get to the South Farms today.

My strength exercises are basic - pull-ups, dips, push ups, crunches, calf raises. I usually do 3-4 sets, but 2 summers ago I was routinely doing 10-15 sets, which was quite time consuming. I concentrated more on running this past year, but still want to keep my muscles strong.

Carolyn - thanks for the note, it is a small world! Above I describe my strength exercises, just basic stuff to keep my upper body even with my legs. I will watch your blog too, good luck with your marathon training!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.750.000.000.0013.75

Weather - 42 degrees, cloudy, windy.

The warm weather felt good, and although I am only 80-85% recovered from my illness, I decided to do a full South Farms loop. My legs felt strong and fresh, that is one reason I believed it would be not very difficult to cover the distance. 

There was a stiff head wind on the South Farms road, so I had to trudge patiently until the turn-around. The final 5 miles were mostly with the wind, so that made things feel good.

#388

Print made recently :


Railyard, Winter Study
Printed 2008

Comments
From JimF on Tue, Dec 09, 2008 at 09:35:24

Nice run! Good to see you back up to speed again.

From Carolyn in Colorado on Tue, Dec 09, 2008 at 11:05:40

Congratulations on the strong fresh legs.

The wind really makes a difference. I always felt like the wind in Champaign-Urbana made up for the lack of hills.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
26.000.000.000.0026.00

Weather - 47 degrees, cloudy, raining.

Today I became a different runner, reaching a new level of endurance and stamina. 

The weather was perfect for running, although quite windy when out in the open areas. Only wearing shorts and 4 shirts, I was 3 pounds lighter than normal, and this made me feel quick and strong.

I noticed I was running faster than usual during the first 5 miles, but I tried to keep the pace moderate, because I wanted to do the usual full South Farms loop.

When I reached the South Farms road a heavy wind slowed me down, but the somber gray clouds and some fog rising near the copse made for some beautiful scenery to gaze at.

I was hoping for rain, as I have grown to love running in it, but it did not start falling until 400m to the finish of the 1st loop. I was planning to stop at Jimmy Johns and call it a day, but I noticed that I was not tired, my legs were still fresh, and I felt I had not worked hard enough to deserve the sandwich.

I decided to continue running, as the rain, and everything else, felt good. I was looping back to Busey Woods, but realizing I could be on my feet for another few miles, I stopped at Strawberry Fields and bought some Bolthouse green juice, a hummus sandwich, and some chocolate almond energy chunks. The checkout girl eyed my muddy legs and dirty shirt and asked if I was out running. I told her I was on mile 14, and needed some food because I was probably going 6 more. She told me she liked to bike, but usually not when it is cold. As I was leaving she suggested I sit down in the cafe to eat. I told her I was going to eat on the run, and she could not believe it. "No Way! Won't you get indigestion?!" I laughed and told her no, I wouldn't, and waved goodbye.

I decided I would run until I felt tired or sore, whichever came first. When I reached the arboretum at mile 18 or 19, I looked up at the hill, closed my eyes, and started doing knee-ups. I concentrated on my form, and also how I was feeling. My legs were going up and down easily, not too sore, and my energy was still good. Amazing, I thought, and a wave of inspiration/adrenaline rushed through me - I realized I had a chance to complete a full second loop, for 26 miles. I smiled, opened my eyes, and attacked the hill.

When I got to the South Farms road for the second time the crows did not even bother flying away as I ran by, they just looked up, then continued pecking at the ground. I was still feeling good, and I knew in 1 mile I would have the rest of loop with the wind at my back.

When I reached MBK I stopped at a bench to stretch, and just as I was finishing I looked up to see a group of 6 or 7 lean and mean runners approaching. When they passed I started running at their pace, about 20m behind them. I noticed their gear, and how easy they were running at 7:00 pace - they were Univ. of Illinois runners out for a leisurely slow run. However, 7:00 pace seemed REAL fast to me, but I was handling it ok considering I was on mile 23. They started to move the pace up after 800m so I let them go, I had no choice, 6:45 pace on tired legs was not going to happen. But they got me through the tough part of MBK, the uphill, so I was thankful for their timely appearance.

The final 3 miles felt pretty good, although the last mile seemed to drag on - I must have been pressing up against the wall right about there.

When I reached Jimmy Johns for the second time, I knew I had earned my sandwich. I walked home in a wet glow of happiness, eating my sandwich, feeling the rain, and thankful for having such sturdy legs to carry me such a long way.

#389


Comments
From JD on Tue, Dec 09, 2008 at 21:16:59

That must be one hell of a sandwich! Lol!

Thanks for such a great account of your run, sounds magical, really. It must be a combination of all those miles you were running a few weeks ago and the impromtu cold induced rest you had last week. Looking good for Clinton Lake! Strong running!

From will on Tue, Dec 09, 2008 at 21:34:01

I think you are right, I had a lot of time to think today, and one idea that popped into my mind was the Zatopek effect. I ran back to back 75 mile weeks, then cut back to 20 miles due to the cold. Now I seem to have some pop and added endurance in my legs and overall system, and I am not 100% recovered from the cold yet.

I think the medium distance runs are going to help me this year.

From JimF on Wed, Dec 10, 2008 at 11:25:03

Awesome run! Unbelievably that you can just knock out a marathon on a normal training day. Very impressive!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
7.750.000.000.007.75

Weather - 30 degrees, cloudy, windy.

I was unsure how my legs would feel after yesterday's run. The first few steps are usually an indicator, and I felt loose and energetic, like yesterday had never happened. 

I needed to buy a headband so I ran to Champaign Surplus. I felt pretty good, not much soreness or stiffness, just a usual run.

After I bought what I needed I ran to Busey Woods, then did 4 sets of strength exercises. I still felt good so I ran another mile. I was at a point where I could walk home, or run to the arboretum. I knew once I got to the arboretum the South Farms road would be hard to resist, but a 12-14 mile run would not be smart, so I stopped at 7.75 miles.

#390

Comments
From Carolyn in Colorado on Thu, Dec 11, 2008 at 12:07:08

I enjoy your descriptions of where you run. I don't remember Champaign/Urbana that well. We've been away from there for over 10 years. But I like to go on mapquest and try to find the places you talk about and remember what the area is like.

From JimF on Thu, Dec 11, 2008 at 21:06:01

It is great that you were able to come back today and feel good plus have a solid run. Shows the strength that you have developed.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2.000.000.000.002.00

Weather - 20 degrees, clear.

I am runing 13-14 miles tomorrow, so just a couple of easy miles today.

#391

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.500.000.000.0013.50

Weather - 22 degrees, cloudy, snowing.

An unusual run because of the park district Christmas party. I ran 7.5 miles across town to Jupiter's Bar and Grill, played scrabble and pool, ate pizza, received $50 for 5 years of service, a $20 gift card to the local grocery store, and a $25 gift certificate to my favorite Thai restaurant. I then ran 6 miles back home. 

My leg strength has increased since the 33.5 mile ultra in October. I can now run longer distances without getting sore. Today I had no remaining stiffness from the 26 mile run a few days ago, and running 13.50 miles was not a problem.

I love being this fit and strong, and it only took 1 year of dedicated running to achieve it. What am I going to be like next year?

#392

Comments
From JD on Fri, Dec 12, 2008 at 21:57:06

Next year you'll be even more of an animal! Nice running this week.

From Carolyn in Colorado on Sat, Dec 13, 2008 at 15:34:19

It's great when you can see improvement in your fitness. Good job!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.500.000.000.004.50

Weather - 35 degrees, cloudy, windy.

4.5 miles around the park and woods, then 3 sets of strength exercises, stretching, and 45 minute walk home.

#393

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
26.000.000.000.0026.00

Weather - 43-47 degrees, cloudy, misty, very windy.

Another magical day. When I'm running in the fields and woods for 4-5 hours, a lot of thoughts come and go. One thought was this : the strength of my body has finally caught up with the strength of my will. The reason I believe this is because there is a serene sense of satisfaction when I finish these long runs, as if my will is finally at peace.

I have been having running dreams lately. I usually have these types of dreams when I am injured or sick, and therefore not running. So it is unusual for me to dream about running when I am running everyday. But these recent dreams have been me running fast, something I have not done since August. So maybe the dreams are giving me a cue to start running faster.

Today, being warm, I dressed in 4 shirts and shorts, and felt light and energetic. The first 5 miles I was running quicker than usual, pushing in places, then pulling back, as if I was on a 7-8 mile run. When I got to the South Farms road the 20-25 mile headwind slowed me down. When I made the turn to go north, I saw a speedy runner about 50m ahead of me, and with the wind at my back, I decided to go for it. I was running 6:20 pace, but could not gain on the runner. After 800m I turned off the road and into MBK, slowing down to a trot, as I was beginning to go anaroebic, which is not a good idea at this point in my training.

Miles 11-13 I was changing paces, having fun going fast, then pulling back. When I got to Jimmy Johns to end the run, I felt too good to stop, so continued running to Strawberry Fields, where I stopped to buy a Cliff bar, some chocolate almond energy chunks, and Bolthouse blue juice. I had not eaten yet for the day, nor taken any fluids, so I was ravished for food and drink.

I was not sure how far I was going to go at this point, I guessed maybe 4 or 5 more miles for a total of 18-20, because it was going to get dark in about 45 minutes, as I had started at 1:00pm.  After eating on the run I started to pick up the pace, and my legs still felt strong and somewhat fresh, and before I knew it I was back on the South Farms road, battling the wind, as the sky grew very dark and gray. When I turned east into the corn field the horizon was dark and looked very far, making it seem as if I was entering into a black tunnel. I imagined I was running a 100 mile ultra at night without a headlamp.

I was still feeling good at this point, even though the past 5 miles had been into a strong headwind. Now I was about to turn with the wind, the sky black, but with an orange glow at the northern horizon, which made me feel calm and happy. I ran through MBK pretty quick, the wind aiding my pace, and I passed a pack of 3 runners with flashlights. The final 3 miles I was in a running zone, feeling strong, good, invincible. When I reached the final 800m straightwaway, I sprinted at 6:30 pace, not wanting to stop, and contemplated running 30 miles.

I was starving, however, and reaching Jimmy Johns for a second time, I decided to stop at 26 miles. I walked home, eating the sandwich, refreshed by a cool mist.

One of the greatest runs of my life.....

#394

 Print made a few days ago :


The Baraboo Hills
Printed 2008

Comments
From dutterman on Sun, Dec 14, 2008 at 23:46:38

Today was such an awesome day today. I should have gone 20 miles. It was so nice to be out in shorts and breathing the fresh air. Hit 48 degrees here in Indiana although it was windy, it was tolerable.

From JimF on Mon, Dec 15, 2008 at 10:46:37

Unbelievable! When I opened up your page I just laughed because I am always amazed at your running and I never know what to expect. It is really neat the way you describe the joy that you get out of running. I hope your dreams come true and you can run long and fast.

From jtshad on Mon, Dec 15, 2008 at 11:07:25

Wow, what a run. Great job and good to hear it was such a euphoric time for you.

From JD on Mon, Dec 15, 2008 at 11:21:56

Awesome run, and a great report!

I didn't blog about this last week, but the day I found myself running like a minute faster pace than my usual base pace, I had remembered a dream I had the night before but had forgotten about until I was a mile into the run. In the dream, I was running very fast but comfortably, my stride was smooth and I knew exactly how to run fast. When I remembered the dream on my run, it was like I was in the dream, and this new pace I was running seemed effortless. This surreal feeling lasted the whole run(7 miles). My wife (who has a degree in excersize and sports science, and was an athletic trainer for a while), tells me it was a "flow" experience and many athletes that have these experiences often have dreams associated with them.

Nice job!

From Carolyn in Colorado on Mon, Dec 15, 2008 at 12:19:49

Wow. What an amazing run. And a cool dream too. Way to go!

From Carolyn in Colorado on Mon, Dec 15, 2008 at 12:20:35

I forgot to ask: how can you tell that you're starting to go anaerobic?

From will on Mon, Dec 15, 2008 at 20:29:15

Thanks for the comments.

JD, thanks for sharing your dream/flow experience - interesting!

Carolyn, I am not an expert, but when my breathing gets out of control, and I feel I can't continue the current pace for more than 5 or 10 minutes, then I have some oxygen debt to pay back.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.500.000.000.006.50

 Weather - 11 degrees, cloudy, windy.

Not as pleasant as yesterday, but wore layers and managed to stay warm on my run.

Last year in similar conditions I ran at the arboretum, which offers no wind cover, and froze my groin (euphemism).

This year I planned better and decided to run loops at Busey Woods. However, around mile 5 my groin froze.

My legs felt pretty good, a little stiff and fatigued, but nothing to prevent me from running easy. I even managed 800m at 7:30 pace in the middle of the run.

After the run I did 3 sets of strength exercises and stretching. My eskimo mittens were able to grip the pull-up bar, so weather should not prevent me from doing these this winter.

#395

Digital picture of my bedroom window this afternoon :

 

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.000.001.000.009.00

Weather - 16 degrees, cloudy, windy, snowing.

An unusal day for 2 reasons :

1) This is the first time since September that I have entered a mile that was not easy - today 1 mile at threshold pace :)

2) I ran the first 3 miles to the dentist in a snowstorm. The nice lady who cleaned my teeth laughed when she saw my long eyelashes covered in melting ice.

After the cleaning I ran with a numb mouth to Busey Woods, where I did 3 x 1 mile loops.

Last night I had a dream that I was running a 5k. I was feverishly pursuing a runner ahead of me. I broke through my sluggishness and started to really move. Just then the course went down a stairwell into a subway station. The other runner and I stopped when we got to the dark platform because we did not know where to go. Dejectedly we shrugged our shoulders and called the race off.

When I started the 2nd woods loop I recalled the 5k dream, and knew I had to finish my race, so I picked it up, flying just like in the dream, the 1 inch of snow on the ground not slowing me down. I was smiling, laughing, it was all too beautiful, too strange - starting a 5k in an unknown city, stopping in a subway station, and ending in a desolate snowy woods.

#396

 

Digital picture made yesterday on my walk to work :

 

 

Melinda's Alley

Comments
From JD on Wed, Dec 17, 2008 at 10:57:42

Nice. The line between dream and reality gets a little blury sometimes. Good miles this week.

From Carolyn in Colorado on Wed, Dec 17, 2008 at 11:01:40

Have you been having a lot of running dreams lately?

You're brave to run to the dentist, knowing you'll have to run afterwards with a numb mouth. And brave to run in the East Central Illinois snow. Great job!

From will on Wed, Dec 17, 2008 at 21:32:12

Carolyn, yes, I have been running in a lot of my dreams, usually fast, so I have been slightly picking up the intensity of my runs.

I have been enjoying running at a slow, steady pace for the past 2 months, so I am not going to be doing any full out fast runs for a while. I find running fast to be much more stressful on my body. I can run 26 miles slow, and not be sore the next day. If I run 10 miles hard, I would be hurting for a few days.

Not owning a car, it is either run or walk to the dentist, so I may as well run :)

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
11.500.000.000.0011.50

Weather - 18 degrees, cloudy.

Another unusual day. I had to attend a park district all staff meeting at 2:30pm, so I planned to run loops at Busey Woods for 2 hours until 2:25pm. The meeting was at the Nature Center, which is adjacent the woods.

There was 1-2 inches of snow on the trails, creating a nice cushion. I ran moderately, but every mile or so I would do some bounding drills for a minute or two. I also did some skipping, which I had not done since I was 7 or 8 years old. I tried to skip last year, but could not remember how to. Today I finally caught the right stride rhythm and it felt great to skip along. My bounding stride seems better than last years, as I am more relaxed and take longer and higher steps.

I appear to be slowly adding more intensity to my running as the days go along. I still feel like doing a lot of slow running, but I also feel the urge to begin building strength through drills and hills. I will probably start hill workouts in February.

I have been running a lot of miles this week, but my legs are fresh every day. It is a good state of affairs right now.

#397

Comments
From The Howling Commando on Wed, Dec 17, 2008 at 21:34:55

Sick miles this week Will! Hope your holidays are going well! You are almost at #400! You are a beast! I hope to be back in action soon! Then the marathon better be ready for me! Roar!!!

From Becca on Thu, Dec 18, 2008 at 07:40:53

I'm glad you enjoyed skipping! Last year one of my 1st grade students (a boy) came up to me on the playground during recess and asked, "Is skipping just for girls?" I told him that anyone can skip...and he skipped away with a big smile on his face. We should all take some time to skip every now and then!

From Carolyn in Colorado on Thu, Dec 18, 2008 at 11:15:20

Congratulations on your skipping. I think we get to self-conscious as adults to try it. We all should.

Good job adding the intensity to your runs. You seem to be running very strong.

From will on Thu, Dec 18, 2008 at 22:31:40

I'm hoping you can get back into the fray soon, Benn.

Becca, I agree, I couldn't stop smiling while I was skipping!

Carolyn, skipping alone in the woods is one thing, I don't think I could do it on the streets :)

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.500.000.000.006.50

Weather - 28- 30 degrees, cloudy, sleeting.

I am starting up my winter meditation studies, so I ran 4 miles to the Zendo. Unfortunately the ice storm made everyone stay home, and so the Zendo door was locked. I had to reluctantly continue on with my run and ran 2.5 miles back to town and walked the rest of the way home. 

#398

Digital picture made on my run 2 days ago :

 

121 West Goose Alley

Comments
From Carolyn in Colorado on Fri, Dec 19, 2008 at 10:59:54

You ran in sleet? Wow.

What is the Zendo?

From will on Fri, Dec 19, 2008 at 12:21:29

I meditate at the Prairie Zen Center on Green and Prospect.

According to Wikipedia, a Zendo "is a Japanese term translating roughly as 'meditation hall'. In Zen Buddhism, the zendo is a spiritual dojo where zazen (sitting meditation) is practiced".

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
26.000.000.000.0026.00

Weather - 38-33 degrees.

Walking to work this morning I photographed the ice storm with the digital camera, I made 25 exposures. 

 

Lincoln Square on my Way to Work

 

When I got home I went out for my run at noon. The temperature had risen to 38 degrees, the snow and ice becoming a slop of cold wetness.

I wanted to wear shorts today, but the wind made it seem colder than 38, so I wore a funny outfit of black shorts over black long underwear, with 5 shirts. As I was leaving Rachel said she didn't have to worry about anyone hitting on me :)

I knew it was useless to try keeping my shoes, socks, and feet dry, and by mile 2 everything was soaked.

I stopped at mile 3 to do some strength exercises, which took about 30 minutes total. 

I trudged through the snow, getting a good workout for my hip flexors. The miles passed quickly, and I found myself going long, looping around the South Farms.

When I reached the end of the loop at Jimmy Johns, I felt a pebble in my right shoe. I found a place to sit down and removed the shoe. I saw a small black object protruding through the flimsy shoe insert. I removed the insert and saw that a rusty nail had punctured my shoe. I examined the bottom of the shoe and saw that the nail had gone in vertical, which is pretty amazing. I checked my sock and did not see blood, and felt no pain.

I was 1.25 miles from home, so I jogged gingerly, forefoot style, about 1 mile. I could feel the nail on my heel, so I walked the final quarter mile. When I got home I wanted to get a hammer and smash the nail out of the shoe. Fortunately my wife is smarter than I am, and she got some pliers and easily removed the nail. She looked at my heel and could not see any puncture wounds, so I felt good to go.

I ate some nuts, pretzels, a kiwi, and drank some kefir and water before heading back outdoors. "13 miles down, 13 to go" I said to Rachel while walking out the door.

I was partly joking about the 13 to go, I was not sure how far I would make it today because the melting snow and ice was making running more difficult than normal.

By now I had grown accustomed to cold, wet feet, and it did not appear to  hinder my running. I ran through Busey Woods, then the park, across town, into the arboretum, then hit the South Farms road as the sun was setting. I did not see the sun because the sky was a beautiful mass of gray, with strange looking clouds roaming and mingling in the sky.

As I reached the midpoint of the road I saw many geese flying in a V shape, then another flock, and another, and another. I had never seen so many geese, and then I watched as the second flock merged with the first, and the shapes and the beating of the wings was curiously beautiful and sad, and it made me cry.

Perhaps I cried because I knew that soon I would be turning into the wind for the final 5 miles, which did not seem fun, because my legs were struggling to get lift from the snow.

At mile 22 the sky in the north turned a dark, rusty orange, surrounded by the darkening gray. The beauty of the sky helped me forget my struggles, as I had now reached a low point with my energy.

Even though I was tired, I was still strong enough not to lose my form, and I handled the stress of feeling low on energy well enough, and by mile 24 I was starting to feel good again, and was able to finish relatively strong.

I was so hungry, and I ate the Jimmy Johns sandwich in about 5 minutes as I walked carefully home. It was getting colder, and the slush was turning back to ice.

#399

Comments
From Bill Mandler on Sat, Dec 20, 2008 at 09:06:17

You are putting in some incredible miles!!! What are your goals for the next year, it seems like you have something in mind. With these miles you could achieve a TON.

From will on Sat, Dec 20, 2008 at 10:15:29

Bill, right now I am just running easy, and finding that because of this I can run long and not get sore.

I am registered for the Clinton Lake 30 mile Trail Race in March, 2009, so that is my focus right now.

I will probably participate in the 28 mile Riddle Run in January as a training run.

Ultimately, I am hoping to run a 50 mile trail race sometime in the summer, so I think that is why I am running long so often these days.

I took a look at your blog, oh my, Bill, you are a running machine! Big time miles, with speed, and you have a passion for it - you are a complete runner.

Congratulations on your Tucson marathon performance, so fast and steady, and you are right back out there running only a couple of days later, so you recover fast. You keep getting better as the months go by.

I love running long, can do it all day it seems, but I lack speed relative to distance. I seem to get faster in the warmer months, which is nice, because it does feel satisfying to run hard. I don't let running slow bother me, though, I can't think of anything better than running 4 or 5 hours out in nature.

Keep up the good work!

From JD on Sat, Dec 20, 2008 at 12:41:25

Nice run. Your decriptions are great, I almost felt like I was there watching the flcoks of geese dancing in the sky.

You're in great condition, good mileage this week. I guess I better get out and run in the elements this weekend. No excuses.

From Carolyn in Colorado on Sat, Dec 20, 2008 at 15:02:08

You are one hard-core runner. I am impressed.

From will on Sat, Dec 20, 2008 at 17:41:46

Thanks JD and Carolyn, hope you two have a great holiday!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.000.000.000.0013.00

Weather - 29 degrees, cloudy, snow, wind.

Rough conditions, and a tough run today. 

I dreaded getting out of bed this morning because I felt I had a chance of being sore from running 26 miles yesterday in the snow. However, I felt no ill effects, and when I started my run I was unusually loose and flexible. 

I ran to the post office, mailed a few Christmas cards, then continued with the run along my normal 13 mile route.When I got out of Busey Woods and was running in the fair grounds field I tripped on a large snow covered rock and fell to the ground in a heap. I laughed as I lay in the snow, it has been a year since I last fell, and that fall was also due to snow. When I got up I walked 100m and felt fine, so continued with the run.

I had no intention of running the full route, but when I ended up at the arboretum I still felt good, so why not? I was feeling as if I had run 6 miles yesterday, so I was not going to complain or question the logic of my recovery.

But this good feeling soon faded, and once I got to the South farms road I felt the stinging 15-20mph wind and my energy disappeared in  a hurry. I made the mistake of eating and drinking nothing before I left for my run, and now I was paying the price. My legs felt fine, but I was so low on fuel I was having trouble keeping my eyes open. I wanted to lay down in the corn field and fall alseep.

I had no real option other than to continue running, because I was out in no man's land, and 5 miles from Jimmy John's. So I trudged along in the snow and ice, slipping quite often, but fortunate not to do any more falling.I was running on guts, and it felt good to struggle so much, it was like I was running fast, but in reality I was probably moving at 9:00-9:15 pace.

The final 3 miles were as if I had hit the wall, each step felt like 3 or 4 steps, and the run was never ending. Once I got out of the arboretum and hit the streets, out of the wind, I picked up the pace and sprinted the final 800m, as I could not wait to eat that sandwich!

#400

Digital photo made yesterday on my walk to work :

 


Bunny's Tavern Parking Lot



Comments
From jtshad on Sat, Dec 20, 2008 at 17:11:12

All I can say is "wow"! to a great week of running and some fantastic photographs. You have quite the artistic eye and have really committed lately to some great training. 26M training run yesterday????

Merry Christmas!

From will on Sat, Dec 20, 2008 at 17:33:42

Thanks, Jeff.

Yeah, I had 2 x 26 milers this week, all I can say is that all of my runs are pretty slow, so the speed is not there to make me sore. I have discovered I can run 4-5 hours without getting sore as long as my heart rate remains moderate. I really like this type of running, although I am looking forward to working with speed again once it warms up in the spring.

As usual, you are running great, very solid. Keep up the good work, and happy holidays!

From Carolyn in Colorado on Sun, Dec 21, 2008 at 15:27:34

I guess we all have a tough run sometimes. In the cold on an empty stomach. I can relate.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
8.000.000.000.008.00

Weather - 0 degrees, cloudy, very windy.

I ran 4 miles to the Zendo this morning, straight into a 25-30mph wind. It being 0 degrees, the wind chill was off the charts.

I wore many layers, 2 hats, face mask, etc, so it was not too bad. In some open areas of the run I was almost at a standstill from the wind pushing me back.

I saw 2 other people outdoors, and a few cars.

At mile 2 my groin started to hurt from the cold, even though I had 2 pair of long underwear on. Seeing that there was nobody around, I ran for 5-10 minutes with my right hand covering my crotch. It worked, the pain went away for the remainder of the run.

After meditating for 2 hours, I ran 4 miles back to town. It was much easier, the wind pushed me along, and I did not have to worry about frostbite.

Last night I realized that my fall yesterday bruised the center of my left knee cap.  It is a bit tender when I walk up and down stairs, but when I run I don't notice it much. I am hoping it is just a bruise, and nothing serious.

I iced the knee last night with a frozen bag of corn held in place with 2 rubberbands. Will do the same today.

#401


Comments
From JD on Sun, Dec 21, 2008 at 19:02:23

Wind chill takes some of the fun out of running.

I use a frozen bag of baby carrots for icing. I have a pair of sweats that are too large for me, and when I'm icing I'm able to use the elastic hem of the pant leg to hold the bag in place while I'm wearing the sweats.

Happy holidays to you and yours this week!

Happy Solstice too!

From Carolyn in Colorado on Mon, Dec 22, 2008 at 11:43:00

Brrrrrrr. You are one dedicated runner. That wind would have sent me inside for sure.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.001.000.005.00

Weather - 8 degrees, clear.

Because there was no wind 8 degrees seemed warm in comparison to yesterday. I know I'm getting tough when 8 degrees seems easy to work out in.

Since it will be warming up for the rest of the week, I decided to run short today, and do some strength exercises along the way. The final mile was high intensity, it felt good to run fast and get the heart rate into the red zone.

My knee did not bother me on the run, and although it is still a bit sore, I think it is nothing serious.

When I was in my early 20's I used to run at a local forest preserve. I had never heard of ultra marathons, and was not aware that people were capable of running longer than 26 miles (these were pre-internet days). But when I was out running the trails, an idea kept nagging at my heart. It seemed that if a person was capable of working 8-12 hours in a warehouse or factory day after day, why could not a person be capable of running for the same amount of time? It seemed like a sensible idea, but because I knew of nobody who did this, I thought perhaps that it was not possible. But if it was, I believed it would be a great thing to run from sun up to sun down. I remember trying my best to do this during the long summer days of 1988/89, but I always stopped running by late morning. I would get some lunch, return to the forest, do some strength exercises, then run up and down the large hill for a couple of hours as the sun set. Although I never achieved my goal, being outdoors all day exercising was a great way to spend a weekend.

Today I signed up for the McNaughton Park 50 mile Trail Race on April 11, 2009. It is only 2 weeks after the Clinton Lake 30 mile race, but McNaughton is close to home (2 hours away by car), and a few   local runners do both of these races. I am guessing that it will take me 10-12 hours to complete the race, which is pretty close to running from sun up to sun down.

20 years after setting the goal, I just may achieve it in 2009. I can't wait for the fun to begin!

#402

Digital picture made a few days ago :

 


Night Alley

Comments
From jtshad on Mon, Dec 22, 2008 at 17:47:37

Cool deal about the 50M race.

From Gregory on Mon, Dec 22, 2008 at 21:28:01

Good for you for committing to the MP50! Though, I'm not really surprised.

Back in '06 I read an interview with Ultrarunning legend, Tim Twitmeyer, where he suggested that when training for super long-distances (50M, 100K, 100M, etc.), that the longest "long run" you'd want to do would be just 50 or 60% of the race distance. Anything more than that would just be too much wear and tear to recover from. Well, 30 is 60% of 50, of course. I've done CL30 & the MP50 each of the last two years, I feel that it actually works out pretty well if you don't go crazy at Clinton Lake and then manage your recovery responsibly.

Btw...

The Lookout Mountain 100K went well for me on Saturday! Unlike 2 weeks ago at Tecumseh, I really enjoyed the whole day. I finished in 16 hours, was the 27th finisher, and that in a field of 60 that produced about 25 DNFs.

I'll have a post up (maybe a little shorter this time) in a couple of days, so you're the first to know.

Enjoy the holiday, James!

-GTI

From Carolyn in Colorado on Tue, Dec 23, 2008 at 12:06:09

You ultramarathoners amaze me.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
12.500.000.000.0012.50

Weather - 28-30 degrees, cloudy, sleeting, windy.

Today's run was more difficult than usual, but also more satisfying because of the multiple challenges which I had to confront.

The one positive thing - the weather was warmer, so I did not have to concern myself with frostbite.

The roads and everything else were slick and icy. Even though the air seemed to be below freezing, the sky refused to snow, and instead dropped devious ice pellets during the entire run.

The wind was not so bad in town, but once I got to the South Farms road it was unhindered, and blew directly into my face at 25-30 mph. The ice/rain also seemed more intense out on the road, and this is when my clothing became saturated with wetness. I wore a lot of layers today because of the wind, and each layer eventually became soaked.

Every mile or so I stepped into a deep ice puddle.

My hat was covered in ice, but when it started to rain harder, it became a wet, heavy headband which sometimes dropped over my eyes.

The ice/rain stung my eyes.

I never hit a good running stride because of the icy pathways and roads.

I slipped and fell atop the arboretum hill, landing on my already bruised knee.

When I got off the South Farms road my mind and will disintegrated, and I decided I could not finish the route, as I was too miserable.

I entered MBK and decided to turn off onto Anderson for a short cut home, but when I reached the female statue, my body felt strong and good, and tried to convince my will that it could finish the full route if my spirit could stand the elements. 

This was startling because usually my body is the weak one, never reaching the expectations of the will, so my will got to eat some humble pie today when it realized it was the weak link.

I spurned the short cut and completed the full route (minus 800m which I cut short on the South Farms road, when I could not stand to go any further into the wind).

It took me almost 3 hours to go 12.50 miles.

My body felt fresh after the run, and desired more, but my mind was fatigued from its constant attention to the dangerous elements.

Today my will became tougher, and it will need to become even stronger if I am to have a chance to finish the 50 mile race in April.

#403

Digital Picture made last week :

 

Main Street, Urbana

Comments
From JD on Tue, Dec 23, 2008 at 21:03:13

That's great about the 50 miler coming up. Just two weeks after the Clinton Lake race! Your run today sounds like at least a marathon of effort. Nice you can count on the will and body to gut out a run like that.

From JimF on Wed, Dec 24, 2008 at 13:46:31

It was rough out there today. It was great even to get outside. Hope the knee doesn't cause you any problems. Have a great Christmas!

From Carolyn in Colorado on Wed, Dec 24, 2008 at 15:11:04

You are one brave soul to even try to run in those conditions. You seem to me to have a very strong will.

I enjoy reading your blog.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.500.000.000.003.50

Weather - 28 degrees, cloudy, windy.

The ice on the roads cleared a bit, but it is still treacherous, so I decided to go easy and just run a few miles.

My knee is slightly sore when bending, but not while running, so taking it light today and tomorrow will hopefully help.

#404


Comments
From Carolyn in Colorado on Thu, Dec 25, 2008 at 13:46:34

I sometimes have aches and pains that bother me but not when I'm running. Is it because of the endorphins from running or something. I always thought that was strange.

It's nice to see you doing short mileage for a change.

From will on Thu, Dec 25, 2008 at 18:25:18

Your comment made me laugh because I have not been too aware of the distances, I just go by what feels right. But you are correct, it is nice to let the body do some short miles and recover from the strain.

Hope your Christmas went well!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
4.000.000.000.004.00

Weather - 26 degrees, clear.

No wind today, it felt nice to go out for a few short miles followed by some strength exercises.

Knee seems ok, it will probably take another 5-7 days to heal if it is nothing serious.

#405

Comments
From JD on Fri, Dec 26, 2008 at 22:24:00

Hope that is only a bruise and it heals up soon.

Have a good one.

From will on Fri, Dec 26, 2008 at 23:21:30

Thanks, JD.

The knee seems ok when I run, just gets a bit stiff in the evening. Seems a little better tonight, so hopefully just a bruise.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
13.000.000.000.0013.00

Weather - 37 degrees, cloudy, misting, windy.

A rare, beautiful day and night.  Ran my usual South Farms loop. There was a medium grade fog with a light mist. The South Farms road was a sheet of thick ice. The corn fields were flooded with icy slush. The trees wee isolated in the pearl gray fog.

After running I had an hour of daylight left, so I quickly ate a banana and nuts, then headed out the door with the digital camera and tripod. I had a spectacular time, making about 50 photographs, everywhere I looked a new picture surfaced for my eyes.

Running free and photographing with passion - things are moving nicely along....

#406



Night Alley Study



Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
18.500.000.000.0018.50

Weather - 62-55 degrees, cloudy, rain, heavy wind.

A respite from the cold today! I dressed in shorts and 2 light technical shirts, which meant I felt light and energetic. 

I ran the usual South Farms loop, there was a big difference from yesterday, as the sheet of ice on the road had melted, and the corn fields now had ankle deep water in various places.

The wind on the South Farms road was the heaviest yet, 30-35mph, it felt like running up a mountain. On the turn-around I went from crawling to sprinting, as the wind pushed me to a fast pace whether I liked it or not.

I stopped at home to end the 13 mile loop, ate fruit and nuts, drank juice and water, then headed out to run another loop.

After getting through Busey Woods the wind direction changed and now pushed cold air from the west. The temperature dropped about 10 degrees in 5 minutes, and it began raining heavily. I was dressed too lightly to withstand the temperature drop, so I called it a day at mile 18.50.

The previous 3 weeks have been the highest mileage I have run all year (73.50, 98.50, 64.50), so next week all runs will be under 1 hour, most days probably 4 miles or less. My left knee is still bothering me, and although I can still run big miles on it, it is probably best to get it 100% healed before beginning another cycle of medium and long runs.

#407

Digital Photograph made last night :

Self Portrait in Someone's Yard

Comments
From JimF on Sat, Dec 27, 2008 at 17:06:08

Another nice run today. The weather was great here as well. I guess we need to take advantage of it while we can. Good job on the 3 big mileage weeks.

From Carolyn in Colorado on Sun, Dec 28, 2008 at 10:29:04

It does sound like you should rest that knee.

I sure don't miss that Illinois wind.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.000.000.000.003.00

Weather - 35 degrees, clear.

3 miles and 4 sets of strength exercises.

#408

Photograph made a couple of nights ago :

 


Bakery Thrift/Red Bud

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
5.000.000.000.005.00

Weather - 44 degrees, clear.

A nice day for a long run, too bad I am on a low mileage week. 

I ran to Better Image today with a digital file of a recent photograph. Since I am now working with a digital camera, I might as well see what these screen images look like on paper. Maybe they will be a mass of ugly pixels, or the contrast and colors will be too garish.

I had not been to Better Image since 2000, before digital photography was a dominating force. Then the store was a thriving place, clean, bright, and offering a variety of photographic printing services.

When I walked into the store today I found it to be dingy, small, dark, cluttered, shelves which used to hold film were empty and dusty. The store is now comprised of a few computers for its seeming only business - digital printing.

I talked with a photographer at the Market at Lincoln Square last Saturday, she sells her prints in a little stall. She told me she takes her digital files to Sam's Club because they do a good job for a cheaper price than Better Image. 

If Sam's Club can make prints just as good as a professional printing service, I guess that tells me why Better Image probably won't be around much longer.

I will pick up my lone 8x10 print tomorrow. 

After I left the shop I ran to Crystal Lake park and did 3 sets of strength exercises, then walked 35 minutes home.

#409


Bedroom Window - Outside In

 


Comments
From JD on Mon, Dec 29, 2008 at 23:37:23

Great photo Will.

Looking forward to a great new year. Have a good one!

From JimF on Tue, Dec 30, 2008 at 13:38:12

It seems all of the digital printing has went to the Internet. If you are wanting some high quality large prints I have had a lot of success with mpix.com. I got into photography after digital was out so don't have much experience with film but I guess it has more to do with the composition anyway. I have enjoyed seeing what you are !

From will on Tue, Dec 30, 2008 at 18:53:35

Thanks JD, 2009 should be a good running year for us.

Jim, thanks for the information, I am happy that you told me about it. Mpix sounds like a convenient way to get prints, just like Netflix with movies :)

From Burt on Fri, Feb 06, 2009 at 17:24:39

I think I see a ghost image.

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
3.750.000.000.003.75

Weather - 48 degrees, clear.

A mild day, but still running short distance.

Ran to the arboretum, did 5 sets of strength exercises, then ran .75 miles barefoot on the grass loop. The mud and puddles numbed my feet, and the ground felt harder than in the summer. It was good to run without shoes, though, as it strengthens my feet.

Each day of short running I can feel my body getting stronger, the energy expanding. By the end of the week I should be feeling really fresh.

My knee is feeling better, no stiffness, so I am happy about that. 

#410

 

Small Winter Day

Comments
From Carolyn in Colorado on Wed, Dec 31, 2008 at 12:20:10

It sounds like the short miles are really helping with your recovery. That's great news!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
6.500.000.000.006.50

Weather - 25 degrees, clear.

Ran to FedEx this evening to pick up a package, not much else to report.

#411

Photo made last week :

 


Comments
From Carolyn in Colorado on Thu, Jan 01, 2009 at 13:48:59

Was there something fun in the package?

From will on Thu, Jan 01, 2009 at 14:16:25

Payment for a photograph, so I guess it will lead to fun :)

Hope you have a great 2009, Carolyn.

From JD on Thu, Jan 01, 2009 at 20:14:13

It's cool how you sometimes combine an errand and a run...very fuel efficient!

Easy MilesMarathon Pace MilesThreshold MilesVO2 Max MilesTotal Distance
2269.401.50289.1574.452634.50
Debt Reduction Calculator
Featured Announcements
Lone Faithfuls
(need a comment):
Recent Comments: